- SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM VOLUME 121 NUMBERS 3568-3580 SMITHSONIAN PRESS WASHINGTON : 1967 Publications of the United States National Museum The scientific publications of the United States National Museum include two series, Proceedings of the United States National Museum and United States National Museum Bulletins. In these series are published original articles and monographs dealing with the collections and work of the Museum and setting forth newly acquired facts in the fields of anthropology, biology, geology, history, and technology. Copies of each publication are distributed to libraries and scientific organizations and to specialists and others interested in the various subjects. The Proceedings, begun in 1878, are intended for the publication, in separate form, of shorter papers. These are gathered in volumes, octavo in size, with the publication date of each paper recorded in the table of contents of the volume. In the Bulletin series, the first of which was issued in 1875, appear longer, separate publications consisting of monographs (occasionally in several parts) and volumes in which are collected works on related subjects. Bulletins are either octavo or quarto in size, depending on the needs of the presentation. Since 1902, papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum have been published in the Bulletin series under the heading Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. Frank A. TAYLOR Director, United States National Museum II CONTENTS BarnarpD, J. Laurens. New species and records of Pacific Ampeliscidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda). 20 pages, 4 figures. Published March 8, 1967. . ‘ New species: Byblis albatrossae, B. ampelisciformis, B. orientalis. Cressey, Roger. Revision of the family Pandaridae (Cope- poda: Caligoida). 133 pages, 356 figures. Published February 16, 1967. en fee a vee New genus: Pannosus. New species: Pandarus floridanus, P. katoi, Dinemoura discrepans, Nesippus tigris. Cressey, Roger. Caligoid copepods parasitic on sharks of the Indian Ocean. 21 pages, 54 figures, 2 plates. Published March 15, 1967. saretbst repens nach. New species: Nemesis aggregatus, Eudactylina pusilla, E. pollex, Kroyeria gemursa. Humes, Artuur G., and Ho, Ju-Sury. New cyclopoid copepods associated with the alcyonarian coral Tubipora musica (Linnaeus) in Madagascar. 24 pages, 69 figures. Published March 8, 1967. . TAS RWNENOF te soe he New species: Lichomolgus organicus, L. conjunctus, Hippomolgus latipes, H. cognatus. Krer, Porter. Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Sur- vey of Dominica: 1, The echinoids of Dominica. 10 pages, 3 figures, 2 plates. Published December 30, 1966 . Kornicker, Louis S. Supplementary descriptions of two myodocopid ostracods from the Red Sea. 18 pages, 6 figures. Published February 16, 1967 . Kornicxer, Louis S. The myodocopid ostracod families Philomedidae and Pseudophilomedidae (new family). 35 pages, 12 figures, 1 plate. Published February 16, 1967 . New family: Pseudophilomedidae. New combination: Huphilomedes asper. Lewis, Attan G. Copepod crustaceans parasitic on teleost fishes of the Hawaiian Islands. 204 pages, 70 figures. Pub- lished June 22, 1967. hh bte walls. Chucecsmrey eee New species: Pseudotaeniacanthus puhi, Anchistrotos moa, Hat- schekia breviramus, Lepeophtheirus? fallolunulus, Caligus kapuhili, Brachiella regia. III Number 3576 3570 3572 3573 3577 3571 3580 3574 IV CONTENTS McFappEen, Max W. Soldier fly larvae in America north of Mexico. 72 pages, 156 figures. Published February 1, POG TS Ire Se ot cao Ps, Sepang Perripons, Marian H. Some bathyal polynoids from Central and Northeastern Pacific (Polychaeta: Polynoidae). 15 pages, 5 figures. Published February 16, 1967 . New genera: Bathyadmetella, Bathymoorea. New species: Bathyadmetella commando. New combination: Bathymoorea renotubulata. Quate, LAURENCE W., and THompson, SaraH E. Revision of click beetles of genus Melanotus in America north of Mexico (Coleoptera: Elateridae). 83 pages, 12 figures, 1 plate. Published April 18, 1967. New species: Melanotus indistinctus, M. diesen. M. ‘iessie lite M. lanei, M. beameri, M. lanceatus. Reuper, Haraup A. Valid zoological names of the Portland Catalogue. 51 pages, 2 figures. Published March 21, 1967 . Stone, AuAN. Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian Biological Sur- vey of Dominica: 2, New species of Diptera from Dominica (Anisopodidae and Bibionidae). 6 pages, 2 figures. Pub- lished December 30, 1966 . EN New species: Mycetobia limanda, Olbiegaseer “ddniitie O. evanst, Plecia porca. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 262-119-h 3569 3575 3068 3579 3578 Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 121 1967 Number 3568 REVISION OF CLICK BEETLES OF GENUS MELANOTUS IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (COLEOPTERA: ELATERIDAE) By Laurence W. QuaTe and Saran E. THomeson! Click beetles and wireworms of the genus Melanotus are common elements in the North American fauna. Some of the species are important to agriculture because the larvae are destructive to seeds and roots of corns, small grains, grasses, and some root crops; in spite of their importance, the North American species of the genus have never been revised. Early descriptions by LeConte (18538, 1866), Say (1823, etc.), Melsheimer (1846), Erichson (1842), and others are of little value in identifying the species. General treat- ments of local faunas (Blatchley, 1910; Dietrich, 1945; Brooks, 1960) are improvements but generally insufficient for identification except within a limited area. Descriptions of a few new species have ap- peared recently (Knull, 1959, 1962) and have increased the need for a thorough revision. M. C. Lane is the taxonomist most qualified to do this, having identified most North American collections of Me- lanotus in the past several decades, but the pressure of other duties has prevented him from committing his wide knowledge to print. 1Quate: B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii; Thompson: State Board of Health, Raleigh, N.C. 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 It was on the recommendation of Mr. Lane that in 1955 the senior author began a revision of North American Melanotus. Five years ago he was joined by the junior author. During most of this time, the work has been done during spare time by both. The new species were recognized early in the study by the senior author and authorships are to be credited to him. We have arrived at the following conclusions concerning the tax- onomy of the genus: the features distinguishing one species from the other do not differ greatly; typical specimens of each species are identifiable on the basis of external characters; some specimens of each species vary enough to obscure the gap between the taxa; positive identification can be made by the study of the genitalia, which is specific in both sexes; and a natural division of the genus into sub- generic taxa is not apparent to us at this time. One of the most striking features of the zoogeography of North American Melanotus is that the species are concentrated east of the 100th meridian. Melanotus in North America is predominantly an eastern genus (fig. 1). It is not within the scope of this paper to dwell at length on possible causes of this distributional pattern, but we may discuss it briefly. The apparent relationship of New and Old World faunas suggests that there have been migrations over a Bering Straits land bridge. We may further assume that the Mela- notus click beetles which came from Eurasia and crossed the bridge stayed on the eastern side of the Rocky Mountains. This might have been the origin of the distributional pattern we see today. Adaptation to the more humid climate and edaphic conditions pre- vailing in the East may be responsible for the maintenance of the pattern. In western North America there are only a few Melanotus and most of these are in the Southwest. There appears to be a group of species—longulus, hamatus, lanceatus, beamert, and concisus—which are derived from a single ancestor. Perhaps it was an offshoot from the main group in the East. At any rate, speciation has occurred in the Southwest where we now find the five species, and one of these has spread northward through the Great Basin and along the West Coast to Canada. In the northern part of its range it has further differentiated into a separate subspecies. The two most distinctive species of North American Melanotus also are found in the Southwest. These are cribricollis and chiricahuae, and they are so distinct from others that we presume they are a Neotropical element. The practical effect of these distributional patterns is that iden- tification of Melanotus in the Far West is simple since there is only a single species with two subspecies; in the Southwest there are only a NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 3 few species with which to contend, so identification of that Melanotus fauna is not difficult. The bulk of the Melanotus are in the eastern half of the United States, and this is where the greatest problems of identification will be encountered. It appears that nearly all American species of Melanotus north of Mexico are now known. Supporting this conclusion is the fact that of the 46 Nearctic Melanotus only nine (20 percent) are named in this paper or have been named in the last few years, and half of these have been recognized for at least 20 years. What few species may remain undiscovered are probably in the Southwest. We have made an artificial division of Melanotus into three groups. The first two, containing nearly all the species, are based on the Ficure 1.—Distribution of Melanotus in the United States (figures indicate the number of species recorded in each state or area). presence or absence of mandibular pits. This is an obvious character and it simplifies identification; however, we do not feel that this single character indicates natural units, and the taxa based on it are merely utilitarian. The third group, composed of only cribricollis and chiricahuae, is characterized by large pronotal punctures and reduced parameres in the male genitalia; it is probably monophyletic. A key has been prepared which will simplify identification of most specimens. The greatest difficulty will be individual variants that do not seem to quite fit either part of a couplet. Many revisions have failed to eliminate all deficiencies, but for the majority of specimens the key should provide a satisfactory shortcut to their proper identification. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 The authors have been able to study all but six of the extant types. The locations of the types have been indicated in the appropriate places. Museums have been abbreviated thus: U.S. National Mu- seum (USNM); Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Univer- sity (MCZ); Purdue University (PU); Cornell University (CU); Uni- versity of Kansas (KU); California Academy of Sciences (CAS); British Museum (Natural History) (BMNH); Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin (ZM). In addition to the types, over 13,000 specimens were examined by us during the course of this study. Ficure 2.—Distribution of the three types of female bursae of Melanotus similis. © normal © intermediate © spiny Morphological terms used by us are common ones, but those which might be unclear are defined. The ‘front’ is the flat area between and above the eyes, bounded anteriorly by the “frontal margin.”” Be- low the frontal margin and occupying the central area between the antennae is the ‘“‘nasale.’”’ On either side of the nasale and between it and the antennal bases is a pair of pits, the ‘“‘parantennal foveae.” Within some of the larger foveae is an elevated part that gives them an earlike appearance; the raised part is termed the “foveal tragus.”’ The ‘mandibular pit” is a clearly marked depression of varying size on the lateral, exposed margin of the mandible. The shape and measurements of the pronotum are important tax- onomic features. The length is measured along the midline and does NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 5 not include the projection of posterolateral “hind angles.” The width is measured as the widest part of the pronotum before the hind angles and is not affected by their expansion if they are wider than the rest of the prothorax. The relation of the antennal length to the pronotum used in the descriptions refers to the distance before or beyond the tip of the hind angles, which the antenna reaches when stretched along and parallel to the side of the pronotum. As an indication of size, we have measured only the length of the elytra. This is more accurately measured than the whole length of the insect and is as useful as an indication of its overall dimension. The genitalia of both sexes are important taxonomically, but the parts are simple and easily defined. Following the terminology of Snodgrass (1957), the male genitalia consist of a central ‘‘aedeagus” (median lobe) which is flanked by a pair of ‘‘parameres” (lateral lobes, Figure 3.—Distribution of species. O Melanotus longulus longulus @ M. I. oregonensis gonostyli). These are supported by the ‘phallobase.” The para- mere may be plain at the tip or expanded into an “apical blade.” The taxonomically important parts of the female genitalia (fig. 5) are the large membranous sac, the ‘‘bursa,’’ which contains spines of various shapes and number, and the “accessory gland” and ‘“‘spermathecal duct,’ which arise from the bursa. A more detailed morphological description was given by Becker (1956); he also described the tech- niques used in dissecting the female genitalia. It is only necessary to add that light reflected from the substage mirror of a stereoptic micro- scope is helpful in seeing the delicate spermathecal duct, its divertic- ulum, and accessory gland. Bibliographic references are intended to be complete; catalog refer- ences (Leng, 1920; Schenkling, 1927) are given only when new infor- mation is involved. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Because of the large number of records involved, distributional data have been reduced to listing states and counties (or locales and provinces) with the earliest and latest months of collections for each species. Only complete collecting data are given for the new species and the two subspecies. M. C. Lane, Collaborator, Agricultural Research Service, USDA, has given invaluable assistance to this study. He permitted us to study specimens in his collection, allowed the use of his notes of type specimens, loaned numerous identified specimens, and identified many of the species in the early stages of this work. Grants from the National Academy of Sciences (Marsh Fund Grant no. 130, 1960) and the American Philosophical Society (Grant 2614, Penrose Fund, 1960) permitted the senior author to study types in the Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt-Universitét zu Berlin and the British Museum (Natural History). Another grant by the National Academy of Sciences (Marsh Fund) enabled the junior author to study Melanotus types at Purdue University and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. While a member of the faculty, the senior author was provided funds by the University of Nebraska Research Council to study the Lane Collection in Walla Walla, Wash. Through the kindness of Prof. C. H. Lindroth and K. J. Hedquist, we were able to receive specimens of M. communis from the Gyllenhal Collection at the Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm. While studying type specimens at various times, we enjoyed the help and hospitality of Dr. K. Delkeskamp, Humboldt-Universitat, Miss C. M. F. von Hayek, British University; Dr. P. J. Darlington, Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology; and Dr. Leland Chandler, Purdue University. The large collections of the U.S. National Museum have been vital to our studies. We are indebted to the officials of the Smithsonian Institution and T. J. Spilman, USDA, for the privilege of studying the material. We also thank the following for the loan of specimens: F. G. Werner, University of Arizona; H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences; P. D. Hurd, Jr., California Insect Survey; E. C. Becker, Canadian National Collection; H. Dietrich, Cornell University; H. O. Lund, University of Georgia; M. W. Sanderson and L. K. Gloyd, Illinois State Natural History Survey; G. W. Byers, University of Kansas; W. Enns, University of Missouri; D. A. Young, North Carolina State College; W. C. Stehr, Ohio State University; H. R. Burke, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station; and C. D. Fronk, University of Wyoming. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON List of North American Melanotus SIMILIS GROUP (Mandible without pit) 1. similis (Kirby) 9. verberans (LeConte) 2. spadix (Krichson) 10. emissus (LeConte) 3. decumanus (Erichson) 11. lanei, new species 4. castanipes (Paykull) 12. pilosus Blatchley 5. communis (Gyllenhal) 13. opacicollis (LeConte) 6. indistinctus, new species 14. clandestinus (Erichson) 7. dietrichi, new species 15. ignobilis Melsheimer 8. miscellus, new species AMERICANUS GROUP (Mandible with pit) 16. depressus (Melsheimer) 31. parallelus Blatchley 17. morosus Candéze 32. americanus (Herbst) 18. cribulosus (LeConte) 33. cribriventris Blatchley 19. corticinus (Say) 34. obscuratus Blatchley 20. sagittarius (LeConte) 35. beameri, new species 21. hyslopi van Zwaluwenburg 36. concisus Knull 22. prasinus Blatchley 37. lanceatus, new species 23. piceatus Blatchley 28) hamatis Kull Baa ie Elrenle, pS eR EO 25. macer (LeConte) 26. testaceus (Melsheimer) 27. trapezoideus (LeConte) 39. longulus longulus (LeConte) 40. Ll. oregonensis (LeConte) 41. gradatus (LeConte) 28. tenax (Say) 42. insipiens (Say) 29. pertinax (Say) 43. leonardi (LeConte) 30. infaustus (LeConte) 44. taenicollis (LeConte) CRIBRICOLLIS GROUP 45. cribricollis Candéze 46. chiricahuae Knull List of Synonymical Names in North American Melanotus abdominalis (Erichson) = 2. spadiz (Erichson) angustatus (Erichson) =32. americanus (Herbst) blatchleyi Leng=33. cribriventris Blatchley canadensis Candéze=3. decumanus (Erichson) carinus Blatchley= 20. sagittarius (LeConte) cuneatus (LeConte) =3. decumanus (Erichson) debilis Blatchley=17. morosus Candéze divarcarinus Blatchley=16. depressus (Melsheimer) dubius (LeConte) = 26. testaceus (Melsheimer) exuberans (LeConte) =1. similis (Kirby) fissilis (Say) =1. similis (Kirby) fransiscanus Van Dyke=40. longulus oregonensis (LeConte) glandicolor (Melsheimer) = 19. corticinus (Say) inaequalis (LeConte) =4. castanipes (Paykull) 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 121 incertus (LeConte) =3. decumanus (Erichson) laticollis (Erichson) =1. similis (Kirby) lixus Blatchley=16. depressus (Melsheimer) longicornis Blatchley=33. cribriventris Blatchley longulus (LeConte) =17. morosus Candéze ochraceipennis Melsheimer=1. stmilis (Kirby) paganus Candéze=5. communis (Gyllenhal) paradoxus (Melsheimer) =4. castanipes (Paykull) parumpunctatus (Melsheimer) = 16. depressus (Melsheimer) peninsularis Candéze= 14. clandestinus (Erichson) perplexus Blatchley=14. clandestinus (Erichson) prolizus (Erichson)=1. similis (Kirby) scrobricollis (LeConte) =4. castanipes (Paykull) secretus (LeConte) =15. ignobilis Melsheimer simulans Blatchley=17. morosus Candéze sphenoidalis (Melsheimer) = 1. similis (Kirby) tenellus (Erichson) = 42. insipiens (Say) tecanus Candéze=4. castanipes (Paykull) variolatus LeConte=40. longulus oregonensis (LeConte) vetulus (Erichson) =19. corticinus (Say) Melanotus Eschscholtz Melanotus Eschscholtz, 1829, p. 32. [For additional references, see Schenkling, 1927, p. 271.] Perimecus Stephens, 1830, p. 263 [Type: Elater fulvipes Herbst, by monotypy.] Ctenonychus Stephens, 1830, p. 272 [Type: Ctenonychus hirsutus Stephens, by monotypy.] Cratonychus Dejean, 1833, p. 87. [Type: Elater obscurus Oliver, designated by Blanchard, 1845, p. 76.] Type species: Hlater fulvipes Herbst, designated by Westwood, 1840, p. 26. Adult (partly after Lane, in litt.): Color usually uniformly yel- lowish brown to dark reddish brown, only 2 species bicolored. Head with front coarsely punctate, punctures hexagonal and sep- arated by less than own diameter; frontal margin complete, carinate (sometimes obsolescent); parantennal fovea and nasale variously developed, but well defined (nasale indistinct in few species). An- tenna 11-segmented; segment 1 elongate and cylindrical, 2 spherical, 3 variable from spherical and equal size of 2 to much longer and triangular, 4 and following triangular; male only with dense, erect hairs on mesal margin. Palpus 3-segmented, light reddish brown and lighter than rest of body. Pronotal punctures present, but size and distribution variable; hind angles well developed and carinate. Elytron with 9 striae formed by rows of punctures and rows of quadrate, subcuticular spots under striae. No prothoracic groove for receiving antenna; meso- and metasternum not meeting to enclose mesocoxal cavities, mesocoxae separated, metasternum truncate anteriorly. Tibiae with NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 9 apical spurs; tarsal claws pectinate; tarsi simple, without lobes. Punctures on venter of body teardrop shaped. Key to North American Species of Melanotus 1. Pronotum and elytron of different colors, pronovum partly or completely redaish orange, and ely tron: DIACK jn) sen io sey co a as eye ee oe 2 Pronotum and elytron of same color ... . dst bo 2(1). Pronotum almost entirely orange and nodomont ouisnelle pea antenna of o& usually exceeding tip of hind angle by 1 segment or less, 9 antenna ending about at tip... . . .. . . 43. leonardi Pronotum black in center and orange ones and abdominal venter partly or entirely orange; antenna of o ending before tip of hind angle by about 1 segment and lessinQ. . ... . . 44. taenicollis 3(1). Antennal segments 4 and following much longer than wide; antenna generally extends to or beyond hind angle; not with following combi- ANOMS 1G oc ch eSahoh ster sae Antennal mene 4 aad meas as pollowine iden than iene and lobes lighter in color than rest of antenna; antenna ends 2 or more segments before tip of hind angle; frontal eee slightly indented in center, when viewed from front curves down, and hence nasale is only nar- row space between frontal margin and clypeus; frontal and pronotal punctures very large; Arizona to Baja California . . 45. cribricollis 4(3). Mandible without pit on lateral, exposed margin. ........ 5 Mandible, with pit om lateral margin...) 2 ee OL Simitis Group (Mandible without pit on lateral margin) 5(4). Antennal segment 3 small, ise to 2 or at least much nearer size of Zthanvay Gee. s Pee, SG Antennal segment 3 infemmetitie in size petwedd 2 ao i. clearly larger aM aay rs oxy. te, eee hee Mota, Rakle: respi cr nia cee Os 6(5). Antennal segments beyond 3 intone same color as body, triangular, erect male hairs well developed. . .. . Bait puies oeatd) Antennal segments beyond 3 testaceous, Genter: in Peolon than rest of body, subquadrate, erect male hairs poorly developed; sides of pro- notum with marked concavity before hind angles, angles rather small and not widely divergent; @ paramere incurved near center and ta- pering to point, without apical blade ...... . . 15. ignobilis 7(6). Smaller species, elytron less than 8.0 mm; frontal margin thin and jutting over nasale; nasale and parantennal fovea obsolescent; sides of pronotum with concavity before hind angles, angles small; ¢@ paramere with apical blade. ... . .... . 14. clandestinus Large species, elytron more than 9.0 mm; coftonbal margin not strongly jutting over nasale; nasale and op tan sane fovea poorly developed, but usually present; sides of pronotum often straight and divergent posteriorly with nak hind angles; co paramere with apical bladet.anew 2). is i .... . 4 castanipes 8(5). Frontal and prenntal prn a reed enlarged; punctures on venter of abdomen oblong and lateral ones but little larger than central ones; co paramere little shorter than aedeagus and with AP Cig i acle nrc al ot eee par tae eC a iirats ve nsldideathatl ee we, woe O 10 9(8). 10(9). 11(10). 12(11). 13(11). 14(13). 15(14). 16(15). PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Frontal and pronotal punctures very large (fig. 10/); punctures on venter of abdomen teardrop shaped and lateral ones several times larger than central ones; co’ paramere about two-thirds length of aedeagus and abruptly tapering to sbarp, recurved apex; New Mexico to: Baja California «0. s):éekio 2 his oe, Ys A eharicahuae Pronotum wider than long . . . Aeeat neater tered O) Pronotum narrow, longer than wide (gssareas in te bit of hind angles) ; frontal margin scoop shaped, jutting and a little upturned. 31. parallelus (part) Pronotal punctures not so thick as to appear granulose; vestiture of thorax and elytra of about same length and density. ...... Il Pronotal punctures very dense and appearing granulose; vestiture of pronotum short and fine, nearly velvety, considerably denser than Onielytraw en mane ior, b meen Os «. % tel oskODaclCOlls Pronotal punctures smaller tae figure on frons, dense and nearly con- tiguous on all sides; small species, elytron length less than 7.6mm . 12 Pronotal punctures sparser and ee most ae with elytron length Oo) OT MOre ne. ss aos te veiw Vestiture of thorax rather sparse, tet on tee Se sparser than on dorsum; antennal segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4; frontal margin not upturned. .... Sure ae 1. lanei Vestiture of thorax long and einer oe on Co as long and thick as on dorsum; antennal segment 3 shorter, closer to length of 2 than 4; frontal margin thin, shelflike and alittle upturned . . . 12. pilosus Frontal margin not strongly protuberant, usually without a depression before margin. . . ad pesca alee aA Frontal margin prone pred aoe ened om side extends out in shelflike extension, marked depression behind margin; ? bursa without spines or with only patch of 5-8 small spines on each side near base; o' paramere with margins before apical blade straight and without indentation; large species, elytron 10-12mm. 3. decumanus Frontal margin well defined, dark brown or black, not weakened in center; elytron rarely as long as 13 mm and most species considerably leSSixite) 222 4 sieehos testaceus Pronotal punches Tents same size as noes on front (but widely separated); frontal margin often coming to blunt point in center; co’ paramere slender, gently tapering to tip. . . . 27. trapezoideus Frontal margin thin, shelflike, and extending in front of nasale by several times width of black rim, front with depression behind margin; parantennal fovea small . . 5 .4( fos sce ee eee NO. 3568 35(34). 36(34). 37(36). 38 (37). 39(38). 40(39). 41(39). 42(41). 43 (42). 44(41). 45(44). 46(44). MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 12 Frontal margin not strongly protruding .. . . 36 Pronotal punctures separated by no more faa own neier Ayeaiien segments elongate, o antenna exceeds ce of hind angle eo 3-4 seg- ments; elytron about 7mm ... Pa jdicernes) co. macer Pronotal punctures sparse, eepaiied aa more than own diameter; flagellar segments triangular, antenna exceeds hind angle by no more than 2 segments; mandibular pit very small; elytron 6-7 mm. 31. parallelus Antenna extending to or beyond hind margin of pronotum ... . 37 Antenna short, ending before hind margin of pronotum in both sexes; nasale flat, shallow; co paramere slender, aedeagus broad until near QDEX). Salma. ... . . 23. piceatus Nasale clearly Heanedt nor fopeoleeeent BOLO Seridiah brownor darker. 38 Nasale obsolescent; color brownish yellow, o' paramere without apical blade; pronotal punctures large and compact; vestiture rather thick; small species, elytron 5.0-6.5 mm; Texas. . ... . . 35. beameri Antenna, legs, and body of same calor Baa ye Pe oO Antenna and legs reddish brown and body black ester specimens with body dark brown but darker than appendages); pronotum convex and rounded dorsally, rounded and concave at base of hind angles; central pronotal punctures small and sparse; co paramere without apical blade. . .. . oo» « 29. pertinax Western U.S., not occurring east of Nee Morice Sat ec eee oO, Eastern U.S. and as far west as western Texas, Kansas, etc. . . . 41 Reddish-brown species; southwestern U.S. from south of Tehachapi Mts., California to New Mexico, elytron 6.5-9.8 mm. 39. longulus longulus Dark reddish-brown to black species; California north of Tehachapi Mts., Great Basin, Pacific Northwest; elytron 7.5-10.9 mm. 40. longulus oregonensis Larger species, elytron more than 7.5 mm........... 42 Smaller species, elytron less than 7.5mm... . is. Peer A.A: Parantennal fovea well developed; one pitievaies well sepa- ratedisn si) mast hs ra SS Geeta Parantennal fovea eee ene flat; nronGial nee very close together; o’ paramere "Nags eal lateral margin straight; color usually reddish brown. . . ; . .. . . 18. cribulosus Sides of pronotum parallel or concave over aaa half; pronotal punc- tures usually smaller than those on front; color often reddish brown. 17. morosus Sides of pronotum divergent posteriorly; pronotal punctures usually as large as those on front; color aes dark reddish brown, darker than morosus .. . ae . .. . . 16. depressus Nasale well aeeeed hots as ae as ee sleet Kabel Ean a SO Nasale flat, not protuberant, wider than high . . ....... . 46 Pronotal punctures about as large as those on front; pronotum flattened and not rounded... . . LS AB 27. trapezoideus (part) Pronotal punctures small, eaelice than those on front; pronotum TOUNGEA) erste ie j . . . . . 82, americanus (part) Side of pronotum rent nithoun curvature before hind angle . . 47 Side of pronotum with slight curvature before hind angle; frontal margin broad and nearly straight when viewed from above. . 22. prasinus 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 47(46). Male paramere with definite apical blade; thorax about as long as wide; distributed in central and south central US ......... 48 Male paramere without apical blade; thorax wider than long; largely distributed along east coast. . .. . (Mies 28, tenax 48(47). Male paramere not unusually slender, pase of oreo blade angled at abouti9Osm Faesen 2). pathy 80. infaustas Male paramere very slendett pate of eapioal ielarle gently rounded and not strongly angulate.. (jaw... Ss a Ss ho ameeator The similis Group (Mandible with pit on lateral margin) 1. Melanotus similis (Kirby) Fiaures 4a—d, 8b, c; PLATE la Perimecus similis Kirby, 1837, p. 149. Melanotus similis —Erichson, 1842, p. 116.—Candéze, 1860, p. 363. Elater fissilis Say, 1839, p. 183. [New synonymy.] Cratonychus fissilis—LeConte, 1853, p. 477. Melanotus fissilis—Candeéze, 1860, p. 352.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 750.—Van Zwaluwenburg, 1922, p. 12—Thomas, 1941, p. 259.— Dietrich, 1945, p. 57.— Severin, 1949, p. 16—Brooks, 1960, p. 40. Cratonychus laticollis—Erichson, 1842, p. 102. Ctenonychus ochraceipennis Melsheimer, 1846, p. 150. Melanotus ochraceipennis—Thomas, 1941, p. 259. Ctenonychus sphenoidalis Melsheimer, 1846, p. 150. Melanotus sphenoidalis.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260. Cratonychus exuberans LeConte, 1853, p. 477. [New synonymy.] Melanotus exuberans.—Candéze, 1860, p. 354.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260. Mauz.—Body color dark reddish brown, covered with yellowish hairs evenly distributed over body. Head: Front coarsely punctate, most punctures hexagonal shaped, distance between punctures less than half puncture diameter, center slightly protuberant; clypeus lightly punctate, parantennal fovea shallow, width of nasale 1% to 2 times height. Mandible without pit; palpi yellowish brown. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 2 seg- ments, average ratio of segments 2:3:4=4:8:12; erect male hairs moderately dense, often sparse enough to be inconspicuous; third segment 1% to 2 times longer than wide; outer angles of flagellar segments often lighter in color than rest of segment, usually testaceous. Pronotum often moderately flattened and expanded; wider than long, ratio of width length=1.18 (1.06-1.25); punctures moderately coarse at center, about size of those of front, separated by distance equal to less than puncture diameter, punctures little more dense on sides and front, oval shaped except those on anterior angles hexagonal shaped as on front; hind angles divergent, often with 2 carinae; side concave before hind angle. NO. 3668 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 15 Elytron with punctures of striae moderately deep, separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, interstrial area at center of elytron about 3 times as wide as puncture diameter. Venter of meta- thorax and abdomen with evenly distributed, elongate punctures. Metacoxal plate evenly tapering to apex. Genitalia as figured; paramere with well-defined angle at tip, with about 8 hairs along outer angle of apical blade. Elytron: 9.4+0.5 mm (7.9-11.4). 180 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male, larger, antenna shorter, extending to tip of hind angle. Genitalia as figured, bursa with few to large number of spines, spines short, about as long as diameter of base, accessory gland very long and slender, as long as spermathecal duct and one-half as wide, diverticulum branching near center of sperm, duct without visible blind pouch apically in usual position near spermatheca. Elytron: 10.2-+0.9 mm (8.4—12.8). 120 spec. Typres.—Lectotype of similis: Male, “Amer. Bor./ex Mus. Murray/ Frey Coll. 1905-100” (BMNH). Selected by Quate, 1960. Types of fissilis: Specimens lost. Lectotype of Jlaticollis: Male, ‘“‘Amer. Sept., Norwish”’ (ZM). Lectotype selected by Quate, 1960, from cotypes of 1 male and 5 females. Lectotype of ochraceipennis: Female, ‘‘Pa./Ziegler’” (MCZ). Se- lected by Quate, 1962. First specimen of this species in Melsheimer Collection too badly broken for positive identification and therefore not selected as lectotype. Type of sphenoidalis: Male. ‘Pa.”” (MCZ). Only specimen in Melsheimer Collection. Lectotype of eruberans: Male, probably Santa Fe, N. Mex. (MCZ). First specimen in type series selected by Quate, 1962. Second speci- men of type series is a female belonging to the communis complex and is not exuberans. DistRrBuTION.—Southern Canada and U.S. east of Montana, Utah, and Arizona; southwest to southern California andMexico. AuaBAMA: Mobile; February, June. Arizona: Apache, Cochise, Coconino, Gila, Graham, Madera, Maricopa, Pinal, Pima, Santa Cruz, Yavapai, Yuma; April, October. ArKANsAS: Hempstead, Lawrence, Polk, Washington; March, June. Cauirornia: Riverside (Blythe); May, July. Cotorapo: El Paso, Montezuma (Berkeley); July, August. Connecticut: Fairfield, Hartford, Litchfield (January, reared?), Middlesex, New Haven, Tolland; May—November. Fiorwa: Brevard, Hendry, Manatee, Orange, Osceola, Palm Beach, Seminole, Volusia; February, August. Grorara: Chatham, Floyd, Fulton, Peach, Thomas, Warren, Okefenoke Swamp; March, September. Ittrnors: Boone, Champaign, Cook, DeKalb, Edgar, Iroquois, Jackson, Jo Daviess, Johnson, Kanakakee, Lake McHenry, McLean, Marion, Marshall, Mason, Peoria, Putnam, Union, Vermilion; March, September. Inprana: Clark, DeKalb, Greene, Knox, Lake, Marion, Orange, Porter, Pulaski, Stark, Steuben, Tippecanoe, White; April, October. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Iowa: Buchanan, Clayton, Fayette, Floyd (reared), Franklin, Harrison, Henry, Jasper, Johnson, Muscatine, Pottawattamie, Poweshiek, Story, Woodbury; May, October. Kansas: Atchinson, Bourbon, Clark, Decatur, Dickinson, Doniphan, Douglas, Gove, Gray, Johnson, McPherson, Miami, Norton, Osborne, Pottawat- omie, Rawlins, Reno, Riley, Scott, Sedgwick, Shawnee, Sheridan, Sumner; April, August. Kentucky: Jefferson, Ohio: June, August. Lovurstana: Lafourche, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Landry, St. Tammany; January, September. MaIne: Penobscot, Washington; June, July. Maryzianp: Anne Arundel, Calvert, Har- ford, Montgomery, Plummers Isl., Prince Georges, Queen Annes, Washington; April, December. Massacuuserts: Berkshire, Essex, Franklin, Hampden, Hampshire, Middlesex, Norfolk, Plymouth, Suffolk, Worcester; April, September. Micuigan: Calhoun, Cheboygan, Huron, Monroe, Oakland, Ottawa, St. Clair, Sanilac, Tuscola, Wayne; April, August. Minnesota: Big Stone, Dakota, Henne- pin, Pope, Ramsey, St. Louis, Winona, Wright; May, August. Mississippi: George, Greene, Lauderdale, Oktibbeha; January, September. Mussourt: Boone, Buchanan, Callaway, Cape Girardeau, Lawrence, Pike, St. Louis, Wayne; April, October. Montana: Custer; August. NrBraska: Dakota, Dawes, Dodge, Holt, Lancaster, Lincoln, Otoe, Red Willow, Scotts Bluff, Sioux, Washing- ton; May, August. New Hampsnrre: Coos, Strafford; May, June. New Jersry: Atlantic, Bergen, Burlington, Gloucester, Middlesex, Morris, Ocean; April, November. New Mexico: Bernalillo, Dona Ana, Grant, Lincoln, Sando- val, San Miguel, Santa Fe, Socorro; June, August. New York: Albany, Cattarau- gus, Cayuga, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Greene, Herkimer, Jefferson, Madison, Monroe, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Queens, St. Lawrence, Suf- folk, Sullivan, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates; March, October. Norra Caroiina: Buncombe, Chowan, Iredell, Pasquotank, Polk, Richmond, Swain, Wake, Watauga, Wilson; April, July. Norra Daxora: Cass, Grand Forks; June. Onto: Ashtabula, Athens, Delaware, Fairfield, Frank- lin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Hocking, Holmes, Lucas, Pike, Preble, Summit, Warren; May, October. OxLAHoMA: Atoka, Cleveland, Latimer, Oklahoma, Tulsa; March, July. PrEnNsytvanta: Adams, Allegheny, Bradford, Dauphin, Delaware, Erie, Franklin, Lehigh, Lycoming, Montgomery, Northampton, Philadelphia, Sullivan, Susquehanna, Westmoreland, York; March, October (Janaury and December, reared or in hibernation?). RuopEr Istanp: Washing- ton; June, July. Soura Carorina: Oconee; April, August. SournH Daxorta: Brookings, Codington, Sanborn, Union; June, July. TENNESSEE: Davidson, Knox, Morgan, Sevier, Smith; January, August. Texas: Anderson, Bexar, Brazos, Brewster, Cameron, Colemen, Dallas, Goliad, Jeff Davis, Jim Wells, Lamar, Lubbock, Palo Pinto, Presidio, Smith, Shelby, Travis, Victoria, Wallers, Wharton, Wilbarger, Williamson; February, September. Utan: Cache, San Juan, Utah, Washington, Zion Canyon; June, July. Vermont: Orange, Wind- ham; May. Vrrernra: Fairfax, Montgomery, Nelson; June. WASHINGTON, D.C.: March, December. West Virarnra: Greenbrier, Lewis, Preston; July, August. Wisconsin: Bayfield, Columbia, Dane, Dodge, Grant, Jefferson, Lafayette, Rock, Sauk, Trempealeau, Waukesha; June, November. MANITOBA: Aweme, Killarney, Winnipeg; June, August. Nova Scotra: Annapolis Royal; June. Ontario: Belleville, Muskoka, Ottawa, Prince Edward, Ridgeway, Sudbury, Toronto; May, July. Qursrc: Aylmer, Montreal, Mt. St. Hilaire, Rigaud, St. Johns; June, August. It is regrettable that the widely used name fissilis has to be replaced by the unfamiliar similis; however, both Mr. Lane and the senior NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 17 author have examined types of similis, and there is no doubt that that species is the same as the one known as fissilis. Melanotus similis exhibits a good deal of variation throughout its range. Variations in the ratio of the thoracic width to length, in the size of the pronotal punctures, in the shape of the distal enlargement of the male paramere, and the spines of the female bursa have been observed. Some of the variation appears in a regular pattern with an east-west cline and some is oriented in a north-south pattern in an irregular manner. The two patterns are noncorrelated and inde- pendent of each other (fig. 2). The eastern populations of M. similis have a relatively wider pronotum which generally narrows to the west and finally the narrow- est pronotum is found in the Southwest. There is an approximate east-west clinal variation, but this is irregular through the Midwest. Table 1 shows the ratios of the pronotal length/width. There is no significant difference between adjacent populations, but, as shown in the chart, there are significant differences between nonadjacent popu- lations. All measurements were made of males with dissected genitalia. Females are not included because samples of uniform sizes were not available in dissected specimens; however, less ex- tensive analysis of females indicates that a similar pattern also exists in that sex. The male genitalia show variation roughly correlated with the pronotal width/leneth ratio. No satisfactory means of expressing the difference qualitatively was found, but the differences in various parts of the range are illustrated in figures 5a-e. Generally, the distal enlargement of the paramere is longer and the subapical in- dentation is more abrupt in eastern populations, but there is less constancy than in the pronotal variation and only a weak clinal trend is noted. From a taxonomic viewpoint, the differences are not ereat enough to cause difficulty with identification, and the male genitalia are the most reliable criteria for recognition of the species. The female genitalia display marked differences in the number of spines on the bursa. Females can be sorted roughly into three classes on the basis of the bursal spines. In the northern and western part of its range, the three types are found with a little dominance of the ‘normal’’ type, which has few spines; in the southeastern United States there is almost exclusively the ‘spiny’ type, which has a large number of spines (fig. 2). There are intermediates to the two types which unite them in a gradient series, and no formal taxonomic discrimination is warranted. Ratio of width/length of pronotum of Melanotus similis (analysis based on 20 males from each area, total of 140 specimens): 221-532—67—__2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vol. 121 Iowa Lincoln, North Platte, New York Illinois Missouri Kansas Nebraska Nebraska Arizona 120 1.19 i a7) 1. 16 ele Z; 1.14 1. 12 LSD 0.01=0.024 In the southwestern United States there is a form which has been described under the name eruberans. Many specimens of this form appear quite different from typical similis—the punctures of the pronotum are more coarse and dense, the pronotum is narrower, the distal enlargement of the paramere is smaller, and the indentation is gradual and not abrupt. Viewed apart, this form does appear to be a distinct species, but the complete picture shows it is connected with other similis forms by an intergrading series. The shape of the pronotum and genitalia appears to be merely an extreme extension of the clinal trend described above, and southwestern specimens are more similar to specimens from western Nebraska, Kansas, Texas, and eastern Colorado than to eastern populations. The narrower pronotum and smaller genitalia are characteristic of the western popu- lations; furthermore, in the same locality one finds typical ‘“ezxu- berans”’ types intermediated with clear intergrades to typical similis. Specimens have been seen with the coarse pronotal punctation of “eruberans,”’ typical similis genitalia, and others with the opposite combination. Some are intermediate between the two forms in both features. Females possess the “spiny” bursa and are quite like other similis females except that generally they have coarser pronotal punc- tation. It therefore appears that “eruberans”’ is a synonym of similis and represents a geographical variant not defined well enough to justify segregating it as a separate taxon. (A similar, though less well documented, trend to larger pronotal punctures and a narrower pronotum was also noted in communis from the Southwest.) Most specimens identified by Mr. Lane or by us will be labelled in collections as M. fissilis Say. 2. Melanotus spadix (Erichson) FiguREs 4e, 8e Cratonychus spadix Erichson, 1842, p. 103. Melanotus spadix.—Candéze, 1860, p. 354. Melanotus abdominalis of authors, not Erichson, 1842. Melanotus decumanus.—Dietrich (not Erichson), 1945, p. 55. Maue.—Large species, body color reddish brown to dark reddish brown, covered with yellowish hairs evenly distributed over body. Head: Front coarsely punctate, most punctures hexagonal shaped, distance between punctures less than half puncture diameter, surface sometimes with slight, broad depression anteriorly, frontal margin evenly convex, not strongly protuberant; parantennal fovea very NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 19 shallow. Mandible without pit; palpi reddish to yellowish brown. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about 2 segments, erect male hairs usually very dense and readily observed; average ratio of seg- ments 2:3:4=4:8:13, segment 4 slender, about twice as long as maximum width (10:6), outer parts of flagellar segment lighter in color than rest of segment. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.2; punctures about same size as those of front, at center separated by distance equal to puncture diameter or less, little more dense on sides and front, oval in shape except those on anterior angles hexagonal shaped as on front; hind angles divergent, with single, strong, dark carina; sides divergent and nearly straight to about two-thirds distance from front, rather sharply angled before concavity in front of hind angles. Elytron and venter of thorax and abdomen as in similis. Genitalia as figured; paramere with well-defined angle at tip, large cluster of 30-40 long hairs along outer part of apical blade. Elytron: 10.8+0.97 mm (8.5-13.0). 30 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male; larger in size, antenna shorter. Geni- talia as figured; bursa nearly trapezoidal with numerous spines com- pacted to extent that bursa appears sclerotized; spermathecal duct without diverticulum. Elytron: 11.3+0.84 mm (10.8-12.6). 12 spec. Typr.—Holotype of spadix: Male, “Amer. Sept.’”? (ZM 17035). Only specimen in type series. Distripution.—Eastern U.S. west to Nebraska and Arkansas. ARKANSAS: Washington; July. FuLoripa: Manatee; March. Geroreia: Clarke, Fulton, Habersbam; April, July. Inurvors: Piatt, Whiteside; June. Inp1ana: Clark, Lake; June, July, December. Marynanp: Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Montgomery, Plummer’s Is.; May, June. Mricuiagan: Marquette, Oceana; June, July. Montana: Barry; June. Nepraska: Washington; June. New Jersey: Atlantic, Burlingtion, Middlesex, Ocean; May—August. Nrw York: Erie, Queens, Suffolk; May-July. Norra Caronina: Moore, Polk; May. PENNSYLVANIA: Dauphin; August. Sourn Caronina: Oconee; June. TENNESSEE: Sevier; June. Virainta: Gloucester, Nelson; May, June. M. spadix is closely allied to M. similis but is usually larger and lighter in color, and antennal segment 4 is more slender. For posi- tive identifications, however, it is usually necessary to examine the dissected genitalia. The male genitalia of the two species are quite dissimilar, and spadiz males are easily recognized by the large tuft of hairs covering the whole surface of the lateral part of the gono- style apical lobe. The female genitalia are also conspicuously dif- ferent, and the densely spined bursa of spadiz bears little resemblance to that of similis. Many specimens identified by Mr. Lane and by us will be labelled as M. abdominalis since this name is believed to be the correct one 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 for spadiz, but study of the types of abdominalis reveals it is an un- familiar species which apparently does not occur in North America. 3. Melanotus decumanus (Erichson) Ficures 4f-h, 8d; PLATE 1b Cratonychus decumanus Erichson, 1842, p. 104.—LeConte, 1853, p. 474. Melanotus decumanus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 341.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 749.— Thomas, 1941, p. 258.—Severin, 1949, p. 15.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Cratonychus cuneatus LeConte, 1853, p. 473. Melanotus cuneatus.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258. Cratonychus incertus LeConte, 1853, p. 474. Melanotus canadensis Candéze, 1860, p. 342.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 751.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 55. Mate.—Large species, body color dark reddish brown, covered with yellowish hairs evenly distributed over body. Head: Front coarsely punctate, most punctures hexagonal shaped, distance between punctures less than half puncture diameter, surface with broad depression anteriorly, margin strongly jutting and forming noticeable shelf above clypeus; parantennal fovea very shallow, usually teardrop shaped. Mandible without pit; palpi reddish to yellowish brown. Antenna about exceeds tip of hind angle by 1% segments, erect male hairs dense and easily observed, average ratio of segments 2:3:4 varies from 5:10:20 to 5:38:19, segments 4 and following longer and more slender than similis. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length =1.2, a little flattened dorsally, punctures about same size as those on front, at center separated by distance equal to puncture diameter or less, little more dense on sides and front, oval in shape except those on anterior angles hexagonal shaped as on front; hind angles divergent, with single, strong, black carina, and often a second smaller one; sides divergent and nearly straight to about two-thirds distance from base, rather sharply angled before concavity in front of hind angles. Elytron and venter of metathorax and abdomen as in similis. Genitalia as figured, paramere straight or with gently sloping sides basad of apical blade, blade with 8 hairs. Elytron: 11.2+0.6 mm (10.0-12.4). 33 spec. FremaLe.—Similar to male. Larger, antenna little shorter. Gen- italia as figured; bursa completely devoid of spines or sometimes with patch of 5-8 small spines (like those of similis) on either side of bursa near base. Elytron: 12.2+0.8 mm (10.0-14.1). 47 spec. Typrs.—Holotype of decumanus: Female, ‘Amer. Sept.’’? (ZM). Only specimen in type series. No. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON oh Lectotype of cuneatus: Male, labelled with orange circle (Southern States). (MCZ). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Lectotype of incertus: Male, labelled with green circle ‘Middle States.” (MCZ). First specimen to type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Holotype of canadensis: Male, “Canada” (BMNH). DiIsTRIBUTION.—EHastern U.S. and Canada west to South Dakota, Colorado, and New Mexico. AuaBaMA: Mobile; May. Connecticut: Fairfield, Hartford, New Haven; March, August. Grorata: Bibb, Clarke, Crawford, DeKalb, Fayette, Fulton, Richmond, Walton; April, June. INnprana: Greene, Vigo; June, October. ILui- NoIs: Champaign, Marshall; May, June. Iowa: Dickinson, Woodbury; July. Kansas: Douglas, Greenwood, Leavenworth, McPherson, Reno; May, June. Kentucky: no data. Marynanp: Montgomery; June. MassacHusETTSs: Hampshire, Middlesex; June. Micutcan: Cheboygan; July. NEBRASKA: Cuming, Dakota, Lancaster, Lincoln, Otoe, Thomas; May, June. New Hamp- SHIRE: Strafford; June. New Jerssy: Atlantic, Bergen, Essex, Monmouth, Montclair, Morris, Ocean, Passaic; June, July. New Mexico: Bernalillo, Sandoval; May, June. New York: Cattaraugus, Greene, Kings, Nassau, Tompkins, Westchester; June, July. Norra Carouina: Beaufort, Brunswick, Buncombe, Columbus, Duplin, Hyde, Jackson, Johnston, Montgomery, Wake; May, June. Onto: Clark, Erie, Hamilton; May, July. PENNsyLvantia: Dela- ware, Northampton, Philadelphia; June, September. Ruopr IsutaANp: Wash- ington; June, July. SourH Carouina: Aiken, Dorchester, Edgefield, Florence, Oconee; May, June. SoutnH Dakota: Brookings, Union; June. TENNESSEE: Smith, Vrreinra: Alexandria, Dinwiddie, Essex, Faquier, Nelson, Nottaway, Prince Edward; May, June. Nova Scotra: Annapolis; June. The large, jutting frons of M. decumanus is usually sufficient to dis- tinguish this species from M. similis, spadix, and castanipes; it is vari- able, however, and there are specimens that have a reduced frontal margin which might cause them to be confused with the other species. The females often have a smaller margin than males. The male geni- talia differ from similis in the gradual expansion of the paramere basad of the apical blade but can be confused with some similis in which the enlargement is not abrupt. The female bursa is strikingly different from that of the allied species with the complete lack of spines. 4. Melanotus castanipes (Paykull) FIGuRES 41, 8f; PLATE lc Elater castanipes Paykull, 1800, p. 23. Cratonychus castanipes.—Erichson, 1842, p. 95. Melanotus castanipes—Redtenbacher, 1849, p. 249.—Schwartz, 1892, p. 152 [as a synonym of rufipes]—Putzeys, 1908, p. 294 (larva).—Blatchley, 1910, p. 746.—Binaghi, 1939, p. 224.—Thomas, 1941, p. 257.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 54.—Severin, 1949, p. 15.—Fattig, 1951, p. 19.—Jeuniaux, 1955, p. 234. D2, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Melanotus paradoxus Melsheimer, 1846, p. 152. Cratonychus paradoxus.—LeConte, 1853, p. 480. Cratonychus inaequalis LeConte, 1853, p. 476. Melanotus inaequalis —Leng, 1920, p. 174.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258. Cratonychus scrobicollis LeConte, 1853, p. 476. Melanotus scrobicollis—Leng, 1920, p. 174.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258.—Fattig, 1951, p. 19. Melanotus texanus Candéze, 1860, p. 351. Mauer.—Large species, body color reddish to dark reddish brown, covered with yellowish hairs evenly distributed over body. Head: Front coarsely punctate, most punctures hexagonal shaped, distance between punctures less than half puncture diameter, surface often with shallow depression on disc, margin not protuberant, ex- tending little beyond level of clypeus, rounded, weakened in center and when viewed from directly in front appears obliterated; paran- tennal fovea very shallow. Mandible without pit; palpi yellowish brown. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about 3 segments, seg- ments 2 and 3 small, much smaller than 4, ratio of 2:3:4=5:7:17. Pronotum wider than long, punctures about same size as those of front, little deeper than in similis, at center separated by distance equal to puncture diameter or less, little more dense on sides and front, oval in shape except those on anterior angles hexagonal shaped as on front; hind angles divergent, with single, strong, black carina; sides markedly divergent beyond center, appear thinner than usual. Genitalia as figured; paramere with large apical blade, side nearly straight basad of blade. Elytron: 11.2+0.7 mm (9.9-12.6). 50 spec. FrmMaLe.—Similar to male, but larger. Antennal segments 2 and 3 not as small, ratio of 2:3:4=7:9:17. Pronotum is fuller and does not have thin appearance toward margin. Genitalia as figured; bursa with numerous, long spines on basal % arranged so densely to give bursa sclerotized, striated appearance, apical % membranous except small patch of spines; accessory gland distinctly clavate. Elytron: 12.7+0.7 mm (10.8-14.1). 50 spec. Typres.—Types of castanipes: 3 males, 2 females; 1 labelled with red and green tags and ‘213/61,’ others only with green tag (Riks- museum, Stockholm). These are presumed to be Paykull’s types, but no lectotype has been selected because we feel that the validity of these types may be questioned. Lectotype of paradozus: Male, no collection data (MCZ). Only specimen in type series. Lectotype of inaequalis: Female, labelled with pale blue circle ‘Lake Superior’ (MCZ). First specimen in type series selected as lectotype by authors, 1962. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 23 Lectotype of scrobicollis: Male, labelled with pink circle ‘‘Middle States” (MCZ). Third specimen in type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. First specimen with broken antennae and second specimen, apparently male, doubtfully referred to this species. Type of texanus: Female, ‘Texas, Jansen Coll. ex Candéze 1903, 130,” (BMNH). DistriputTion.—Holarctic. Southeastern Canada, eastern U.S. west to Utah, Arizona, southern California, Mexico. Arizona: Coconino, Pima; June, July. Catirornia: ‘S. Cal.’”? CoLtorapo: Larimer, “Waldo Canon’; June, July. Inimnors: McHenry; May. Maine: Penobscot; June, July. Massacuuserts: Suffolk; May. Muicuigan: Alpena, Crawford, Marquette, Oakland; June, July. Minnesora: St. Louis. NEw HampsuireE: Carroll, Cheshire, Coos; April, August. New Mexico: San Miguel. New York: Cattaraugus, Cortland, Erie, Essex, Niagara, Oswego, Tompkins, Warren; March, September. Norra Carouina: Wake; June. Onio: Summit; May. PrNNsyLvania: Carbon; June. RuopE Is~tanp: Washington; August. Urau: Juab, Utah; January, July. Wisconsin: Dodge, Milwaukee; May, July. Nova Scotia: Bridgetown; July. Ontario: Prince Edward; May. QurEBEc: Mt. St. Hilaire, Regaud, Deparquest, Hull, Aylmer, Hudson; May, July. Mrx- 1co: El Salto Diego, June. With its large size and small second and third antennal segments, the male of castanipes is not difficult to recognize; it is easily sepa- rable from ignobilis by the shape of the flagellar segments. The females are more difficult to identify, since the third antennal seg- ment is larger and more nearly intermediate between the second and fourth, which makes it similar to spadiz or similis. The weakened frontal margin, when viewed from directly in front, is the most useful external character for separating castanipes, but in doubtful cases only the dissected genitalia will provide a reliable answer. M. castanipes is a widely distributed and variable species. Large series from throughout its range might show it divides into subspecies, but, from our rather limited material, we can only point out the pat- tern of variation we observe without applying names to any of the variants. ‘Throughout the species there is sexual dimorphism with the females larger, the edges of the pronotum less flattened laterally, the frontal margin less jutting, and the third antennal segment longer. Specimens from the eastern United States are observably different from those in the Southwest and the Great Plains. The western specimens are smaller (male average elytron length is 10.7 mm com- pared to overall average elytron length of 11.2 mm), and the pronotum is more strongly flattened laterally and often more strongly divergent posteriorly. The most conspicuous variation of the western speci- mens is the thin, jutting frontal margin which often contrasts sharply with the flattened or rounded, obsolescent margin in eastern specimens. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 These differences are more strongly marked in males than in females, but the trend is parallel in the two sexes. The distinctive genitalic characters in both the male and female, however, are constant through- out the range of the species. Two females from Europe have been dissected and examined. No observable differences are noted between these specimens and Ameri- can ones and, externally, they are similar to the eastern forms de- scribed above. The female internal genitalia is precisely as the American specimens. The bursa bears a dense patch of spines cen- trally and a smaller, separated patch distally. The accessory gland is enlarged, clublike apically and the spermathecal duct branches as shown in the illustration. Specimens examined: 1 9, Skane, Sweden, ‘Stromberg Det.”; I.N.H.S. 1 9, Germany (?), Andreas Bolter Collection; I.N.H.S. Melanotus rufipes (Herbst) is a European species closely related to castanipes, and the synonymizing of the two species as proposed long ago by Schwartz (1892) would seem warranted; however, we accept the decision of recent students of the Kuropean fauna who regard the two species as distinct (Binaghi, 1939; Jeuniaux, 1955). 5. Melanotus communis (Gyllenhal) Fiegures 47, 9a,b; PuatTs 1d Elater communis Gyllenhal, 1817, p. 188.—Say, 1839, p. 184. Perimecus communis.—Kirby, 1837, p. 148. Cratonychus communis.—Erichson, 1842, p. 102.—LeConte, 18538, p. 477. Melanotus communis—Emmons, 1854, p. 88.—Candéze, 1860, p. 353.—Comstock and Slingerland, 1891, p. 262.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 750.—Hyslop, 1916, p. 5.—van Zwaluwenburg, 1922, p. 12—Fenton, 1926, p. 502—Thomas, 1941, p. 259.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 57.— Jewett, 1946, p. 10.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Melanotus paganus Candéze, 1860, p. 359. Mauze.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white or yellow vestiture evenly distributed over body, specimens in Southwest often darker. Head: Front coarsely punctate, punctures rounded hexagonal, separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, surface with transverse depression anteriorly, sometimes very weak or reduced to pair of shallow, anterolateral depressions, margin black or dark reddish brown, not strongly protuberant above clypeus; clypeus lightly punctate, parantennal fovea shallow, comma shaped, width of interfoveal area 14-2 times height. Mandible without pit; palpi yellowish brown. Antenna 1 or 2 segments longer than pronotum, reddish brown, usually outer angles of flagellar segments testaceous and usually with median, dark brown, longitudinal streak on each side of flagellar segments; ratio of segments 2:3:4=4:7:9, segment 4 NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON Bs) about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and rather sparse. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.22 (1.16-1.30, S.D.=0.03, 100 spec.); punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to more than own diameter, denser on margins, punc- tures often larger in specimens from Southwest; hind angles divergent, often with two carinae, lateral carina extending little anterior of base of hind angle, median carina, when present, shorter and weaker than lateral; side concave before hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere with small indentation marking apical blade, aedeagus evenly tapering to acute apex. Elytron: 9.0+0.5 mm (8.1—10.1). 50 spec. FEMALE: Similar to male. Genitalia as figured; accessory gland, spermathecal duct, and diverticulum originate close together near apex of bursa, bursal spines tacklike, large, conspicuous. Elytron: 9.0+0.7 mm (7.1-10.6 mm). 40 spec. Typrs.—Lectotype of communis: Male, “Amer. Bor. ??—401/62” (Schéenherr Collection, Riksmuseum, Stockholm). First of two specimens in type series selected as lectotype by Quate, 1962. Lectotype of paganus: Female, “Amer. Bor., Coll. Janson, Ex Dejean” (BMNH). First of two specimens in type series selected as lectotype by Quate, 1960. Two females from the Zoologiska Instit., Uppsala, were sent to us when we requested the loan of communis types. These belong to the species morosus and we believe they are not the type specimens of Gyllenhal. Distripution.—Kastern U.S. west to South Dakota, Oklahoma, and Texas. AuABAMA: Mobile; March. Arizona: Graham; August. ArKANsAS: Hemp- stead, Washington; April, June. Connecticut: Hartford, Litchfield, Middiesex, New Haven, Tolland; (Jan.), March-November. Conorapo: Pingree Pk. (County?); August. FLortma: Dade, Palm Beach; May, July. Gerorata: Fulton, Harris; June. ILtinois: Champaign, Cook, Gallatin, Lake, Piatt, Pike, Pope, Union, Vermilion, Wabash; March-September. INp1aNA: Clark, Greene, Pulaski, Spencer, Starke, Tippecanoe; April-September. Iowa: Decatur, Henry, Scott; April-May. Kansas: Barton, Douglas, Gray, Reno, Republic; June- July. Kentucky: Jefferson; March. Lovrstana: East Baton Rouge, Saint Tammany; June. Maryann: Calvert, Harford, Prince Georges, Washington; February-November. Massacuusrtts: Essex, Franklin, Hampden, Hamp- shire; April-September. Micnigan: Kent, Monroe, Ottawa, Washtenaw; April-June. Minnesora: St. Louis, no date. Mussrssrrp1: George; April-May. Missouri: Boone, Callaway, Mississippi, Phelps, St. Louis, Stoddard; March- November. Nesraska: Cherry, Lancaster, Lincoln, Sarpy; April-July. New JERSEY: Bergen, Burleigh, Burlington, Camden, Essex, Middlesex, Morris, Ocean, Union; February-September. New Yorx: Dutchess, Erie, Nassau, 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 121 Niagara, Orange, Rockland. Schenectady, Tompkins, Wayne, Westchester; March—December. NortruH Carouina: Wake (Mills River); June, September. Onto: Athens, Franklin, Hocking, Richland; March, November. OKLAHOMA: Woodward; June. PENNsyLvANIA: Allegheny, Bucks, Philadelphia, York; March-September. SoutTH Carouina: Oconee; September, December. SoutTuH Daxota: Bon Homme, Brookings, Union; June-July. TENNESSEE: Montgomery; April. Texas: Harrison, Gonzales; April, June. Vireinta: Alexandria, Canal, Fairfax, Loudoun, Nottaway, Spotsylvania; March-December. WaAsHINGTON, D.C.: March-September. West Vireinia: Marion; no date. 6. Melanotus indistinctus Quate, new species Fiaurss 4k, 9f,g Maue.—Same as communis, but average size smaller, a little darker in color, frontal margin little wider than black border, parantennal fovea small but distinct, and pronotal punctures somewhat larger and denser. Genitalia with slender, tapering aedeagus, paramere shorter and thicker in communis, emargination before blade deeper and more marked, blade broader and shorter. Elytron: Holotype 8.2 mm; paratypes 8.3+0.5 mm (7.49.4). 50 spec. Frmate.—Not clearly separable from communis (see discussion below). DistRIBUTION.—Virginia west to Kansas, Oklahoma, and Texas. Holotype, male (USNM): Pittsfield, Pike Co., Ill., July 6, 1946, A. T. McClay. Paratypes, 122 males (USNM, CU, ILL, U. Mo., U. Nebr., TEX AM, CAS, Lane Coll’n): ILuinots: same as holotype, July 5-9, 1946; same, June 24, July 1, 7, 9, 1947, B. Cadwell; La Clede, Fayette Co., July 7, 1950, Ross and Sanderson; Shawneetown, Gallatin Co., June 14, 1934, Ross and DeLong; Havana, Mason Co., July 8, 1910, at light; Harrisburg, Saline Co., June 25, 1932, Ross, Dozier, Park; Dubois, Washington Co., July 2, 1909, at light; Fox Ridge St. Pk., July 9, 1944. Virearnta: Holland, Nansemond Co., April 28, 1947, W. D. Fronk. KeENntTuckKy: no other data. Mussisstppi1: Lincoln Co., May 18, 1938, peach tree, W. F. Turner. Mussourtr: St. Louis, August 12, 1935, June 22, 1937, USDA traps; Webster Groves, St. Louis, May 31, 1919, June 17, 1919, Satter- thwait; Charleston, Mississippi Co., June 12, 1917, Satterthwait; Columbia, Boone Co., May 4, 1940, W. R. Enns; same, June 15, 1907, R. H. Wolcott; same, July 14, 1941, H. E. Brown; Lathrop, Clinton Co., July 3, 1948, E. C. Becker. Lovuistana: Shreveport, Caddo Co., June 2, 1949, J. H. Robinson; Olivier, Iberia Co., April 1904, E. S. G. Titus; Leesville, Vernon Co., May 1948, H.S. Fitch. ARKANSAS: Clark Co., May 12, 1939, M. W. Sanderson; Hope, Hempstead Co., April 30, 1925, April 23, 1926, May 17, 1926, July 5, 1926, June 25, 1931, L. Knobel; Hempstead Co., May 8, 1939, Sanderson and Van Dyke; Miller Co., May 8, 1939, Sanderson; Fayetteville, Washington Co., May 31, 1942, at light, Sanderson; Washington Co., May 30, 1938, Sanderson and C. Cameron. Kansas: Medora, Reno Co., July 3; same, July 14, 1926, J. W. McColloch. Oxtanoma: Muse, LeFlore Co., May 7, 1939, Sanderson. Trxas: Luling, Gonzales Co., May 2, 1953, B. J. Adelson; Tyler, Smith Co., May 20, 1942, L. D. Christenson, Bronson, Sabine Co., May 30, 1945, J. H. Robinson; Tyler, Smith Co., March 24, 1939, L. 8. Jones. ‘“‘So. McAlester, Ind. T., June 11, Wickham.’? Cherokee Co., May 5, 1952, June 1, NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 27 1952, light trap; Smith Co., April 6, 14, 1956, April 24, 1937, May 2, 1956; Nacog- doches, Nacogdoches Co., March 28, 1940. Other specimens: TENNESSEE: Milan, Gibson Co., June 2. Texas: Orange, Orange Co., June 20, 1949, W. C. Stehr. Only from Pittsfield, Ill., do we have a good series of females associated with males. In this series there appear to be two types: one is indistinguishable from communis, and the other has large bursa spines; the spermathecal duct branches farther from the bursa, and the bursa surface is coarsely reticulate. It is possible that the second type represents the female of indistinctus, but, since the evi- dence is not unequivocal, we have not definitely identified any of the females nor included them in the type series. This species will be found in some collections identified by Lane as ‘species 20.” 7. Melanotus dietrichi Quate, new species Fiaures 41, 9d,e Melanotus communis var. A.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 57.—Severin, 1949, p. 16. MALE.—Same as communis in all features except male genitalia. Male genitalia with very narrow aedeagus and paramere, paramere with elongate blade at tip and several hairs. Elytron: Holotype 8.7 mm; paratypes 9.9+0.4 mm (8.8-10.6). 60 spec. Femate.—Unknown (or inseparable from communis). DistrisuTion.—Connecticut to Pennsylvania, west to Iowa. Holotype, male (CU): Fairmont, Marion Co., W. Va., March 24, 1930, P. N. Musgrave. Paratypes, 67 males (USN M, CU, ILL, CIS, U. Mo., Ohio U., Lane Coll’n): New Yorx: Poughkeepsie, Dutchess Co., June 19, 1933, P. J. Chapman; Staatsburg, Dutchess Co., June 23, 1934, H. Dietrich; Rhinebeck, Dutchess Co., Nov. 5, 1934, Dietrich; Yonkers, Westchester Co., Nov. 21, 1940; Kensico,? Co., April 27, 1935, J. A. Angell. New Jersey: Teaneck, Bergen Co., October 1923; Brookdale, Essex Co., April 24, 1916, E. R. Kolmbach. Connecticut: New Canaan, Fairfield Co., Sept. 24, 1919, M. P. Zappe. Wasninaton, D.C.: Rock Creek, Dec. 30, 1906; same, April 21, 1907, C. E. Burden. Marynanp: Cumber- land, Allegany Co., Nov. 4, 1915, W. F. Pennington; Woliville,? Co., May 2, 1913. West VIRGINIA: same as holotype. Onto: Columbus, H. H. P. Severin; Athens, Athens Co., Sept. 25, 1949, P. J. Spangler; same, June 26, 1935, A. Sintic; same, April, June, Oct., Nov., Dec., W. C. Stehr; Ames Twp., Athens Co., April 24, 1934, Stehr; Delaware Co., April 1921, D. J. & J. N. Knull. Inprana: Beverly Shores, Porter Co., Aug. 6, 1932. In.itNor1s: Summit, Cook Co., April 17, 1908; Vermilion Co., April 25, 1926, K. F. Auden. Iowa: Ames, Story Co., June 19, 1926; same, July 2, 1931, W. C. Stehr. Lovuistana: Baton Rouge, June 20, 1916, T. H. Jones. Other specimens: Connecticut: Middlesex Co., April. New Yorx: Colum- bia Co., June, Queens Co. PENNSYLVANIA: Westmoreland Co., June, July. Marytanp: Allegany Co., Nov. Onto: Athens Co., June, July. WEstT 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 VIRGINIA: Fayette Co., TENNESSEE: Knox Co., May. Iowa: Henry Co., April. 8. Melanotus miscellus Quate, new species Fiaures 4n, 9c Melanotus communis var. B.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 57.—Severin, 1949, p. 16. MaAtEe.—Same as communis, except averages little smaller in size, often darker reddish brown, and genitalia differ in being shorter, aedeagus wider, paramere thicker, and with broader and shorter apical blade, blade with dense cluster of hairs. Ratio of pronotal width/length=1.2 (1.1-1.3). Elytron, holotype 8.9 mm; paratypes 8.5+0.4 mm (7.6-9.7). 40 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male except sexual differences. Genitalia as figured; differs from communis in that spines of bursa nearer apex, spermathecal duct, spermathecal duct diverticulum and accessory gland arise independently from bursa, accessory gland base far re- moved from base of spermathecal duct. Elytron: Allotype 8.7 mm; paratypes, 8.5+0.4 mm (7.8-9.5). 19 spec. DistrisuTion.—Ontario, eastern U.S. west to Illinois. Holotype, male and allotype, female (USNM): Chapel Hill, Orange Co., N.C., Feb. 3, 1935. Paratypes, 52 males, 41 females (USNM, CU, ILL, NU, CAS): same data as holotype and allotype. Marynianp: Sparrows Pt., Baltimore, July 3, 1932, J. W. Green; Edgewood, Harford Co., Nov. 3, 1918, H. Dietrich. Virernia: Pennington Gap, Lee Co., Hubbard and Schwarz. Fuioripa: Apalachicola, Franklin Co., Taxodium distishum, W. F. Fiske. Grorerta: Savannah, Chatham Co., March 9, 1940, Van Dyke. Mu£ssissippr: Lucedale, George Co., Feb. 27, 1931, March 22, 1932, H. Dietrich; New Augusta, Perry Co., Feb. 12, 1931, H. Dietrich. Inp1ana: LaPorte Co., June 9, 1953, wheat, K. Pruess. ILuiINots: Homer, Champaign Co., March 30, 1907, Hart and Hood; Mahomet, Champaign Co., Sept. 13, 1933, H. H. Ross; St. Joseph, Champaign Co., May 4, 1913; Dec. 24, 1944, J. L. C. Rapp; Riverside Wds., Cook Co., Sept. 13, 1949, W. Tietz; Western Springs, Cook Co., June 16, 1949, Ross and Stannard; Willow Springs, Cook Co., May 12, 1921; Havana, Mason Co., July 11, 1948, Sanderson, Stannard, Becker; White Heath, Piatt Co., March 20, 1942, Ross and Riegel; April 6, 1926, K. F. Auden; Allendale, Wabash Co., April 30, 1950, Smith and Stannard; Benson, Woodford Co., Oct. 11, 1933, Frison and Ross. Ontario: Prince Edward Co., April 16, June 12, July 15, 1922. This species appears intermediate between similis and communis. External characters of color and pronotal punctures resemble com- munis, but the male genitalia more closely resemble similis; the position of spines of the female bursa is as in similis, but the shape of the spines is like that of communis. The genitalia structures, however, are distinct and although not easily recognized, seem constant. ‘The larvae, according to Lane (in litt.), are also distinctive. No. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 29 This species will be found in some collections identified by Lane as “species 2.” 9. Melanotus verberans (LeConte) Ficures 4m, 97; PLATE le Cratonychus verberans LeConte, 1853, p. 478. Melanotus verberans.—Candéze, 1860, p. 356.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 753.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260. MatEe.—Same as communis, except generally smaller in size and usually reddish brown, but some specimens darker, antenna and thorax usually concolorous, erect male hairs in antenna dense and conspicuous, with smaller and sparser pronotal punctures, genitalia with aedeagus nearly parallel sided and abruptly tapering to apex, paramere rather broad and with little curvature basad of apical blade. Ratio of pronotal width/length=1.2 (1.1-1.3). Elytron: 7.7+0.45 mm (6.9-8.3). 9 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male except sexual differences. Genitalia as figured; differs from communis in that apex of bursa more bulbous and truncate, spermathecal duct diverticulum branches at or near base of duct. Elytron: 6.8-7.4 mm. Typrs.—Lectotype of verberans: Male, labelled with pink circle “Md.”’ (MCZ). Only specimen now in type series, selected as lecto- type by authors in 1962; location of second type unknown. DistrRiBuTIoN.—Maryland to Florida and west to South Dakota and Texas. ALABAMA: Locality?; January. ARKANsAs: Washington; May. Ftoripa: Pinellas; March, May. Groraia: Ribb, Peach; April, June. I tuinots: Mason; July. Inprana: Tippecanoe; April. Kansas: Nodata. Marynanp: Baltimore; July. Mussissrprr: Forrest, George; January, April. NrpBrasKxa: Lancaster; May. New Jersry: Middlesex; April. New York: Essex, Niagara; May, November. Norra Carouina: Duplin, Moore, Orange, Wake, Wayne; April, May, October. Onto: Athens; November. Sourn Carouina: Bamberg, Oconee; May, July, December. Souta Daxota: Bon Homme; June. TrExas: Bowie, Victoria; March. Vrrernta: Fairfax; April. 10. Melanotus emissus (LeConte) Fiaurss 40, 9k; Puatrr 1h Cratonychus emissus LeConte, 1853, p. 478. Melanotus emissus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 372.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260. Matz.—Similar to verberans; antenna reddish brown and lighter than rest of body, which is generally dark reddish brown, erect male hairs of antenna dense and conspicuous, hind angles of pronotum sometimes lighter in color than rest of pronotum, pronotal punctures 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 denser. Genitalia differ in being shorter, aedeagus wider (but not as wide as verberans), apical blade broader, and bearing four bristles. Elytron: 6.60.6 mm (5.9-8.4). 32 spec. FErmMALe.—Not positively identified (see discussion below). Typr.—Holotype of emissus: Male, labelled with orange circle “Ga.”’ (MCZ). Damaged specimen only one in type series. DistriBuTIon.—Maryland and North Carolina west to South Dakota and Kansas. ALABAMA: Mobile; April. Iowa: Story; June. Kansas: Douglas; no date. Maryuanp: Baltimore; July. NErsBRaAsKA: Lancaster; July. Norra CARo.uina: Bladen, New Hanover, Pender; May. Soura Dakota: Union, Yankton; June, July. Virarnra: Elizabeth City; May. In the material studied there are two different females associated with the males on the basis of similarity in appearance and locality. One seems to be the same as the female of verberans and the other a distinct form (fig. 94). The latter, from Ash, N.C., is tentatively assigned to emissus but not with certainty. This also poses the question as to the proper association of sexes in verberans, but that cannot be answered at this time. ll. Melanotus lanei Quate, new species Ficures 5a, 9h; PuateE If Mae.—Same as communis, but smaller in size, generally darker in color; antenna as in communis, ratio of segments 2:3:4=5:9:12, segment 4 about 1) times as long as wide; pronotum narrower, ratio of width/length=1.0-1.1, vestiture thicker, pronotal punctures smaller and denser; genitalia shorter, aedeagus evenly tapering from base to apex. Elytron: Holotype 6.6 mm; paratypes 6.7+0.6 mm (5.9-8.2). 17 spec. FEMALE.—Same as male, but larger. Genitalia as communis with diverticulum branching from spermathecal duct, differs from communis — in that bursa has fewer spines, from 15 to 20 (allotype with 17). | Elytron: Allotype 8.0 mm; paratypes 7.6+0.5 mm (6.7-8.7). 21 spec. DistRIBUTION.—Pennsylvania south to Florida and west to South Dakota and Kansas. Holotype, male, allotype, female (USNM): Lincoln, Nebraska, July 2, 1957, black light trap. Paratypes, 9 males, 13 females (USNM, NU, CAS, MCL). Washington, D.C., May 22, Hubbard and Schwarz. PrNNsyLvANIA: Darby, Delaware Co., July 4. Iowa Ames, Story Co., June 6, 1931, J. F. Glawe; same, June 10, 1925. Sour Daxorta: Brookings, June 22, 1943, H. C. Severin; Kimball, Brule Co., June 17, 1947, Severin; Turner Co., June 15, 1929, Severin. NrsBrasKa: Lincoln, June 27, 1909, F. H. Shoemaker; Fairmont, Fillmore Co., June 17, 1914, G. W. Denning; NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 31 Bradshaw, York Co., July 9, 1917, Amaranthus, EH. J. Yates. Kansas: Douglas Co., J. C. Bridwell; Topeka, Popenoe. ArKkansas: Hope, Hempstead Co., May 19, 1931, June 11, 1954, J. W. Green; “Vinita, Ind. T., June 7-8, ’99, Wick- ham.” FrLoripa: Lake City, Columbia Co., 1933, Wickham. It is a pleasure to dedicate this species to M. C. Lane in recognition of his long and diligent studies of the Elateridae that are greatly advancing the taxonomic knowledge of this large family. 12. Melanotus pilosus Blatchley Fiaures 5b, 91; PLatE 1g Melanotus pilosus Blatchley, 1910, p. 751.—Fenton, 1926, p. 502.—Blatchley, 1930, p. 35.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 59. Mate.—Similar to communis, but smaller and more densely covered with whitish or gray vestiture; antenna with erect hairs very dense, segment 3 short, ratio of segments 2:3:4=4:7:12, segment 4 broad, twice as long as wide; frontal margin very thin, upturned and nearly straight on center rather than rounded; pronotal punctures smaller and denser than communis; paramere with short, broad apical blade and deep indentation basad of blade. Elytron: 6.9+0.4 mm (6.4-8.0). 24 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male, bursa small, with about 30 spines, spines with large bases; spermathecal duct and diverticulum arising separately from bursa; accessory gland far basad of spermathecal duct. Elytron: 6.9 mm (6.5-—7.2). Typr.— Holotype: Male, Posey Co., Ind., June 6, 1904, Blatchley (PU). DistripuTion.— Central U.S. ARKANSAS: Washington; May. I.uinois: Wabash; June. INpIANA: Bar- tholomew; Tippecanoe; June. Iowa: Linn; June. Kansas: Riley, Sedgwick ; June. Montana: Big Springs St. Pk.; June. Nersprasxa: Antelope, Chase, Custer, Keith, Lancaster, Lincoln, Scotts Bluff; June. Oxuanoma: Hayes; July. 13. Melanotus opacicollis LeConte Fiaurss 5d,e, 97; PLats 17 Melanotus opacicollis LeConte, 1866, p. 390.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 751. Matz.—Similar to communis but vestiture of pronotum very dense, velvety, pronotal punctures numerous, dense, and so close together as to appear granulose; frontal margin thin and protruding. Geni- talia with evenly tapering aedeagus, paramere with marked inden- tation below blade, slightly sinuous before center. Elytron: 7.2 mm (6.9-7.5). 4 spec. Frmate.—Similar to male. Bursa with 6 to 11 spines, much less numerous than communis, spermathecal duct diverticulum branches from spermathecal duct at distance clearly distal of base of duct. 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Elytron: 8.0+0.5 mm (7.1-8.8). 18 spec. Typrs.— Lectotype: Female, “TIll./477” (MCZ). First specimen in type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. DistRIBUTION.— Indiana and Mississippi, west to Kansas. ARKANSAS: Hempstead; May. I tuinots: Greene, Marion, Rock Is.; May, June. Inprana: Owen; July. Iowa: no other data. Kansas: Linn, Mont- gomery, Riley; June. Louistana; ? Co.; May. M&ussissippr: George, Greene; May. Monrana: Boone, Callaway, Clinton, Jackson; May, July. 14. Melanotus clandestinus (Erichson) Fiaure 5f Cratonychus clandestinus Erichson, 1842, p. 112.—LeConte, 1853, p. 474. Melanotus clandestinus——Candéze, 1860, p. 343.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258.— Dietrich, 1945, p. 55.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Melanotus peninsularis Candéze, 1889, p. 46.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. [New synonymy.] Melanotus perplexus Blatchley, 1920, p. 46; 1930, p. 44.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Maue.—Body color reddish brown, head and pronotum usually darker than appendages and elytra, covered with white (sometimes yellowish) vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with prominent anterior transverse depression, margin strongly protuberant above clypeus, a little angulate and blunt across center when viewed from above; parantennal fovea obsolescent, nasale not at all developed. Mandible without pit. Antenna ex- ceeds pronotum by 1-1} segments, ratio of segments 2:3:4=2:2:7, segment 4 about 1% as long as maximum width; erect male hairs long and very dense. Pronotum about as long as wide (variable and apparently Texas specimens usually narrower), punctures very dense and subequal to those on front, vestiture little finer than on elytra; sides rounded, with slight concavity at base of hind angles; hind angle subparallel, each with single carina extending slightly beyond base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 5.9+0.5 mm (5.0-6.9). 47 spec. Frmate.— Unknown to us. Typres.—Lectotype of clandestinus: Male, ‘Amer. Sept.” No. 17056 (ZM). Selected by Quate, 1960. One other specimen in type series. Lectotype of peninsularis: Male, “Florida, ex. coll. Morrison”’ (Roy. Mus. Nat. Hist., Brussels). Selected by Quate, 1960. Eight other males in type series. Holotype of perplexus: Male, Dunedin, Fla., July 5, 1915, W.S.B. (Plu): DistRIBuTION.— New Jersey south to Florida and west to Texas. | | | | NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 33 ALABAMA: Mobile; July. Fuoripa: Highlands, Hillsborough, Lee, Levy, Palm Beach, Pinellas, Suwannee, Volusia; May, July. Mzussissippr: George, Jackson, Pearl River; June. New Jersey: Atlantic, Burlington, Cape May, Ocean; June, August. Norra Carouina: Columbus, Johnston, Moore; June, July. Sours Carouina: Charleston; May. Texas: Bexar; July. M. clandestinus is one of the few, small species with the elytra less than 7 mm. It is easily recognized by the dense pronotal punctures, small third antennal segment, lack of parantennal fovea and mandibu- lar pit, in addition to the small size. 15. Melanotus ignobilis Melsheimer Ficures 5g, 10a Melanotus ignobilis Melsheimer, 1846, p. 152.—Candéze, 1860, p. 371.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 746 —Thomas, 1941, p. 258.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 55—Jewett, 1946, p. 9.—Severin, 1949, p. 16. Cratonychus ignobilis—LeConte, 1853, p. 474. Cratonychus secretus LeConte, 1853, p. 474. [New synonymy.] Melanotus secretus—Candéze, 1860, p. 344-—Thomas, 1941, p. 258.—Deen and Cuthbert, 1955, p. 193.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Mauzs.—Body color dark reddish brown, but some specimens lighter, covered with yellowish vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with shallow anterior transverse depression, margin very narrow, not strongly protuberant above clypeus, evenly rounded or anteriorly flattened when viewed from above; parantennal fovea small and shallow, nasale flattened, width usually twice height. Mandible without pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1-2 segments, largely testaceous with reddish-brown streak on either side, lighter in color than rest of body; segments 2 and 3 subequal, ratio of 2:3:4=2:3:6, flagellar segments nearly quadrangular; segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short but dense. Pronotum usually wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.0-1.2; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, subequal to those on front, denser on margins; sides of pronotum rounded with slight concavity at base of hind angles, hind angles subparallel with one strong carina extending well cephalad of base. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 7.2 mm (5.2-9.3). 13 spec. FremaLe.—Antenna short of pronotal base by about 1 segment; segment 3 about 1% times 2, but about % times 4; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with 3 groups of dense, setiform spines near apex; accessory gland short and clavate, spermathecal duct very short, diverticulum arising near center of duct. Elytron: 7.6 mm (5.2-10.0). 24 spec. 221-532—67——3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Typrs.—Lectotype of ignobilis: Male, no data (MCZ). Un- labelled specimen in LeConte Collection, assumed to be type, agrees with our interpretation of the species; to forestall possible confusion, specimen selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Lectotype of secretus: Male, labelled with orange circle “Southern States” (MOCZ 2510). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Distripution.—New York south to Florida and west to South Dakota and Texas. AvapamMa: Colbert, Mobile; May, June. Arkansas: Washington; June, July. Fiorma: Highlands, Alachua, Putnam, Volusia; April, May. Gzoreia: Charlton, Fulton; July. Inurnors: Marshall, Putnam; June, July. INDraANa: Clark; June. Lovurstana: Madison; June, July. Mussissrppr: Greene, Jack- son, Perry; May, July. Montana: Phelps, St. Louis; June. NErBRaska: Lancaster; July. New Jersey: Ocean; June, July. New Yorx: Niagara, Tompkins; July. Norra Caroxina: Wake; June. PENNSYLVANIA: Dau- phin; June. Sours Caronina: Charleston, Oconee; March, July. Sourn Dakota: Brookings; July. TENNEssEE: Morgan; June, August. TExas: McCulloch; July. M. ignobilis is a distinctive species easily recognized by the short third antennal segment, quadrate yellowish flagellar segments, lack of mandibular pit, and dense pronotal punctures. The female in- ternal genitalia are quite different from any other North American Melanotus, and the male genitalia are also markedly different from other species. We can find no significant differences between secretus and ignobilis. The former name was applied to smaller specimens of ignobilis which often have the prothorax as long as wide and are usually lighter in color. The male and female genitalia of these smaller, lighter colored specimens do not differ from ignobilis, and we consider them as a part of the variation range of that species; hence, secretus is synonymized with ignobilis. The americanus Group (Mandible with pit) 16. Melanotus depressus (Melsheimer) Fieures 57, 106; PLatE 1j Ctenonychus depressus Melsheimer, 1846, p. 151. Cratonychus depressus.—LeConte, 1853, p. 475. Melanotus depressus.—Candeéze, 1860, p. 345.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 755.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 55.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Ctenonychus parumpunctatus Melsheimer, 1846, p. 151. Cratonychus parumpunctatus.—LeConte, 1853, p. 478. Melanotus parumpunctatus.—Candeze, 1860, p. 355.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 754.— Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 57.—Fattig, 1951, p. Bile NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 35 Melanotus divarcarinus Blatchley, 1910, p. 754.—Thomas, 1941, p. 259.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 56.—Severin, 1949, p. 16.—Deen and Cuthbert, 1955, p. 193. [New synonymy.] Melanotus lixus Blatchley, 1910, p. 754. [New synonymy.] Mauz.—Body color dark reddish brown, covered with white or yellow hairs evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral depressions not strongly protuberant above clypeus, evenly rounded or a little angu- late and flattened when viewed from above, parantennal fovea crescent shaped, small, but moderately deep and well defined; nasale obsolescent. Mandible with shallow, slitlike pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1 to 1% segments; reddish brown, ratio of seg- ments 2:3:4=3:5:6, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short but dense. Pronotum wider than long; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to little less or little more than own diameter, equal to or little smaller than those on front; sides of pronotum straight behind small anterior curvature, divergent posteriorly; hind angles subparallel, strong carina extending cephalad of base of hind angle Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 8.740.6 mm (6.5-10.2). 85 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male. Pronotum with sides often more strongly divergent; antenna exceeds pronotum by %-1 segment; internal genitalia as figured, bursa long and coiled in loop, with scattered, peglike spines nearly throughout entire length, accessory gland originates near base, clavate, spermathecal duct branches near base. Elytron: 9.30.7 mm (8.2-10.2). 44 spec. Typres.—Lectotype of depressus: Male, labelled with red label “PA.” (MCZ). First species of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Lectotype of parumpunctatus: Female, labelled with red label “Pa.” (MCZ). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Second specimen is ignobilis. Holotype of dwarcarinus: Male, Posey Co., Ind., June 2, 1909, W.S. B. (PU). Holotype of lizus: Female, Posey Co., Ind., July 6, 1912, W.S. B. (PU): DistrisutTion.—Connecticut to North Carolina, west to Nebraska and Texas. ARKANSAS: Benton, Hempstead, Pike, Washington; May, July. CoNnNeEcTI- cut: Fairfield, New Hampshire; June. Groraia: Catoosa, Fulton, Gwinnett, Lumpkin, Moran, White, Worth; May, July. Inuinoi1s: Champaign, Clay, Jackson, Johnson, Kane, Marion, McLean, Peoria, Pope, Putnam, Rock Island, 221-532—67——4 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Scott, Union, Vermilion, Washington; April, July. INnprana: Spencer, Tippe- canoe; June. Iowa: Henry, Story; June, August. Kansas: Chautaugua, Cowley, Douglas, Miami, Montgomery, Riley; May, June. Kentucky: Jeffer- son; June. Lovuistana: Madison; June. Marynianp: Anne Arundel, Washing- ton; June, July. Mussissippi: George, Greene; April, May. Montana: Calla- way, Clinton, Jefferson, Lawrence, St. Louis, Webster; April, July. NEBRASKA: Cass, Dakota, Lancaster; June. New Jersey: Lakehurst, Morris, Ocean, Warren; June, August. Nrw Yorx: Dutchess, Essex, Seneca, Tompkins; May, July. Norta Carouina: Guilford; June. Onto: Clifton, Delaware, Erie, Franklin, Greene, Hocking, Pickaway, Ross; May, July. OxLaHomaA: Payne, Sequoyah; July. PrENNsytvania: Adams, Allegheny, Northampton, Phila- delphia; May, July. TENNEssEE: Sevier; June. Trxas: Bexar, Brazos, Brew- ster, Dallas, Kerr, Madison, Val Verde; April, July. Vireainta: Fairfax, Loudoun; May, July. Wasuineton, D.C.: June. West Virarnia: Greenbrier; July. Melanotus depressus is subject to considerable variation. Most conspicuous is the range in overall size. The variation in elytron length from 6.5-10.2 mm is about as large as any North American Melanotus. There appears to exist a cline in the males with size of the elytron diminishing to the west and south, as shown in the fol- lowing chart. Curiously, the female does not appear to vary in the same way. Variation in elytron length of M. depressus (average length in mm): East Coast to Arkansas, Indiana Illinois Missouri Kansas Nebraska Teras o 2 a ? a g a 93 9.1 8.8 9.3 8. 5 9.3 7.9 Nonclinal variation exists in the size of the parantennal fovea and mandibular pit. The pronotal punctures vary in size and density but are almost always as large as those on the front, which are larger than in morosus, and never as compact as in cribulosus. The sides of the pronotum are usually markedly divergent and are a useful feature in identifying the species when one is familiar with it. Few speci- mens have the sides subparallel and lack the characteristic wedge shape. Other than a broader than usual aedeagus seen in some northern specimens, the male genitalia are constant. The female genitalia also show little variation and are characteristic of the species. We have found the genitalia to be reliable features of identification, and dissected specimens can be identified positively with little difficulty. The bulk of specimens of the ‘americanus group” which we have seen belong to either morosus or depressus. We have dissected a large number of specimens to verify our identifications. We concluded that there are only two species in this section of the genus. We can find nothing to support the recognition of the third species. The type of parumpunctatus appears to us to be depressus, and it is within No. 3668 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 37 the size range of that species. MJ. depressus has page priority over parumpunctatus and is the preferred name. 17. Melanotus morosus Candéze Fiaures 5h, 10e Cratonychus longulus LeConte, 1853, p. 480. [Not LeConte, 1853, p. 473.] Melanotus morosus Candéze, 1860, p. 346.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Melanotus debilis Blatchley, 1910, p. 754; 1930, p. 36. [New synonymy.] Melanotus simulans Blatchley, 1927, p. 140; 1930, p. 48.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Matz.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white hairs, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with shallow or no anterior depression, margin not strongly protuberant above clypeus, evenly rounded or flattened anteriorly; parantennal fovea moderately large and deep, circular; nasale about 1% times as wide as high. Mandible with deep teardrop- shaped pit; palpus light reddish brown. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1-2 segments, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=3:5:6, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short but dense and easily seen. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.04-1.18; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to more than own diameter, smaller than punctures on front; sides of pronotum usually straight behind anterior curvature and subparallel, but often rounded with concavity at base of hind angles; hind angles slightly divergent, carina usually extending cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 7.8+0.6 mm (6.3-8.8). 40 spec. Frmate.— Antenna extends to or beyond base of pronotum by 1 segment; genitalia as figured, bursa with very dense, shaggy appearing, quadrate patch of setiform spines and few peglike spines on apical extension, accessory gland very slender, spermathecal duct branches near center. Elytron: 8.1+0.6 mm (7.0-9.0). 20 spec. Typrs.— Lectotype of longulus: Male, labelled with orange circle “Southern States” (MCZ 2524). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Second and 8rd specimens not true types, labelled ““Tex.’’; 4th specimen apparently infaustus. Holotype of debilis: Female, Marshall Co., Ind., June 26, 1904, Mis. b. (PU). Lectotype of simulans: Male, Dunedin, Fla., Mar. 15, 1918, W.S.B. (PU). In the Institut Royal des Science Naturelles, Brussels, there is a male from Iowa City, Iowa, labelled as the type of morosus. In the British Museum (Natural History) there is another female from Georgia labelled as the type of morosus. Neither of these specimens 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 are true types, since morosus is a substitute name for the secondary homonym longulus, and the types of morosus Candéze are those selected by LeConte for longulus (1853, p. 480, not 1853, p. 473). DisTRIBUTION.—Quebec to Florida and west to Nebraska and Texas. ALABAMA: Mobile; June. ARKANSAS: Clark, Hempstead, Lawrence; April, June. Connecticut: Tolland; May. FLorimpa: Manatee, Osceola, Pinellas; March. GeroreGta: Catoosa, Clarke, Cobb, Fulton, Hall, Rabun, Seminole, Thomas; March, June. ILLinois: Champaign, Cook, Knox, Putnam, Scott, Washington; May, July (Nov.).. Maryztanp: Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Har- ford, Prince Georges; June, October. Massacuusertts: Barnstable, Middlesex, Nantucket, Worcester; May, July. Myussissrppi: George, Greene, Harrison, Lamar; April, May. Montana: Jefferson, Lawrence, St. Louis; April, July. Nespraska: Douglas; June. New Hampsuire: Carroll; July. New Jersey: Atlantic, Camden, Ocean; May, August. New York: Orange, Suffolk, Tompkins, Washington; June, August. Norra Caroxiina: Buncombe, Duplin, Hyde, Moore, Sampson, Swain, Wake, Wayne; April, July. Onto: Adams, Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Greene, Hocking, Scioto; June, August. PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny, Indiana, Monroe, Northampton, Philadelphia; April, July. Sours Carouina: Oconee; April. TENNESSEE: Carter, Sevier; June, September. Texas: Bastrop; April. Virainia: Fairfax, Fauquier, Prince Edward; May. WasHINGTON, D.C.: April, June. Ontario: “Go Home Bay”; June. QuEBEC: Windsor Co.; July. M. morosus is most likely to be confused with depressus. In general, morosus may be separated from that species by the small pronotal punctures, subparallel sides of the pronotum with pronounced anterior curve, and a more slender, jutting frontal margin. Less frequently, morosus is lighter in color than depressus. Typical specimens are not difficult to identify when one is familiar with the characters, but small variations (artificial or natural) make it necessary to dissect the genitalia for positive identification. The thick mat of spines in the bursa easily identifies the females. The male genitalia are charac- terized by the angulate paramere, rather than evenly rounded as in depressus, the moderately dense hairs at the apex of the paramere, and the rather broad, tapering aedeagus. Specimens from Florida are usually smaller and the pronotal width/ length ratio is more variable, but they do not seem to differ signifi- cantly from other morosus. M. simulans is regarded as a synonym of morosus. 18. Melanotus cribulosus (LeConte) Fiaures 5j, 10d Cratonychus cribulosus LeConte, 1853, p. 478. Melanotus cribulosus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 357.—Hyslop, 1915, p. 17.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Severin, 1949, p. 17.—Srivastava, 1958, p. 87. Matre.—Body color reddish brown, covered with fairly dense whitish hairs evenly distributed over body. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 39 Head: Front with shallow depression, margin not strongly pro- tuberant above clypeus, rounded to flat when viewed from above; parantennal fovea small, but well defined; nasale obsolescent. Man- dible with pit variable from ovoid to slit shaped. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by % to 1% segments, reddish brown, ratio of seg- ments 2:3:4=2.5:4:5, segment 4 about 1} times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs very short and inconspicuous. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.05-1.13; punc- tures at center usually separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, as large as those on front; sides of pronotum mostly straight behind moderate anterior curvature, with slight concavity at base of hind angles; hind angles divergent, carina extending cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 7.5+0.4 mm (6.4-8.5). 24 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male, except antenna slightly shorter in com- parison to pronotum; genitalia as figured, bursa with few naillike spines with large bases, accessory gland short and clavate, sperma- thecal duct branches near base. Elytron: 7.2-7.3 mm. Typrs.—Lectotype of cribulosus: Male, labelled with green circle “Nebr. Terr.’”’ (MCZ 2519). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. DistripuTIon.—Central U.S. Inuino1s: Champaign, Kane, Mason, McHenry, Warren; June, July. Kansas: Cowley, Douglas, Gove, Greenwood, Gray, Kingman; June, July. NEBRASKA: Lancaster, Saline; June, July. Ox uanoma: Cleveland; April, May. Sovurn Daxora: Haakon; June. In superficial appearance, cribulosus looks like a member of the communis complex; however, the mandibular pit removes it from that group. The shallow parantennal fovea and dense pronotal punctures distinguish it from other members of the americanus group. 19. Melanotus corticinus (Say) Fiaures 5n, 107 Elater corticinus Say, 1823, p. 174; 1839, p. 183. Cratonychus corticinus.—LeConte, 1853, p. 473. Cratonychus vetulus Erichson, 1842, p. 105. [New synonymy.] Melanotus vetulus—Leng, 1920, p. 175. Melanotus glandicolor Melsheimer, 1846, p. 152.—Emmons, 1854, p. 88.—Can- déze, 1860, p. 371.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 745.—Thomas, 1941, p. 259. Cratonychus glandicolor—LeConte, 1853, p. 477. Matz.—Body color reddish brown, covered with whitish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Head: Front with shallow depressions, margin thick, dark reddish brown, not strongly protuberant above clypeus, angulate and blunt when viewed from above; parantennal fovea large, deep and rounded, foveal tragus weakly developed; nasale usually as wide as or a little less than height, well developed. Mandible with large slitlike pit; palpus reddish brown, antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 2 or 3 segments, segments 2 and 8 subequal, flagellar segments elongate and slender, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width, erect male hairs sparse, but long and easily seen. Pronotum wider than long; punctures in center usually separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, equal to size of punc- tures on front; sides of pronotum straight and divergent posteriorly with slight anterior curvature, hind angles divergent with carina usually extending little cephalad of base. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 10.6 mm (10.1-11.8). 11 spec. FremMaLe.—Similar to male; antenna 3 a little larger than 2, but still much smaller than 4, so not intermediate in size between 2 and 4; genitalia as figured, accessory gland slender, bursa with moderate number of tacklike spines. Elytron: 11.8 mm (11.0-12.7). 7 spec. TypEs.—Types of corticinus: ‘United States,’”’ specimens lost. Lectotype of glandicolor: Female, no locality data, but stated to be Pa. (MCZ). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962, but other 2 specimens probably not true types. Holotype of vetulus: Female, ‘America Sept.” (ZM). Only specimen in type series. DistriBpuTION.—Ontario, eastern U.S. west to Illinois and Missouri. Iuuinois: Kankakee, Vermilion; June, July. INp1ana: Clark; June. Mary- LAND: Baltimore; June. Montana: Montgomery; May. New JERSEY: Warren; June. Norra Carouina: Buncombe; June. PENNsyLVANIA: Adams; May. TENNESSEE: Sevier; June. Vireinrta: Norfolk; May. Onrario: Pr. Edward. Melanotus corticinus is one of the more easily identified species; the small third antennal segment, large parantennal fovea, and large size make its recognition relatively easy. Females with a larger third antennal segment may cause a little trouble in running through the key, but even though the third segment is larger than the second, it is not intermediate in size between the second and fourth and should not be taken out in the wrong part of the couplet. 20. Melanotus sagittarius (LeConte) Figures 5m, 10c; Puats 1k Cratonychus sagittarius LeConte, 1853, p. 480. No. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 41 Melanotus sagittarius.—Candéze, 1860, p. 547.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 751.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 58. Melanotus carinus Blatchley, 1910, p. 752; 1930, p. 35. [New synonymy,] Matzr.—Body color reddish brown, covered with yellowish vesti- ture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral or an anterior transverse depression, margin angulate with blunt apex when viewed from above, not strongly protuberant above clypeus; parantennal fovea large and deep, as long as antennal segment 2, opening rounded, foveal tragus weakly developed; nasale protuberant, width 1 to 1% times height. Mandible with deep, teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 2 to 2% segments, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=3:6:9, flagellar segments rather elongate, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs long, rather dense, and easily seen. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.14(1.05-1.22); punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to about own diameter, subequal to size of those on front; sides of pronotum nearly straight beyond small anterior curvature, sometimes with slight concavity at base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 9.90+0.54 mm (8.70-10.80). 50 spec. Frema.Le.—Antenna exceeds tip of pronotum by 1 to 1% segments; genitalia as figured, bursa with moderate number of peglike spines; accessory gland little longer than bursa, arises well before sperm duct; sperm duct branches near base. Elytron: 10.2+0.9 mm (8.5-12.0). 31 spec. Typrs.—Lectotype of sagittarius: Male, labelled with white circle “Hastern States & Canada” (MCZ). First specimen in type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Second specimen labelled with pink circle “Middle States” is probably the type mentioned in the description but is damaged and cannot be identified definitely, so has not been selected. There appears no question that LeConte studied the first specimen and that it agrees with current interpre- tation of sagittarius, and its selection as the lectotype will fix the name of the species without disturbing the present nomenclature. Holotype of carinus: Male, Lake Co., Ind., June 4, 1905 (PU). DistriBuTion.—New York to Florida and west to Illinois. Fioripa: Pinellas; February, April. Inuinors: Putnam; July. INpraNa: Marion; May. Maryann: Baltimore; July. Massacnuusrerts: Hampshire, Middlesex; June, July. Mussissrpp1: George; April. Nrw Jersry: Middlesex; July. New Yor: Dutchess, Rockland, Tompkins, Westchester; June, July. Ox1o: Athens; June. Prnnsytvanra: Allegheny, Bradford, Monroe; May, July. Vireinia: Page; July. West Virernia: Hardy; July. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 21. Melanotus hyslopi Van Zwaluwenburg Fiaurss 51, 10f Melanotus hyslopi Van Zwaluwenburg, 1921, p. 210.—Thomas, 1941, p. 261.— Dietrich, 1945, p. 59.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Mae.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white or yellowish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral depressions, not strongly protuberant above clypeus, angularly produced into trun- cated projection when viewed from above; parantennal fovea large and deep, excavated as deep as length of antennal segment 2, crescent shaped, foveal tragus weakly developed; nasale strongly protuberant, as wide as high. Mandible with deep, rounded, or ovate pit. An- tenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 2-3 segments, segment 3 inter- mediate to 2 and 4, reddish brown, flagellar segments rather elongate, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs long, but sparse. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.05-1.18; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to more than twice own diameter, smaller than those on front; sides of pronotum straight behind anterior curvature and divergent posteriorly; hind angles divergent, with carina usually extending well cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 8.5+0.3 (7.6-9.1). 60 spec. FremMa.e.—Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1-2 segments; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with large swelling at base of ac- cessory gland, gland clavate, elongate apex of bursa looped, sper- mathecal duct branches near base, diverticulum very short and curled. Elytron: 8.7+0.4 mm (7.6-9.4). 55 spec. Typr.—Holotype: Male, South Mountain, Md. (USNM 24561). Not studied by authors. DistrisuTion.—New Hampshire south to North Carolina and west to Wisconsin and Illinois. Connecticut: Litchfield; June. I~Ltino1is: Champaign, McHenry; July, Sep- tember. Maryianp: Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Frederick; June, July. Mas-— SACHUSETTs: Barnstable, Bristol, Essex, Hampshire, Middlesex; June, August. Micuiecan: Oceana; August. Mussissrppi: Forrest; April. New HampsuHirReE: Carroll; August. Nrw Jersry: Atlantic, Bergen, Camden, Ocean; May, July. New York: Erie, Essex, Niagara, Rockland, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tompkins; May, September. Nortu Carouina: Buncombe, Macon; July. Onto: Delaware, Fairfield, Hocking, Summit; May, July. Prnnsytvanra: Dauphin, Monroe, Northampton, Philadelphia; May, July. TENNxEssEE: Sevier; June, July. Vireinia: Giles, Rockbridge; July, August. Wisconsin: No other data. Ontario: Pr. Edward Co.; June. No. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 43 M. hyslopi and sagittarius have larger parantennal fovea than any other North American Melanotus and can be distinguished by that character in addition to more usual features of ordinary size, mandib- ular pit, and intermediate sized third antennal segment. They may be separated from each other by hyslopi generally being smaller, having sparser pronotal punctures, longer antennae, larger paranten- nal fovea, and a more angulate frontal margin. 22. Melanotus prasinus Blatchley Fiaures 6a, 10g,h Melanotus prasinus Blatchley, 1910, p. 752; 1930, p. 35.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258. Matze.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral transverse depres- sions, margin dark reddish brown, sometimes strongly protuberant above clypeus and turned up in front, fairly thin, parantennal fovea moderately small, but well defined, are shaped, with small foveal tragus; nasale poorly developed 1%-2 times as wide as high. Man- dible with deep slit or teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1-2 segments, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4= 3:4:5, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and rather sparse but easily seen. Pronotum usually wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.0-1.07; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to about twice own diameter, slightly denser on margins, smaller than punc- tures on front; sides of pronotum gently rounded and divergent posteriorly on anterior half, with concavity at base of hind angles; hind angles divergent, carina weak, extending little cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 6.8 mm (6.2—7.3). 14 spec. FrmMALe.—Similar to male; bursa with moderate number of pointed, plaquelike spines; accessory gland originates near apex of bursa. Elytron: 7.5mm. 1 spec. Typr.—Holotype of parasinus: Male, Vermilion Co., Ind., June 15, 1904, W. S. B. (PU). DistrisuTiIon.—Connecticut to North Carolina, west to Illinois and Missouri. Connecticut: Windham; August. ItitNois: Champaign; July. MAaryLAND: Plummers Isl.; April, June. Massacuusretts: Barnstable, Middlesex; July. Montana: Carter; June. New Hampsaire: Hillsboro; no date. New JerRsEy: Bergen, Cape May; June, July. New York: Kings; July. Norra Caro.ina: Buncombe; July. Onto: Hocking, Lucas; June. PENNsyLVANIA: ‘Estes’; July, TENNESSEE: Smith; no date. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 The few specimens of prasinus available to us do not give a satis- factory picture of this species, and we know little of its variation or geographical distribution. We have three more males and two fe- males that might belong to prasinus, but they differ in outline and shorter, less jutting frontal margin and are questionably identified as prasinus and are not included in the description. Probably M. prasinus will most likely be confused with small speci- mens of depressus from which prasinus differs in having smaller and sparser pronotal punctures, a better developed nasale, and a more strongly jutting frontal margin. 23. Melanotus piceatus Blatchley Fiaures 5k, 107 Melanotus piceatus Blatchley, 1927, p. 141; 1930, p. 48.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Mate.—Body color dark reddish brown to black, covered with sparse yellowish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow to marked depressions, margin variable from thick and barely protruding beyond clypeus to thin and extending beyond clypeus by little more than own width, rounded or angulate and flattened anteriorly when viewed from above; par- antennal fovea small, shallow, arc shaped; nasale flat, width about 1% times height. Mandible pit slit to teardrop shaped; palpus light reddish brown. Antenna short of tip of hind angle by about 1 seg- ment, reddish brown, segment 3 nearly as long as 4,4 about 1% times maximum width, erect male hairs very short and evident only at base of segments. Pronotum wider than long; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to 1-2 times own diameter, subequal to those on front; sides gently curved over anterior one-third or one-half, sub- parallel or convergent posteriorly with small concavity; hind angles slightly divergent with carina usually extending cephalad of base of hind angles. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 8.4 mm (7.5-10.2). 10 spec. Frma.e.—Antenna short of tip of hind angle by 1-3 segments; internal genitalia as figured, bursa large, with 50-100 scattered, peglike spines. Elytron: 8.6 mm (7.7-9.2). 7 spec. Typr.—Holotype of piceatus: Male, Dunedin, Fla., March 17, 1922, W.S.B. (PU). DistTRIBUTION.—Southeastern U.S. AutaBAMA: Colbert, Mobile; May, June. Fiorma: Brevard, Charlotte, Highlands, Hillsborough, Pinellas, Volusia; February, May. Grora1a: Chatham; March. SourH Carouina: Charleston, Georgetown, Pickens; May. TENNES- SEE: Great Smoky Mts. Nat. Pk.; June. No. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 45 The male genitalia of piceatus are somewhat similar to cribulosus. However, it is readily distinguished from that and other species by the short antennae and other characters. It apparently has no close relatives in North America and may be of Neotropical origin as suggested by its distribution. 24. Melanotus difficilis Blatchley Fiaure 69 Melanotus difficilis Blatchley, 1910, p. 751; 1930, p. 35.—McClure, 1933, p. 145.— Dietrich, 1945, p. 59. Maure.—Body color reddish brown, covered with whitish vestiture, evenly distributed over body and longer than usual. Head: Front without marked, transverse depressions but sometimes with pair of shallow anterolateral ones, margin extending as thick shelf in front of clypeus usually twice width of rim, anteriorly rounded when viewed from above; parantennal fovea lacking or obsolescent; nasale not developed. Mandible with small teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna reddish brown, exceeds tip of hind angle by 3 to 3% segments, segment 3 intermediate to 2 and 4, flagellar segments long and slender, segment 4 twice as long as maximum width, following more slender; erect male hairs very short but dense. Pronotum flattened dorsally, wider than long; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to about own diameter, subequal to those on front; sides of pronotum divergent posteriorly on anterior half and parallel or a little convergent over remainder, hind angles divergent, with carina usually extending about to base of hind angle. Abdomen with last visible sternite usually inflated to give tip enlarged appearance. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 7.5-9.7 mm. FrmMate.—Unknown to us. Typr.—Holotype of difficilis: Male, Posey Co., Ind., July 8, 1903, Woo CEU): DistrisuTion.—Central U.S. Kansas: Douglas; June. Ixuinors: Alexander; June. Mussissrppi1: George; May. Oxuanoma: Delaware; June. Texas: Austin, Dallas, Navarro; May. 25. Melanotus macer (LeConte) Fiaures 6¢,f, 101 Cratonychus macer LeConte, 1853, p. 473. Melanotus macer.—Candéze, 1860, p. 339.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 752.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 54.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Mauz.—Body color reddish brown, covered with whitish hairs, evenly distributed over body and longer than usual. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Head: Front with conspicuous anterior, transverse depression, margin extends as a thin shelve in front of clypeus by distance equal to 2-3 times width of rim, angulate and flattened in front when viewed from above and often with small, median notch; parantennal fovea small but well defined, crescent shaped, opening much longer than wide; nasale not developed. Mandible with small, slit-shaped pit. Antenna long, exceeds tip of hind angle by 3-4 segments, reddish brown, segment 3 intermediate to 2 and 4, flagellar segments slender, nearly parallel sided, not serrate, segment 4 twice as long as maximum width, following more slender; erect male hairs short, sparse, and inconspicuous. Pronotum wider than long; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to little less than own diameter, subequal to those on front; sides of pronotum straight with little or almost no anterior curvature and slightly divergent posteriorly; hind angles almost parallel with carina, usually extending cephalad of base of hind angles. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 7.2-7.6 mm. Frmate.— Unknown to us. Typrs.—Lectotype of macer: Male, labelled with pink circle ‘Middle States, incl. N.Y.” (MCZ 2507). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Distrisution.—North Carolina west to Kansas. Iowa: Story; June. Kansas: Cherokee, Riley; June, July. MUssissippi: George; May. New York: Nassau; July. Norra Carouina: Moore, Wake; May. The two species difficilis and macer can be separated from other North American Melanotus by the long, slender, nonserrate antennae greatly extending beyond the pronotum, the obsolescent nasale, and poorly developed or vestigial parantennal fovea. The two can be distinguished without difficulty by characters cited in the key. 26. Melanotus testaceus (Melsheimer) Fieures 6), 11ce,d Ctenonychus testaceus Melsheimer, 1846, p. 151. Melanotus testaceus—Thomas, 1941, p. 258. Cratonychus dubius LeConte, 1853, p. 479. [New synonymy.] Melanotus dubius.—Candéze, 1860, p. 372.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Fattig, 1951, p. 21. Melanotus angustatus of authors, not Erichson, 1842. Ma.z.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral transverse depres- sions, margin not strongly protuberant above clypeus, evenly rounded or angulate and flattened across center; parantennal fovea small, deep NO. 3668 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 47 and well defined, semicircular; nasale protuberant, width 1 to 1% times height. Mandible with deep, oval pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1 to 1% segments along sides, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=3:4.5:5, segment 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width, erect male hairs short but easily seen. Pronotum usually as wide as long, ratio of width/length=1.0-1.07; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to about twice own diameter, smaller than punctures on front; sides of pronotum behind small anterior curvature nearly straight except slight concavity near center and markedly divergent posteriorly; hind angles divergent, carina usually extending cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere slender, tapering, without apical blade. Elytron: 7.0+0.5 mm (5.2-7.8). 29 spec. FEMALE.—Similar to male; bursa with moderate number of scat- tered, plaquelike spines, accessory gland originates near center of bursa, spermathecal duct diverticulum originates not far from base of duct, short and capitate. Elytron: 6.9+0.3 mm (6.3-7.5). 23 spec. Typrs.—Type of testaceus: No specimen found at MCZ definitely labelled and unquestionably the type. In LeConte Collection a teneral (and hence testaceous) male labelled (by LeConte?) “angus- tatus.’’ We suspect this specimen is the type of testaceus and think LeConte placed it with angustatus after he decided the two species were synonymous (1853, p. 475). Type of dubius: Male, labelled with orange circle “Southern States”’ (MCZ 2520). Only specimen in type series; the orange label indicat- ing locality in South does not correspond with LeConte’s (1853, p. 479) listing of N.Y., but nonetheless is regarded as the type. Distripution.—New York to Florida, west to Missouri and Texas. ARKANSAS: Hempstead, Washington; April, August. FLoripa: Pinellas; April. Groraia: Fulton; June. I uinors: Alexander, Lawrence; April, July. Montana: Callaway; May. New Jersey: Ocean; June. NEw York: Suffolk, Tompkins; June, August. Norra Carouina: Wayne; April. Onto: Delaware, Greene, Hocking, Scioto; May, June. Trxas: no data. VIRGINIA: Nottoway; May. This species has been identified as angustatus, and nearly all of our identifications will bear a label with that name. However, the type of angustatus is a specimen of americanus, and for a long time the species has been misidentified in North America. The name testaceus is used for this species, although it is based on tenuous grounds, as there appears to be no unequivocal type specimen; however, this seems to be the name most aptly applied to the species. Undissected specimens will often be confused with trapezoideus, although the characters in the key will be useful in separating the two 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 most of the time. It is advisable to dissect the genitalia from at least a part of the collection being identified. 27. Melanotus trapezoideus (LeConte) FIGuRES 6c, 116 Cratonychus trapezoideus LeConte, 1853, p. 475. Melanotus trapezoideus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 348.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 752.— Thomas, 1941, p. 259.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 55.— Jewett, 1946, p. 9.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Mate.—Body color reddish to dark reddish brown, covered with white or yellowish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front usually with pair of shallow anterolateral depressions; margin dark reddish brown, thinner in center, angulate and flattened when viewed from above, weakly protuberant in front; parantennal fovea semicircular or circular, well defined; nasale raised, as wide as high. Mandible with small teardrop-shaped or oval pit. Antennae exceeds tip of hind angle by 1 to 14 segments, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=5:8:10, segment 4 about 1% times maximum width, erect male hairs of moderate length and dense. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.07-1.16; punc- tures at center usually separated by distance equal to little more than own diameter, equal or subequal to those on front; sides of pronotum straight behind small anterior curvature, diverging pos- teriorly; hind angles divergent, with carina usually extending cephalad of base of hind angles. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 6.10.5 mm (5.2-7.3). 35 spec. FreMALE.—Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about one-half segment; internal genitalia as figured, bursa not elongate or enlarged at base of accessory gland and with more than 50 peglike spines. Elytron: 5.1-6.9 mm. 6 spec. Typrs.—Lectotype of trapezoideus: Male, labelled with pink circle “Middle States, incl. N.Y.’”’ (MCZ 2511). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. DistrRiBuTION.—Ontario to North Carolina, west to Minnesota, Illinois, and Arkansas. ARKANSAS: Garland, Washington; June. Connecticut: Litchfield, New Haven; June, July. Itimnois: Champaign, Knox, McHenry, Putnam, Rock Island; May, July. Massacuusrerts: Berkshire, Hampshire, Middlesex, Nor- folk; June, July. Minnesota: Hennepin; July. Mussissippr: George; June. New Hampsuire: Carroll; August. New Jrersry: Bergen, Gloucester; June. New York: Erie, Essex, Oswego, Rockland, Suffolk, Tompkins, Westchester; April, September. NortH Carouina: Macon; June. PENNSYLVANIA: Adams, Dauphin, Indiana, Philadelphia; May, July (November). West VIRGINIA: Marion, Pendleton; August. Ontario: Ridgeway; August. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 49 28. Melanotus tenax (Say) FicursEs 6d, 1la; Puats 1m Elater tenax Say, 1839, p. 185. Cratonychus tenaz.—LeConte, 1853, p. 479. Melanotus tenaz.—Candéze, 1860, p. 360.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 755.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 58.—Fattig, 1951, p. 21. Mauz.— Body color reddish to dark reddish brown, covered with white or yellow vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral transverse de- pressions, margin dark reddish brown, not strongly protuberant above clypeus, thinner in center, evenly rounded or a little flattened an- teriorly when viewed from above; parantennal fovea smaller than trapezoideus, well defined, circular; nasale slightly raised, width equal to 1% times height. Mandible with deep, teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by one-half segment, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=4:6:9, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and dense. Pronotum as wide as or little wider than long; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to own diameter, subequal to those on front; sides of pronotum straight, subparallel; hind angles slightly divergent, carina usually extending well cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 5.5+0.3 mm (5.2-6.3). 15 spec. Frema.e.—Antenna not extending to tip of hind angle; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with about 50 peglike spines, elongate and enlarged at base of accessory gland, gland short and clavate. Elytron: 5.0-6.2 mm. 4 spec. Typrs.— Types of tenaz: ‘“‘Mass.’’ Specimens lost. DistriputTion.—New York south to Georgia and west to Illinois. GroraiA: Houston; June. Ituinors: Greene; June. Maryianpb: Prince Georges; June. Massacuusretts: Middlesex, Nantucket; June. New York: Albany; June. Norra Carouina: Craven; May. Sout Carouina: Berkeley; April. M. trapezoideus and the tenax can be distinguished from other species of the americanus group by their small size, large pronotal punctures, and large parantennal fovea. The two are separable by characters in the key. Also, the pronotum of trapezoideus is usually flatter and the sides more markedly divergent than in tenar. The female internal genitalia are dissimilar; the chief differences are the unusual swelling of the bursa at the base of the accessory gland and the midlateral origin of the spermathecal duct of tenaz, but not in trapezoideus. Unlike most species of Melanotus, the male genitalia of these species appear indistinguishable and are not of value in separating the two. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 29. Melanotus pertinax (Say) Fiaures 61, 10k Elater pertinax Say, 1839, p. 185. Cratonychus pertinaz.—LeConte, 1853, p. 479. Melanotus pertinax.—Candéze, 1860, p. 359.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 755.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 58.—Severin, 1949, p. 17.—Fattig, 1951, p. 21. Mauze.— Body color black or dark reddish brown and appendages lighter reddish brown (light colored teneral specimens also have appendages paler than body), covered with white vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral or transverse depressions, margin narrow and evenly rounded when viewed from above, thick and not strongly protuberant above clypeus; parantennal fovea small but moderately deep circular or semicircular, foveal tragus seldom developed; nasale flat, width about 2 times height. Mandible with deep, teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about 1 segment, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=3:4:5, segment 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and dense. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.06—-1.20; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to more than twice own diameter, smaller than those on front, sides of pronotum rounded and concave at base of hind angles; hind angles divergent, carina weak, usually not extending cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere without blade. Elytron: 6.4+0.4 mm (6.0-7.3). 50 spec. FremMALeE.—Antennal tip short of pronotum base by 1 segment; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with sparse, scattered peglike spines, accessory gland very short and clavate. Elytron: 7.2+0.4 mm (6.6-8.1). 27 spec. Typres.—Types of pertinaz: ‘Mass.’ Specimens lost. DistriButTion.—Maine to North Carolina, west to Wisconsin and Illinois. Connecticut: Litchfield, New Haven; May, July. Groraia: Clarke; May. Inuino1s: Champaign, Knox, McHenry, McLean; May, July. Maine: York; July. Massacuuserts: Berkshire, Bristol, Hampshire, Middlesex, Suffolk, Worcester; April, August. Minnesota: Hennepin, St. Louis; May, June. NEw HampsHIRE: Hillsboro, Strafford; May, July. New York: Columbia, Erie, Putnam, Tompkins, Washington, Wyoming; May, August. Norra Caro.ina: Buncombe; June. PENNSYLVANIA: Lycoming; July. SoutH Carouina: Aiken; June. VERMONT: No data. Wisconsin: Milwaukee; June. That the appendages are of a different color than the body sets pertinax apart from other American Melanotus, since no other species has this coloration. etn NO, 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON yl 30. Melanotus infaustus (LeConte) FicureEs 67, 117,7; PLATE lo Cratonychus infaustus LeConte, 1853, p. 478. Melanotus infaustus—Candéze, 1860, p. 357.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260.—Severin, 1949, p. 17.—Fattig, 1951, p. 21. Mate.—Body color reddish brown, covered with whitish vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow, anterolateral, transverse depres- sions, margin dark reddish brown, thin and strongly protuberant above clypeus, flattened anteriorly and straight when viewed from above; parantennal fovea small, but well defined, arc shaped, and depth about equal to width of opening; nasale as wide as high, slightly protuberant. Mandible with deep slitlike pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about 1)% segments, reddish brown, ratio of segments 2:3:4=3:6:9, segment 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and only moderately dense. Pronotum about as long as wide, punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to or less than own diameter, subequal to those on front, sides of pronotum straight behind anterior curvature, nearly parallel; hind angles divergent, carina usually extending slightly cephalad of base of hind angle. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 5.5-7.6 mm. 10 spec. FremaLe.—Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1 or less segment; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with large patch of spines anteriorly and few, scattered ones posteriorly, spines teardrop shaped, spermathe- cal duct and accessory gland originate close together on bursa. Elytron: 6.5-7.5 mm. 3 spec. Types.—Lectotype of infaustus: Male, labelled with orange circle “Ga.” (MCZ 2518). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. DistriputTion.—Florida, Georgia, Indiana, Illinois, Kansas, South Dakota, and Texas. InpIANA: Tippecanoe; June. Ixiinois: Whiteside; May. Kansas: Douglas, Reno; June. Sourn Daxora: Brookings, Lake; June, July. Texas: Big Bend Nat. Pk., Bexar, Kerr; March, June. M. infaustus appears to be a rare species seldom seen in collections. It is difficult to identify positively unless the genitalia are dissected. Undissected specimens may be confused with the more common tenaz, trapezoideus, and prasinus in the Midwest and South or with lanceatus in Texas. The slender thorax is helpful in separating it from other species, except lanceatus, but positive identification requires a study of the distinctive genitalia. 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 31. Melanotus parallelus Blatchley Ficures 6h, 11g; PLatr 1n Melanotus parallelus Blatchley, 1920, p. 45; 1930, p. 44.—Deen and Cuthbert, 1945, p. 193.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Mauzr.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white or yellowish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with marked anterior depression, margin dark reddish brown, strongly protruding in front of nasale by several times own width, evenly rounded or angulate and flattened in center when viewed from above; parantennal fovea small, shallow, are shaped or some- times obsolescent; nasale flat, width equal to slightly more than height. Mandible with shallow, slit-shaped pit (easily obscured if specimen is dirty; thus, also keyed out in fissilis group). Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1 to 14 segments; reddish brown, segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4, 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and moderately thick. Pronotum slender, longer than wide; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to own diameter or more, equal or subequal to those on front, sides of pronotum nearly straight behind anterior curvature and parallel or slightly convergent posteriorly, hind angles divergent, carina usually extending just to base of hind angle, close to and paralleling sides. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 5.9 mm (5.7-6.3). 4 spec. Frma.LEe.—Antenna ends short of tip of hind angle by about 1 seg- ment; internal genitalia as figured. Elytron: 5.9 mm. Typre.—Holotype of parallelus: Male, Dunedin, Fla., April 5, 1915, W.S. B. (PU). DistrRiIBUTION.—Southern U.S. ARKANSAS: No data. Fiorripa: Highlands, Marion, Pinellas; February, April. Nonrtu Caroutina: Montgomery, Moore; April, May. The relatively slender pronotum which is as long as or longer than wide, and the thin, jutting frontal margin are the main features separating parallelus from other species of the americanus group. The outline of parallelus pronotum accentuates its narrowness and makes it appear longer in relation to the width than it really is. This is another species rarely seen in collections. 32. Melanotus americanus (Herbst) FiGcurREs 6), lle,f Elater americanus Herbst, 1806, p. 74. Cratonychus americanus.—Erichson, 1842, p. 114—LeConte, 1853, p. 479. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 53 Melanotus americanus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 361.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 747.— Fattig, 1951, p. 21. Cratonychus angustatus Erichson, 1842, p. 113.—LeConte, 1853, p. 475. [New synonymy.] Melanotus angustatus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 345.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 753.—Thomas, 1941, p. 258. Maxe.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white vestiture evenly distributed over body. Small species. Head: Front with pair of shallow, anterolateral, or single, curved anterior depressions, margin dark reddish brown, protuberant above clypeus, a little angulate or flat across center when viewed from above; parantennal fovea large, semicircular, moderately deep, with weak foveal tragus; nasale usually as wide as high, well developed. Mandible with deep, teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 1%-2 segments; segment 3 short but intermediate between 2 and 4, ratio of segments 2:3:4=2:3:5, segment 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs long and conspicuous. Pronotum usually wider than long, ratio of width/length =1.00-1.17, rounded in appearance when viewed from side; punctures small at center and usually separated by distance equal to twice own diameter; sides of pronotum rounded anteriorly and almost parallel behind. Genitalia as figured; paramere enlarged apically, but without apical blade. Elytron: 5.4+0.4 mm (4.5-6.3). 50 spec. Frmate.—Antenna extends to tip of hind angle or exceeds it by about one-half segment; genitalia as figured, numerous spines in anterior half, spines long and without flat bases, pouchlike swelling at base of accessory gland, gland short and expanded beyond base, diverticulum branching from spermathecal duct near center of duct. Elytron: 5.7-+0.3 mm (4.8-6.7). 93 spec. Typrs.—Lectotype of americanus: Male, ‘‘America Sept.”” (ZM). Selected by Quate, 1960. Seven other males in type series. Lectotype of angustatus: Female, ‘‘Pennsylvania’” (ZM 17057). Selected by Quate, 1960; 4 other females in type series. DistriputTion.—Kastern U.S. west to Indiana and Illinois. Connecticut: Hartford, Litchfield; June. DELAWARE: Sussex; May. GroraiA: DeKalb, Fulton, Rabun; May, June. Itimnots: McHenry, Putnam, Rock Is.; June, July. Inprana: Marion; July. Maryitanp: Anne Arundel, Baltimore, Frederick, Plummers Is.; June, July. Massacuuserts: Barn- stable, Hampshire, Middlesex; June, September. NrBRasKa: Cass; May, July. New Jersey: Bergen, Middlesex, Morris, Union; June, July. New York: Putnam, Suffolk, Westchester; April, August. Norra Carourna: Bun- combe, Cherokee, Cumberland, Moore, Montgomery, Pender, Pickens, Swain, Wake; April, July. Onto: Delaware, Fairfield, Franklin, Greene, Hocking; May, June. PrnNnsytvania: Allegheny, Dauphin, Northampton, Perry; June, 221-532 675 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 July. Ruopr Isuanp: Washington; July. SourH CArouina: Oconee; March. West Virarnia: Greenbrier; July. Melanotus americanus is one of the smaller species of North American Melanotus. ‘This feature, with the small third antennal segment and high rounded pronotum bearing small, scattered punctures, makes the species more readily recognized than many others. Examination of the types of angustatus indicates that this species has been misidentified for many years. The type series is mixed, but the first is definitely americanus and has been selected as the lectotype. This specimen has been dissected and the identification has been confirmed by M. C. Lane. 33. Melanotus cribriventris Blatchley Figures 6k, 11h Melanotus cribriventris Blatchley, 1910, p. 747; 1930, p. 33. Melanotus longicornis Blatchley, 1910, p. 746; 1930, p. 35—Thomas, 1941, p. 258. [New synonymy.] Melanotus blatchleyi Leng, 1918, p. 205. [New name for longicornis Blatchley, not Candéze, 1860. New synonymy.] Ma.re.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white or yellowish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with shallow to marked anterior depression, margin dark reddish brown, not strongly protuberant above clypeus, angulate and blunt when viewed from above; parantennal fovea large, deep and well defined, nasale higher than wide, prominently raised. Man- dible with deep, rounded pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 3 to 3% segments, segments 2 and 3 subequal, flagellar segments elongate and slender, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs long and shaggy. Pronotum wider than long; punctures at center separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, subequal to size of punctures on front; sides of pronotum straight, divergent posteriorly with slight anterior curvature; hind angles divergent, with strong carina, extending cephalad of base. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elvtron: 7.2-7.6 mm. 5 spec. FremMALE.—Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 2 segments; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with about 20 sharp, thornlike spines, accessory gland long and very slender, spermathecal duct branched near base. Elytron: 7.8 mm (7.7-8.1). 8 spec. Typrs.—Type of longicornis: Male, Orange Co., Ind., May 31, 1904. Not seen by us, but studied by M. C. Lane and determined to be same as cribriventris. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON AD Holotype of cribriventris: Female, Kosciusko Co., Ind., July 11, 1904, W. S. B. (PU). Distrinution.—New Jersey west to Kansas. Inuinots: Rock Is.; no date. Inprana: Allen; June. Kansas: Douglas; no date. MaryLanp: Baltimore, Plummers Is.; April. New Jersgy: Warren; June. Onro: Hamilton, Hocking; June. PENNsyLvania: Northampton; June. TENNESSEE: Morgan; May. The long antennae and short third antennal segment are distinctive characteristics of cribriventris, and specimens go through the key with little difficulty. The shaggy antennae are especially characteristic of the male and provide an obvious clue to its identification. Blatchley apparently believed the male and female belonged to two different species. He first named the male longicornis, but this name is preoccupied by longicornis Candéze. Leng observed the homonymy and renamed Blatchley’s species blatchleyr. However, cribriventris is merely the female of longicornis Blatchley and is therefore available as a replacement name and has precedence over blatchleyi. Some identifications will bear this latter name, but the correct one is eribriventris. 34. Melanotus obscuratus Blatchley Fiaures 7), 111 Melanotus obscuratus Blatchley, 1927, p. 141; 1930, p. 45. Matr.—Body color dark reddish brown, vestiture white. Head: Front with shallow, anterior depression, margin rounded, not strongly protuberant; parantennal fovea small but distinct, nasale wider than high, not well developed. Mandible with slitlike pit. An- tenna exceeds tip of hind angle no more than 1 segment; segments 2 and 3 subequal, ratio of segments 2:3:4=2:3:6, segment 4 about twice as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short and inconspicuous. Pronotum little longer than wide, ratio of width/length =0.9; punc- tures at center separated by about own diameter, subequal to size of punctures on front; sides of pronotum nearly parallel, hind angles a little divergent. Genitalia as figured; paramere with well-defined apical blade. Elytron: 6.0-6.4 mm. 2 spec. Fremate.—Antenna extends just to tip of hind angle; genitalia as figured, bursa with few spines largely in distal half, accessory gland originates well before apex, which leads to spermathecal duct. Elytron: 7.4 mm. 1 spec. Typr.—Holotype: Male, Ormond, Fla., April 13, 1913, W.S. B. ePU): 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 DistTRIBUTION.—Southeastern U.S. Norta Carouina: Brunswick; June. Fiorimpa: Volusia; April. Three females in the type series belong to morosus as shown by their long third antennal segment and the internal genitalia characteristic of that species. However, the holotype and paratype males are dis- tinct from other North American Melanotus. The female description above is based on a specimen from North Carolina associated with a male obscuratus and agreeing with that specimen in external characters. 35. Melanotus beameri Quate, new species FIGURE 6m Maue.—Body color light reddish brown, covered with yellowish vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with shallow transverse, anterior depression; margin protruding in front of nasale by about twice width of rim, angulate or sometimes rounded and flattened in center when viewed from above; parantennal fovea small but well defined, crescent shaped; nasale obsolescent. Mandible with shallow, small, slithke pit. Antenna reddish brown, exceeds tip of hind angle by 1-2 segments; segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4; erect male hairs dense and of moderate length. Pronotum slender, about as wide as long; punctures large and dense, as large as, or larger than, those on front and separated by less than own diameter; sides of pronotum with little or no anterior cur- vature and nearly parallel but a little rounded; hind angles markedly divergent, carina extends to base of hind angle, close to and paral- leling side. Genitalia as figured; paramere without apical blade. Elytron: 5.3+0.3 mm (4.6-6.0). 34 spec. FrmaLe.—Unknown. DistRIBUTION.— Texas. Holotype, male (KU): 65 mi. south of Marathon, Brewster Co., Texas, July 10, 1938, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes, 33 males (KU, USNM, CNC): same as holotype; near Dugout Well, Big Bend Nat. Pk., Texas, April 17, 1953, B. J. Adelson; Panther Jct. and Nine Pt. Draw, Big Bend Nat. Pk., Texas, May 20, 1959, 2,600—4,000 ft., Howden and Becker; Oak Spring, Big Bend Nat. Pk., May 22, 1959, 4,000 ft., Howden and Becker. M. beameri is similar to the following species, but readily separated from them by the undeveloped nasale, large and coarse pronotal punctures, and male genitalia. The species is named in honor of Dr. R. H. Beamer, the late Curator of the Snow Collection, University of Kansas, who did much work in the American Southwest and through his diligent efforts added significantly to our knowledge of insect fauna in that region. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 57 36. Melanotus concisus Knull Fieurss 7a, 12a Melanotus concisus Knull, 1959, p. 281. Ma te (after Knull).—Body color dark brown, legs lighter, vestiture short. Head: Frontal margin broadly rounded, projecting over nasale; parantennal fovea deep. Mandible with deep pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by part of 1 segment; segment 3 subequal to 2. Pronotum little longer than wide; punctures dense, coarse, umbili- cate on anterior two-thirds, fine and sparse on posterior one-third; sides of pronotum rounded. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. FEMALE (?).—Frontal margin nearly straight across center, projects in front of nasale by width of rim; nasale poorly developed, paran- tennal fovea shallow but definite. Antenna fails to reach tip of hind angle by about 1 segment. Pronotum wider than long. Geni- talia as figured; bursa with dense patch of pointed plaquelike spines, accessory gland originates near apex of bursa. Elytron: 6.1 mm (5.8-6.3). 5 spec. Typre.—Holotype: Male, Artesia (Eddy Co.), N. Mex. (Knull Collection). DistrrpuTion.—Arizona and New Mexico. Arizona: Cochise, Santa Cruz; August. New Mexico: Sandoval; August. The above females agree reasonably well with the male described by Knull and tentatively we are assigning them to concisus. The small third antennal segment, large pronotal punctures, small size, and distribution are the main recognition characters of the species, aside from the genitalia. Positive identification of the female cannot be made, however, until associated with male in the field. 37. Melanotus lanceatus Quate, new species FiauREsS 7c, 126 Maue.—Body color reddish to dark reddish brown, covered with white vestiture evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral or no depressions, margin scarcely protruding in front of nasale, angulate and flattened in center when viewed from above; parantennal fovea moderately large, deep and circular, or semicircular; nasale protuberant, as wide as or wider than high. Mandible with slit-shaped or teardrop- shaped slit. Antenna reddish brown, exceeds tip of hind angle by 2-3 segments; segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4; erect male hairs short but dense. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Pronotum as wide as or less wide than long; punctures at center separated by about own diameter, smaller than those on front; sides of pronotum straight behind small anterior curvature, parallel or diver- gent posteriorly; hind angles divergent, carina extending to base of hind angle, close to and paralleling side. Genitalia as figured, very slender; paramere with weakly developed apical blade. Elytron: 6.5+0.4 mm (5.7-7.2). 64 spec. FremaLe.—Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about one-half segment; pronotum with sides more rounded and not parallel ; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with patch of close-set, plaquelike spines, bases of accessory gland and spermathecal duct at apex of bursa, gland not clavate. Elytron: 6.5 mm (6.3-7.0). 12 spec. DistrisutTion.—Arizona and Texas. Holotype, male (USNM): Dimmit Co., Texas, May 21, 1934, light trap. Allotype, female (USNM): same, June 7, 1933, H. J. Reinhard. Paratypes, 99 males, 12 females (USNM, CAS, CIS, CU, INHS, U. Ariz., Texas A and M, CNC): Arizona. Cochise Co.: Huachuca Mts., July 19, Knull; same, Aug. 8, 9, 1952, 5400 ft., Leech and Green. Santa Cruz Co.: Canelo, July 10, 1957, G. A. Butler; Nogales, Aug. 12, 1906; Santa Rita Mts., July 20, 25, 1959, J. G. Franclemont. Texas. Bell Co.: Salado, April 10. Bexar Co.: San Antonio, Mar. 17, 1953, B. J. Adelson. Brewster Co.: Alpine, July 1-15, 1926, O. C. Poling; same, July 11, 1962, L. W. Hepner; Chisos Mts., June 10-12, 1908, Mitchell and Eichmann; Santa Elena, Big Bend Nat. Pk., May 4, 1959, 2,200 ft., Howden and Becker. Blanco Co.: Cypress Mills, April 2. Burnet Co.: no locality, June. Cameron Co.: Brownsville, March 20, 1937, T. N. Freeman; same, May 17, 1904, H. 8. Barber; same, May 20, 1937, May 30, 1932, June 3, 1932. Dimmit Co.: no locality, March 17, 1933, April 3, 30, 1933, June 7, 1933. Duval Co.: San Diego, April 27. Goliad Co.: Goliad, April 18, E. A. Schwarz. Gonzales Co.: Luling, April 11, 1953, at light, B. J. Adelson. Hidalgo Co.: Edinburg, no date. Jeff Davis Co.: Davis Mts., June 28, July 8, 1946. Jefferson Co.: Sabina, March, April 1910, F. C. Pratt. Kerr Co.: Kerrville, April 2-18, 1959, Becker and Howden; same, April 11, 1906, June 1906, F.C. Pratt. Kleberg Co.: Kingsville, no date. LaSalle Co.: Cotulla, April 17, 1906, May 12, 1906, March 27, 1908, F. C. Pratt. Robertson Co.: Hearne, June 7, 1936, K. L. Maehler. Randall Co.: 15 mi. east of Canyon, June 26, 1956, R. E. Selander. Sutton Co.: Sonora, April. Terrell Co.: Sanderson, April 27, 1959, Becker and Howden. Val Verde Co.: Del Rio, April 13, 1949, Michener and Beamer; 13 mi. south of Del Rio, April 10, 1950, Beamer et al.; Devil’s River, May 5, 1907, E. A. Schwarz. Victoria Co.: Victoria, March 26, J. D. Mitchell. M. lanceatus is closely related to longulus. The male genitalia of the two are similar, but in lanceatus are much more elongate and slender; the female internal genitalia have the same type of bursal spines, but the origin of the accessory gland is in a different position in each. Externally, the smaller pronotal punctures in lanceatus are the most noticeable difference. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 59 In view of the closeness of the two and their allopatric distribution, it is debatable if lanceatus should be considered a subspecies of longulus. We decided against that ranking on the basis that the differences be- tween lanceatus and longulus are greater than between the two sub- species of longulus and that the female internal genitalia indicate a ereater divergence of the two than other characters. It seems to us highly improbable that the two are capable of interbreeding with female reproductive organs so dissimilar, and, therefore, they should not be considered as belonging to the same species. 38. Melanotus hamatus Knull Ficure 7d Melanotus hamatus Knull, 1959, p. 280. Mauer.—Body color reddish brown, covered with whitish vestiture. Head: Front with small, transverse depression behind margin, mar- gin angulate, coming to obtuse but noticeable point at midline, protruding in front of nasale only by width of black rim; nasale not strongly elevated but defined, wider than long; parantennal fovea shallow, C-shaped, definite. Mandible with deep, elongate pit. An- tenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about one-half segment; segment 3 small, much smaller than 4 but a little larger than 2. Pronotum wider than long; punctures large as on front, compact, separated by less than own diameter; sides rounded with concavity in front of hind angles; hind angles small, divergent. Genitalia as figured; paramere with peculiar winglike flap on venter near center and without apical blade. Elytron: 6.4 mm (5.8-6.9). 8 spec. Frema.te.—Unknown to us. Typr.—Holotype: Male, Chisos Mtns., Texas (Knull Collection). DiIsTRIBUTION.—Texas. Texas: Big Bend Nat. Pk., Jeff Davis; July . The small size, small third antennal segment, large and dense pronotal punctures, together with the limited distribution in the Southwest, will readily identify this species. Of course, dissected males show the unusual male paramere that is dissimilar to all other American Melanotus. 38a. Melanotus longulus (LeConte) Cratonychus longulus LeConte, 1853, p. 473. Melanotus longulus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 339. Maue.—Body color reddish brown to black, covered with yellowish vestiture, evenly distributed over body. Head: Front with shallow to marked anterior transverse depression, margin projects in front of nasale by width of rim or less, rounded or 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 angulate and flattened in front when viewed from above, sometimes depressed in center; parantennal fovea small, deep and crescent shaped, foveal tragus sometimes well developed; nasale usually developed but not strongly protuberant, wider than high. Mandible with small teardrop- or slit-shaped pit. Antenna light to dark reddish brown and lighter than body in dark specimens, exceeds tip of hind angle by 1 to 1% segments, ratio of segments 2:3:4=3:4:7, flagellum usually strongly serrate, segment 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs short, variable from dense to sparse, but always evident. Pronotum as long as or little wider than long; punctures subequal or clearly as large as those on front, separated by distance equal to less or more than own diameter. Frma.te.—Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about one-half segment; sides of pronotum generally rounded; bursa with numerous, plaquelike spines, spermathecal duct branching at apex of bursa. 39. Melanotus longulus longulus (LeConte) Ficures 7e, 12c,d Cratonychus longulus LeConte, 1853, p. 473. Melanotus longulus—Candéze, 1860, p. 339.—Horn, 1874, p. 23.—Van Dyke, 1932, p. 331.—Fall, 1934, p. 23—Van Dyke, 1942, p. 51—Stone and How- land, 1944, p. 1. Reddish brown to black, lighter colored in Southwest. Antenna flagellum usually moderately serrate. Pronotal punctures subequal to those on front in Southwest and larger and denser in California, sides of pronotum nearly straight behind small anterior curvature, usually slightly convergent posteriorly. Male genitalia as figured; apical blade sharply angulate with sharp outer, basal corner, concavity at base of blade well developed in Arizona and New Mexico and poorly developed in California. Female internal genitalia as figured, accessory gland longer than bursa and very slender. Male elytron: 7.2+0.6 mm (6.5-8.8). 50 spec. Female elytron: 7.8+0.6 mm (6.3-9.0). 24 spec. Typres.—Lectotype of longulus: Male, labelled with gold circle “San Diego, Calif.”” (MCZ 2506). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. DisTRIBUTION.—Southwestern U.S. south of Tehachapi Mtns., California, Great Basin, and Baja California. Arizona. Cochise Co.: Chiricahua Mts., June 20, 1950; Douglas, Aug.: Hua- chuca Mts., 1960 m, Aug. 9, 1952; Portal, 2420 m, July 20, 1944; Whetstone Mts., SE, Aug. 10, 1952. Coconino Co.: Oak Creek Cyn., July 1941; Williams, July 2, 1953. Graham Co.: Graham Mts., Aug. 1, 1957. Maricopa Co.: NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 61 Aguila, Aug. 21, 1927. Mojave Co.: Valentine, Aug. 26, 1952. Pima Co.: Baboquivari Mts., west side, July 27, 1952; Santa Catalina Mts., July 2, 1954, July 3, 1955. Pinal Co.: Magna, Aug. 18, 1921; Oracle, July 7, 1950; Tucson, August 1935. Santa Cruz Co.: Mt. Washington, Nogales, 1829 m, July 13, 1919; Patagonia, July 1936. Yavapai Co.: Congress Jetn., July; Prescott, July 1, 1919. Yuma Co.: Yuma, March 7, 1879. Ca.irornia. Imperial Co.: Salton Sea, Apr. 3, 1927. Inyo Co.: Lone Pine, May 12, 1937; Westgard Pass Plateau, Apr. 24, 1937; Whitney Portal, July 3, 1953. Kern Co.: Tejon Cnyn., May 12, 1927. Los Angeles Co.: Camp Baldy, June 26, 1958; Claremont, Apr. 19, 1926, May 138, 1927; Crystal Lake, June 29, 1950; La Canada, July 28, 1948; Lancaster, May 1895; Los Angeles, Mar. 27, 1879; Mt. Wilson, Apr. 30, 1916, June 13, 1904; Palmdale, June 9, 1918; Pasadena, no date; Santa Catalina Is., May 1932; South Gate, Apr. 9, 1952; Tanbark Flat, June 20—July 26, 1952. Orange Co.: Newport Bay, May 14, 1940. Riverside Co.: Andreas Cnyn., Apr. 3, 1927; Coachella, May 19, 1927; Idyllwild, June 7, 1940; Indio, June 2, 1918; Murray Cnyn., Mar. 24, 1918; Olanche, May 14, 1917; Palm Springs, Apr. 19, 1924, May 10, 1927, May 30, 1939. San Benito Co.: Idria, June 29, 1955. San Bernardino Co.: Forest Home, June 27, 1924; Lytle Creek, June 7, 1928. San Diego Co.: Upland, Dec. 4, 1952. Ventura Co.: Rincon Beach, July 4, 1923; Saticoy, June 11, 1927; Ventura, Apr. 25, 1932, Apr. 28, 1932, May 10, 1941; Santa Catalina Is., May 27, 1932. Nervapa. Esmeralda Co.: Goldfield, Aug. 4, 1905. New Mexico. Hidalgo Co.: Animas Mts., 1670 m, Aug. 15, 1952. Lincoln Co.: Ruidoso, June 26, 1940. Santa Fe Co.: Santa Fe, no date. Trxas. Brewster Co.: Alpine, July 11, 1938. Uvran. Iron Co.: Cedar City, Coal Cnyn., 1890 m, June 25, 1919. Juab Co.: Eureka, June 17, 1902, July 26, Aug. 14. Washington Co.: St. George, May 28, 1935. Basa Cauirornia. 10 mi. south of Catavina, July 29, 1938; 17 mi. south of Ensenada, June 14, 1938. There is a marked color variation with a geographical basis in l. longulus. Western populations, particularly in and around Los Angeles Co., Calif., are colored like J. oregonensis with a black or nearly black body and reddish-brown appendages. Farther east in Arizona and New Mexico, the coloration is more like that of lanceatus and beameri with body and appendage reddish brown. Few specimens have been seen from the intervening area of southeast California and we don’t know if a cline of color characters exists. Genitalia and other structural characters are quite constant, although a more detailed analysis might reveal differences in some structures as the overall size and shape of the pronotum. 40. Melanotus longulus oregonensis (LeConte) Ficures 7f, 12e,f Cratonychus oregonensis LeConte, 1853, p. 480. Melanotus oregonensis—Candéze, 1860, p. 373.—Lane, 1952, p. 67. Melanotus longulus oregonensis—Van Dyke, 1932, p. 331. Melanotus variolatus LeConte, 1861, p. 377. [New synonymy.] Melanotus longulus variolatus.—Van Dyke, 1932, p. 331. Melanotus longulus franciscanus Van Dyke, 1932, p. 332. [New synonymy.] Melanotus franciscanus.—F all, 1934, p. 24. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Larger than /. longulus; frontal margin more broadly flattened than in longulus. Usually black with lighter colored antennae. Antenna flagellum often strongly serrate. Pronotal punctures large, as large as those on front and separated by less than own diameter; sides of pronotum often more strongly rounded than in longulus with marked concavity at base of hind angle. Male genitalia as figured; apical blade weakly developed, gently rounded at base. Female internal genitalia as figured, accessory gland shorter than bursa and distinctly clavate. Male elytron: 9.00.7 mm (7.3-10.3). 50 spec. Female elytron: 9.1+0.9 mm (7.5-10.9). 50 spec. Typres.—Lectotype of oregonensis: Male, labelled with dark blue circle (Oregon) (MCZ 2522). First specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962. Lectotype of variolatus: Male, labelled with gold circle (Calif.) (MCZ 2522). Third specimen of type series selected as iectotype by authors in 1962; first and second specimens are females, and males are definitive for recognizing the form. Holotype of franciscanus: Male, hills back of Oakland, ca. May 8, 1910 (CAS 3182). Distrrpution.—Northwestern U.S., north of Tehachapi Mtns., California; overlaps with longulus in north-central Utah. Catirornia. Alameda Co.: Berkeley, May 9, 1940, June 9, 1949; Castle Rock Pk., May 25, 1932; Moraga, June 1, 1940; Niles, May 30, 1933; Pleasanton, June 5, 1932. Butte Co.: Oroville, May 29, 1926. Calaveras Co.: Big Trees, May 17, 1937; Murphys, May 23, 1936, Jan. 17, 1951. Contra Costa Co.: Brentwood, May 19, 1949; Giant, May 24, 1932; Mount Diablo, May 30, 1930, Apr. 20, 1942, May 3, 1957; Walnut Creek, May 30, 1913, June 1930. El Dorado Co.: Camino, June 21-29, 1948; Pollock Pines, July 10, 1948. Fresno Co.: Clovis, Apr. 21, 19381; Dalton Creek, Apr. 18, 1920; Mendota, Apr. 19, 1956. Humboldt Co.: Blocksburg, June 3, 1935; Fort Seward, May 22, 1935. Kern Co.: Bakersfield, May 5, 1931. Lake Co.: Anderson Springs, May 17, 1952. Lassen Co.: Doyle, May 20, 1934. Madera Co.: Bass Lake, July 24, 1934; Coarsegold, May 12, 1942; Madera, May 2, 1947; Northfork, Feb. 29—Mar. 30, 1920. Marin Co.: Fairfax, May 1922; Mill Valley, May 9, 1949. Mari- posa Co.: Miami Ranger Sta., July 29, 1946. Merced Co.: Los Banos, Mar. 16, 1946; Panoche Hills, Apr. 23, 1921; Yosemite, May 29, 1937. Modoc Co.: Cedar Pass, July 29, 1946. Mono Co.: Leavitt Meadows, June 26, 1937. Mon- terey Co.: Carmel, Jan. 7, 1908. Napa Co.: Monticello, May 30, 1930. Nevada Co.: Greenhorn, August 28, 1954; Tahoe, June 3-July 8, 1915. Placer Co.: Auburn, May 1939; Newcastle, Apr. 23, 1949; Penryn, July 15, 1939. Plumas Co.: Keddie, June 12, 1941. Sacramento Co.: Sacramento, Apr. 23, 1922. San Benito Co.: June 24, 1933. San Joaquin Co.: Lodi, Apr. 23, 1931; Stockton, May 12, 1933; Tracy, May 4, 1933. San Mateo Co.: Halfmoon Bay, Mar. 16, 1952. Santa Clara Co.: Morgan Hill, May 17, 1922; Mtn. View, May 18, 1941; Palo Alto, May 7, 1920; San Jose, Mar. 2, 1941. Santa Cruz Co.: Santa Cruz Mtns., no date. Shasta Co.: Hat Creek, June 25, 1949, July 25, 1953; Redlands, June 6, NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 63 1953. Siskiyou Co.: Yreka, May 10, 1932. Solano Co.: Green Valley Falls, Apr. 26, 1941. Sonoma Co.: Santa Rosa, April 1942; Sobre Vista, May 24, 1910. Stanislaus Co.: Westley, June 8, 1948. Tehama Co.: Red Bluff, Apr. 14, 1928, May 11, 1949; Vina, May 11, 1920; Western, Oct. 30, 1920. Trinity Co.: Carr- ville, May 17, 1934, May 30, 1934. Tulare Co.: Kaweah; Sequoia Nat. Pk., June 13, 1929, May 25, 1930; Visalia; Wood Lake, Mar. 28—May 3, 1947. Tuolumne Co.: Hardin Flat, May 29, 1955. Yolo Co.: Winters, Apr. 23, 1950. Yuba Co.: Marysville, June 5, 1933. Ipano. Bannock Co.: Lava Hot Springs. Canyon Co.: Parma, May 18, 1930. Lincoln Co.: Shoshone, June 10, 1938. Montana. Lewis and Clark Co.: Wolf Creek, July 4, 1938. Nervapa. No other data. OrgGcon. Baker Co.: Richland, June 14, 1940. Benton Co.: Cor- vallis, July 2, 1945. Douglas Co.: Drain, May 19, 1914. Harney Co.: June 22, 1912. Jackson Co.: McLeod St. Pk., May 22, 1960; Medford, June 12, 1915, May 14, 1954; Talent, May 4, 1954. Lake Co.: Lakeview, May 27, 1957. Yamhill Co.: June 1913, May 1934. Utan. Cache Co.: June 26, 1954; Lewis- ton, May; Bear River, Logan, 1925. Juab Co.: Eureka, July 2 (with l. longulus). Salt Lake Co.: Apr. 14, 1909; Ft. Douglas, June 7, 1926. Tooele Co.: Stockton, June 22, 1917. Utah Co.: Dividend, June 1921; Provo, June 2, 1939; Provo Cnyn., May 21, 1913. Weber Co.: Roy, July 14, 1957. Wasuineton. Kittitas Co.: Yakima River, 8 mi. south of Ellensburg, July 22, 1959. Walla Walla Co.: Walla Walla, June 1936. Whitman Co.: Pullman, May 13, 1930; Wawawai, May 13, 1944. British CotumsBia. Oliver, May 22, 1924; Vernon, May 1, 1924; Victoria, June. The subspecies longulus and oregonensis are closely related forms, allopatric in distribution (fig. 3). Longulus differs from oregonensis rather constantly in having a smaller average size, being lighter in color, the nasale better developed, the fovea a little deeper, the antennae less sharply serrate, and the flagellar segments smaller. These features are subject to some variation and a small percentage of specimens possesses characters of the other subspecies. The genitalic characters, on the other hand, seem entirely constant within the ranges of the respective subspecies. Specimens have not been seen which are intermediate between the two subspecies in genitalic characters. A specimen from northern Utah is intermediate in size and color but oregonensis on genitalic characters. Perhaps these forms have reached full species status and there is no interbreeding between populations. This is unproven, however, and we have seen few specimens from the borders of the two forms’ area. In our opinion, the close relationship and allopatric distribution is best shown by the nomenclatorial rank of subspecies. Van Dyke (1932) recognized the affinity of longulus and oregonensis and was the first to group them as subspecies of one species. At the same time he recognized the third subspecies, franciscanus. He presents a scheme, that our observations do not support, in which the smaller and lighter longulus of southern California gets larger and darker in populations to the north in the Sierra Nevada and the Great Basin. The lowland populations in central California supposedly got 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 still larger and darker and constituted the subspecies franciscanus. This suggests a north-south cline from southern California and east- west cline through central California. Our studies show a sharp break between the populations along a line in the Tehachapi Mountains, California, and if there is a north-south cline, it is abrupt and not eradual as outlined by Van Dyke. On the average, specimens from the mountains are smaller and those in the lowlands larger. (Although one of the smallest specimens of oregonensis in our material is from Pleasanton, Alameda Co., Calif.) This is most likely a phenotypic expression of a more vigorous climate, shorter summer season, and perhaps less abundant food in the mountains, and we think has nothing to do with the genotypic characters which distinguish the two sub- species. The form franciscanus is regarded as merely a larger and darker phenotype of oregonensis that enjoys a more favorable environ- ment but does not warrant nomenclatorial recognition. The species variolatus has been synonymized with longulus by Van Dyke (1932) on the grounds that it was based on individual variants and in this we concur. 41. Melanotus gradatus LeConte FiGuRE 7g; PLATE 1p Melanotus gradatus LeConte, 1866, p. 390.—Blatchley, 1910, p. 753.—Thomas, 1941, p. 260. Mate.—Body color reddish brown, covered with white or yellowish vestiture that grows denser and sometimes nearly velvety posteriorly on pronotum. Head: Front with pair of shallow anterolateral depressions; margin not strongly protuberant above nasale, evenly rounded or flattened in front when viewed from above; parantennal fovea moderately large, deep, semicircular, foveal tragus small; nasale raised slightly, width from 1% to 1% times height. Mandible with large teardrop-shaped pit. Antenna reddish brown, exceeds tip of hind angle by one-half segment or less, segment 3 nearly as large as 4, 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs very short, fine, rather sparse, and easily overlooked. Pronotum about as wide as long; punctures on anterior two-thirds as large as those on front, and separated by distance equal to less than own diameter, those on posterior one-third grow much smaller and denser, often giving surface granulose appearance; sides of pro- notum vary from straight and diverging posteriorly to curved with slight concavity at base of hind angle; hind angles divergent, carina usually extending cephalad of base of hind angle and weakened anteriorly. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 7.9-8.2 mm. 3 spec. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 65 Fremate.—Antenna extends just to tip of hind angle or short of tip by one-half segment; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with 2 patches of tacklike spines, accessory gland slender and shorter than bursa, spermathecal duct branches near its base. Elytron: 8.5-9.5 mm. 5 spec. Typr.—Holotype of gradatus: Male, Maryland. Only specimen in type series, not seen by us. Distripution.—Maryland west to Kansas and Arkansas. ARKANSAS: Lawrence, Washington; April, June. I uiNors: Gallatin, Pope, Pulaski, St. Clair; May, June. Inprana: Clark; June. Kansas: Douglas; June. Onto: Hamilton; June. The fine vestiture and punctures on the posterior part of the pro- notum, the short antennae, and moderately large size readily dis- tinguish M. gradatus from other North American Melanotus. 42. Melanotus insipiens (Say) Figures 7h, 12g Elater insipiens Say, 1825, p. 267.—1839, p. 184. Cratonychus insipiens.—LeConte, 1853, p. 480. Melanotus insipiens.—Candeéze, 1860, p. 361.—Fattig, 1951, p. 21. Cratonychus tenellus Erichson, 1842, p. 114——LeConte, 1853, p. 480. Melanotus tenellus.—Candéze, 1860, p. 362.—Fattig, 1951, p. 22. Mauzr.—Very small, light to dark reddish brown, species with white or yellowish vestiture. Head: Front with shallow, narrow anterior depression or lacking entirely; margin dark reddish brown, not strongly protuberant over clypeus, evenly rounded when viewed from above, slightly upturned; parantennal fovea deep, well defined, semicircular; nasale wider than high. Mandible with deep, rounded, or elongate pit. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by 2 to 2% segments, segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4, 4 about 1% times as long as maximum width; erect male hairs moderately long and sparse. Pronotum a little wider than long; punctures at center usually separated by distance equal to about own diameter, slightly smaller than punctures on front; sides of pronotum straight behind small anterior curvature and divergent posteriorly; hind angles divergent, carina extending cephalad of angle base, close to and paralleling sides. Last visible sternite of abdomen with punctures on posterior half round and considerably larger than on rest of abdominal venter. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 3.5+0.2 mm (3.1-4.0). 50 spec. Female. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by one-half segment; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with few tacklike spines, accessory gland and spermathecal duct originate close together at apex of bursa, duct diverticulum very short. 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Elytron: 3.60.2 mm (3.0-4.3). 50 spec. Typrs.—Type of insipiens: Specimens lost. Lectotype of tenellus: Female, ‘Amer. Sept.’”? (ZM). Lectotype selected by Quate in 1960. Distrisution.—New Jersey to Florida, west to Texas. ALABAMA: Mobile; June. ARKANSAS: Hempstead; June. FLoripa: Columbia, Pinellas, Osceola, Volusia, Wakulla; April, May. Grorera: Charlton, Houston; May. New Jersey: Burlington, July. Norra Carouina: Bladen, Johnston, Lenoir, Moore, Pender, Richmond, Sampson, Wake, Wayne; May, July. SoutH CAROLINA: Florence; January. TExas: Harrison; May. The small size is usually sufficient to separate insipiens from other North American Melanotus. It might be confused with americanus, but in that species the pronotal punctures are much smaller and sparser. MM. angustatus and prasinus are also small species of the americanus group, but they are larger than insipiens and have con- spicuously different genitalia. 43. Melanotus leonardi (LeConte) Fiaurss 7k, 12h, 7 Cratonychus Leonardi LeConte, 1853, p. 475. Melanotus leonardi.—Candéze, 1860, p. 349.—Thomas, 1941, p. 259.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 56.—Fattig, 1951, p. 20. Mauz.—Head, anterior border of pronotum, elytron, abdomen, and venter black, antenna and legs dark reddish brown and pronotum orange colored. Head: Front usually with marked, anterior depression; margin scarcely protuberant in front of nasale, rounded or broadly flattened across center when viewed from above; nasale flat, parantennal fovea absent or very shallowly indicated. Mandible without pit. Antenna extends to or beyond tip of hind angle by 1 segment, segment 3 small, little larger than 2, but much smaller than 4; erect male hairs short but dense enough to be seen easily. Pronotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.1-1.2; punctures equal or subequal to those on front, central ones separated by distance equal to about own diameter; sides of pronotum evenly rounded with marked concavity at base of hind angles; hind angles divergent; carina weak, barely extending to hind angle base. Genitalia as figured, apical blade very small. Elytron: 6.6 mm (5.9-7.3). 16 spec. Frmaue.—Antenna extends about to tip of hind angle, segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with small cluster of spikelike spines, accessory gland short and thicker than duct, spermathecal duct branches at about basal one- third. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 67 Elytron: 7.1 mm (6.3-7.8). 20 spec. Typres.—Lectotype of leonardi: Male, labelled with pink circle ‘‘prob. Pa.”” (MCZ). Second specimen of type series selected as lectotype by authors in 1962; second, a male, chosen in preference to first, a female, because males more accurately identified. DistriputTion.—Quebec to North Carolina, west to Texas. Connecticut: Litchfield; June. Inprana: Marion; June. Maine: Hancock, Oxford, Washington; July. Massacuussrts: Suffolk, Worcester; June. New HampsuireE: Cheshire, Strafford; no dates. New York: Essex, Jefferson; April, June. Norra Carouina: Buncombe; June. Trxas: Bexar; June. VERMONT: No data. Onrarro: Mustota Dist., Orrville; June. QumsBEc: Duparquet, Mt. St. Hilaire, Perkins Mills; June, July. 44. Melanotus taenicollis (LeConte) Fiaurss 71, 12] Cratonychus taenicollis LeConte, 1853, p. 475. Melanotus taenicollis: Candéze, 1860, p. 348.—Thomas 1941, p. 259.—Dietrich, 1945, p. 56. Maue.—Black and orange or reddish brown, body largely black with orange on margins and ventral part of pronotum, on anterior border of elytra, on legs, and over entire, or on margins of, abdominal venter, antenna usually dark reddish brown but lobes of flagellar segments sometimes lighter colored. Head: Front with anterior depression; margin scarcely protuberant in front of nasale, coming to point in center when viewed from above; nasale flat, parantennal fovea absent. Mandible without pit. An- tenna short of tip of hind angle apex by about 1 segment; segment 3 small, little larger than 2, but much smaller than 4, flagellar segments broad; erect male hairs may be sparse but easily seen. Prontotum wider than long, ratio of width/length=1.15-1.26; punc- tures subequal to those on front, central ones separated by about own diameter; sides of pronotum evenly rounded with marked concavity at base of hind angles; hind angles parallel or divergent, carina weak, extending just to hind angle base. Genitalia as figured; paramere with apical blade. Elytron: 6.5+0.3 mm (6.0-6.9). 14 spec. Frmauy.—Similar to male but less variation in body color; antenna short of tip of hind angle by about 2 segments, segment 3 inter- mediate in size between 2 and 4; internal genitalia as figured, bursa with cluster of spinelike spines, smaller and more numerous than in leonardi. Elytron: 6.70.4 mm (6.1-7.5). 16 spec. Typres.—Lectotype of taenicollis: Male, labelled with pink circle “Middle States; Pa.” (MOZ 2512). First specimen of type series 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 selected as lectotype by authors in 1962; second specimen probably not a type, since only one mentioned in original description. Distripution.—Kastern U.S. New Jersey: Essex; no dates. New York: Dutchess; May, June. PENN- SYLVANIA: Delaware; June. M. taenicollis and leonardi are the only two North American Melano- tus with a contrasting, bicolored pattern and are easily distinguished from other species because of this. The black center of the pronotum and orange on the abdominal venter of taenicollis, as well as the genitalic structures, readily separate it from leonard. The cribricollis Group Pronotal punctures large and dense; male paramere short, ends far basad of aedeagus apex. 45. Melanctus cribricollis Candéze Fiaures 7), 12l,m; PLATE 11 Melanotus cribricollis Candéze, 1860, p. 358. Matr.—Large, dark reddish species with sparse, short yellowish vestiture. Head: Front with marked, anteromedian depression; margin scarcely protruding in front of nasale, angulate and concave in center when viewed from above, also sunken or impressed in center; nasale flat, short, and much wider than high; parantennal fovea shallow (1 spec. with deep fovea), circular, or semicircular. Mandible with shallow, elongate pit near lower border. Antenna short, fails to reach tip of hind angle by 4—5 segments, segment 3 intermediate in size and shape between 2 and 4; flagellar segments broad and nearly rectangular, lower angles fulvous; only a few short erect male hairs on base of lower margin, easily overlooked and difficult to distinguish males from females. Pronotum wider than long, punctures very large and dense, margins nearly contiguous; sides of pronotum straight behind strong anterior curvature, infrequently with concavity at base of hind angle; hind angles subparallel, each with strong carina extending to or little cephalad of hind angle base and sometimes with weak, shorter median carina about two-thirds length of larger one. Genitalia as figured; paramere shorter than aedeagus, ending in broad, apical blade. Elytron: 7.9 mm (6.5-8.5). 12 spec. FemMALe.—Internal genitalia as figured, accessory gland large and spherical, bursa with large, dense patch of spikelike spines. Elytron: 7.9--0.5 mm (7.3-9.0). 18 spec. Tyrr.—Holotype of cribricollis: Female, “Amer. Bor.” (BMN). Only specimen in type series. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 69 DistTRIBUTION.—Southwestern U.S., Baja California. Arizona: Cochise, Maricopa, Pima, Pinal; April, September. Ca.irornia: San Diego; April. Basa Cauirornia: 10 mi. southwest of Comondu, 25 mi. west of LaPaz, 8 mi. northwest of Los Angeles Bay, 22 mi. northwest of Pen- jamo, St. Bartlme Bay, 10 mi. south of San Jose del Cabo; June, September. M. cribricollis and chiricahuae are readily separable from other North American Melanotus by the large pronotal punctures, shallow mandib- ular pit, short antennae, and peculiar male genitalia. Their divergence from other North American species and distribution in the south- western U.S. suggests they are of Neotropical origin. M. cribricollis differs from chiricahuae in its shorter antennae, shape of the frontal margin, more rectangular shape of the flagellar segments, better developed parantennal fovea, and different shape of the male genitalia. 46. Melanotus chiricahuae Knull Figures 71, 12k Melanotus chiricahuae Knull, 1962, p. 34. Ma.e.—Large, dark reddish-brown species with sparse, yellowish vestiture. Head: Front with marked anterior depression; margin protruding in front of nasale by about twice width of rim, rounded when viewed from above; nasale flat, parantennal fovea very shallow, faintly crescent shaped. Mandible with shallow, elongate pit near lower border. Antenna exceeds tip of hind angle by about % seg- ment, segment 3 intermediate in size between 2 and 4, flagellar segments triangular; erect male hairs short, usually dense but may be scarcely visible. Pronotum wider than long, punctures very large and dense, sep- arated by less than own diameter; sides of pronotum straight behind anterior curvature and usually subparallel but may be divergent posteriorly; hind angles divergent, each with a strong carina extending cephalad of hind angle base and incurved anteriorly and a weak, shorter, median carina about ™% length of larger one. Geni- talia as figured; paramere much shorter than aedeagus, ending in unusual recurved apex. Elytron: 8.6+0.5 mm (7.6-9.5). 21 spec. FrEMALE.—Similar to male; antenna shorter, extends to tip of hind angle or short of tip by 1 segment; genitalia as figured, bursa with thick patch of simple spines, accessory gland short, originates well before apex and origin of spermathecal duct. Elytron: 9.2+0.5 mm (8.5-10.5). 16 spec. DistTRIBUTION.—Southwestern U.S. Arizona: Cochise, Santa Cruz; June-August. New Mexico: Hidalgo; August. oie Gr 6 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 The large pronotal punctures of this species are distinctive, although it might be confused with similis in the same area. The punctures of chiricahuae are larger than in similis, the antennae are shorter, and it has a weak, shallow mandibular pit. The male and female genitalia are easily distinguished from other species. Species Incertae Melanotus abdominalis (Erichson) Cratonychus abdominalis Erichson, 1842, p. 104.—LeConte, 1853, p. 481. Melanotus abdominalis.—Candéze, 1860, p. 352. TypE.—Holotype: Female, ‘Amer. Sept.” (ZM, 17036). Only specimen in type series. This species has subequal second and third antennal segments, a jutting frontal margin, fine dense pronotal punctures, and a long, slender, heavily spied female bursa. It is unlike any species which we have encountered in North America and is unfamiliar to us. We suspect that it is not a North American species and the type has been labelled in error. Melanotus cinereus (Weber) Elater cinereus Weber, 1801, p. 77. This species is usually listed as a synonym of similis (=fissilis) or communis, but the types apparently are lost, and we are unable to apply the name to a known species. Melanotus despectus Candéze Melanotus despectus Candéze, 1860, p. 343. We have not seen types of this species, but Mr. Lane (in litt.) states that he saw specimens at the Deutschen Entomologischen Institut, Berlin, which might be the types. According to Lane, these are the same as ignobilis and if those specimens can be shown to be types, despectus would fall as a synonym of ignobilis. Melanotus effetus Candéze Melanotus effetus Candéze, 1860, p. 355. This may be only a small form of communis according to Lane (in litt.), who found specimens at the Zoologische Museum der Humboldt-Universitat that might be the types. Literature Cited ARNETT, R. H., JR. 1955. Supplement and corrections to J. A. Hyslop’s genotypes of the elaterid beetles of the world. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 103, no. 3336, pp. 599-619. BEckKER, E. C. 1956. Revision of the Nearctic species of Agriotes (Coleoptera: Elateridae). Canadian Ent., vol. 88, suppl. 1, pp. 1-101. BInAGual, G. 1939. I Melanotini della fauna italiana: Spheniscocomus Schw. e Melanotus Eschs. (Coleoptera: Elateridae). Mem. Soc. Ent. Italiana, vol. 17, pp. 205-239 (1938). BLACKWELDER, R. E. 1939. Fourth supplement to Leng Catalogue of Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. [Elateridae: pp. 39-42.] BLACKWELDER, R. E. and R. M. 1948. Fifth supplement to Leng Catalogue of Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. [Elateridae: p. 19.] BLANCHARD, C. E. 1845. Histoire des insectes, vol. 2. BLaTcHLey, W. 8. 1910. An illustrated descriptive catalogue of the Coleoptera or beetles (exclusive of the Rhynchophora) known to occur in Indiana. [Elateridae: pp. 699-773.] 1920. Canadian Ent. News, vol. 52, pp. 45, 46. 1927. Some new species of Coleoptera from Indiana and Florida. Ent. News, vol. 38, pp. 189-144. 1930. Blatchleyana, Brooks, A. R. 1960. Canadian Ent., suppl., vol. 20, p. 40. Canpnze, E. 1860. Monographie de Elatéridae, 3. Mém. Soe. Sci. Liege, vol. 15, 512 pp. 1889. Elatérides nouveaux. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 33, pp. 67-123. Comstock, J. H., and SHINGERLAND, ? 1891. Cornell Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull., no. 33, p. 262. Deen, O. T., and Cutusert, F. P., Jr. 1955. The distribution and relative abundance of wireworms in potato- growing areas of the southeastern states. Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 48, pp. 191-193. DESJEAN, P. 8. 1833. Catalogue des Coléoptéres de la collecion . . ., ed. 2, 176 pp. Diretricu, HENRY 1945. The Elateridae of New York State. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 269, 79 pp. Emmons, EBENEZER 1854. Insects of New York. Vol. 5 of pt. 5 (Agriculture) in Natural history of New York. co d2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Ericuson, W. F. 1842. Ueber die Elateren mit Kammférmig gezihnten Krallen. Germar Zeitschr., vol. 3, pp. 88-129 [1841?]. EscuscHoumTz, J. F. 1829. In 'T. Thon, Entomologisches Archiv., vol. 2, p. 32. Fatu, H. C. 1934. Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 42, p. 24. Fartie, P. W. 1951. The Elateridae or click beetles of Georgia. Emory Univ. Mus. Bull., no. 10, 25 pp. FENTON 1926. Journ. Econ. Ent., vol. 19, p. 502. GYLLENHAL, L. 1817. In Schoenherr, Synonymia insectorum, oder: Versuch einer Syno- nymie aller bisher bekannten Insecten. . ., Appendix, vol. 3, p. 138. Hersst, J. F. M. 1806. Natursystem aller bekannten in- und auslandischen Insecten,. . vol. 10, 285 pp. Horn, Grorce H. 1874a. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., n.s., vol. 10, p. 473. 1874b. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 5, p. 23. 1879. [Communication on the Elateridae.] Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 7, pp. xiv—xvi. Hystop, J. A. 1915. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Ent. Bull., no. 156, p. 17. 1916. U.S. Dept. Agric. Farmers’ Bull., vol. 725, p. 5. 1921. Genotypes of the elaterid beetles of the world. Proc. U.S. Nat Mus., vol. 58, pp. 621-680. JEUNIAUX, CHARLES 1955. Sur les Elatéroides paléaretiques. Bull. Ann. Soc. Roy. Ent. Belgi- que, vol. 91, pp. 230-237. JEWETT, H. H. 1946. Identification of some larval Elateridae found in Kentucky. Ken tucky Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull., no. 489, 40 pp. ~3. Krirsy, W. 1837. Insects. Pt. 4 in Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, xxxix+ 325 pp., 8 col. pls. Knut, J. N. 1959. Two new species of Melanotus (Coleoptera: Elateridae). Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. 59, no. 5, pp. 280-281. 1962. A new Melanotus from the Chiricahua Mountains of Arizona (Cole- optera: Elateridae). Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. 62, no. 1, p. 34. Lang, M. C. 1952. List of Elateridae of British Columbia. Proc. Ent. Soe. British Columbia, vol. 48, pp. 65-67 [1951]. LreConteE, J. L. 1853. Revision of the Elateridae of the United States. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., n. s., vol. 10, pp. 405-508. 1866. Additions to the coleopterous fauna of the United States, 1. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 18, pp. 361-394. NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON Ves Lene, C. W. 1918. Notes on some changes in the list of Coleoptera. Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 26, pp. 201-211. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico, x+470 pp. [Elateridae: pp. 166—-175.] Lena, C. W., and MurtcuHter, A. J. 1927. Supplement to Catalogue of Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. {Elateridae: p. 29.] 1933. Second and third supplements to Catalogue of Coleoptera of America, north of Mexico. [Elateridae: pp. 27, 83-85.] McCuukre, H. E. 1933. Ent. News, vol. 44, p. 145. MELSHEIMER, F, E. 1846. Descriptions of a new species of Coleoptera of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 2, pp. 134-160. PAYKULL, G. 1800. Insecta. Vol. 3 in Fauna svecica. PutTzEys, JULES 1908. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 52, p. 294. REDTENBACHER, L. 1849. Fauna Austriaca, xxviii+883 pp. Say, THoMAs 1823. Descriptions of coleopterous insects collected in the late expedition to the Rocky Mountains, performed by order of Mr. Calhoun, Secretary of War, under the command of Major Long. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 3, pp. 139-216. 1825. Descriptions of new American species of the genera Buprestis, Trachys and Elater. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 1, pp. 249-268. 1839. Descriptions of new North American insects and observations on some already described. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., n. s., vol. 6, pp. 155-190 [1836]. ScHENELING, S. 1927. Coleopterorum catalogus, Elateridae, 2. No. 88 in Junk and Schenkling, pp. 265-636. Scuwarz, O. 1892. Revision der paladarktischen Arten der Elateriden-Gattung Melanotus, Esch. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., pp. 145-164. SEvERIN, H. C. 1949. The wireworms (Elateridae) of South Dakota. Tech. Bull. South Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta., no. 8, 18 pp. Snoperass, R. E. 1957. A revised interpretation of the external reproductive organs of male insects. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 135, no. 6, pp. 1-60. STEPHENS, J. F. 1830. Mandibuta, vol. 3. Illustrations of British Entomology. SRIVASTAVA 1958. Annals Zool., vol. 2, p. 87. Stong, M. W., and How.anp, A. F. 1944. Life history of the wireworm Melanotus longulus (Lec.) in southern California. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 858, 30 pp. 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Tuomas, C. A. 1941. The Elateridae of Pennsylvania. Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 49, pp. 233-263. Van Dykz, E. C. 1932. Miscellaneous studies in the Elateridae and related families of Coleoptera. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 20, no. 9, pp. 291-465. VAN ZWALUWENBURG, R. H. 1921. Melanotus hyslopi, new species (Coleoptera). Proc. Ent. Soe. Washington, vol. 23, pp. 210-211. 1922. External anatomy of the elaterid genus Melanotus (Coleoptera), with remarks on the taxonomic value of certain characters. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 24, pp. 12-29. WEBER, FRIEDRICH 1801. Observationes entomologicae, continentes novorum quae condidit generum characteres, ... xiit116 pp. WEstTwoop, J. O. 1840. An introduction to the modern classification of insects ..., vol. 2. No. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 75 Ficure 4.—Male genitalia of Melanotus s castanipes; 7, communis; k, indistinctus; (Scale lines=0.5 mm.) pecies: a-d, similis; e, spadix; f-h, decumanus; i, L, dietrichi; m, verberans; n, miscellus; 0, emissus. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Ficure 5.—Male genitalia of Melanotus species: a, clandestinus; g, ignobilis; h, morosus; 1, depressus; sagittarius; n, corticinus. (Scale lines=0.5 mm.) VOL. 121 lanei; b, c, pilosus; d, é, opacicollis; f, j, cribulosus; k, piceatus; 1, hyslopi; m, 77 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON NO. 3568 d, 1, infaustus; j, americanus; k, cribriventris; 1, pecies: a, prasinus; b, testaceus; c, trapezoideus; 0.5 mm.) 3h, parallelus; Ficure 6.—Male genitalia of Melanotus s difficilis pertinax; m, beameri. % (Scale lines tenax; e, f, macer; g, 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 121 4 1G te ' 1 ' ’ ' 1 \ Ficure 7.—Male genitalia of Melanotus species: a, concisus; b, obscuratus; c, lanceatus; d, hamatus; e, longulus longulus; f, longulus oregonensis; g, gradatus; h, insipiens; i, chiricahuae; j, cribricollis; k, leonardi; lL, taenicollis. (Scale lines=0.5 mm.) NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 79 Ficure 8.—Female genitalia of Melanotus s labelled; b, similis, “normal”; c, similis, “ (Scale lines= 1.0 mm and 0.1 mm.) Ae. wan, o*Vae- 2 o- Ss less? WOE Hy a LMM RAE \ Grebe YEN somone B.\ pecies: a, hypothetical species with structures spiny”; d, decumanus; e, spadix; f, castanipes. 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 miscellus; d,e, dietrichi; (Scale lines= Ficure 9.—Female genitalia of Melanotus species: a,b, communis; c, fig, indistinctus; h, lanei; 1, verberans; j, opacicollis; k, emissus (2); 1, pilosus. 1.0 and 0.5 mm.) NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON Sl rn ne 1} ty dn. Ses Ficure 10.—Female genitalia of Melanotus species: a, ignobilis; b, depressus; c, sagittarius; a, cribulosus; e, morosus; f, hyslopi; g,h, prasinus; i, corticinus; J, piceatus; k, pertinax; I, macer. (Scale lines=1.0 and 0.05 mm.) 121 VoL. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 82 ,d, testaceus; . J a, tenax; b, trapexoideus infaustus (?); k, gradatus; Ficure 11.—Female genitalia of Melanotus species | | ( ' | 1, obscuratus. | 1J> g, parallelus; h, cribriventris; . ? americanus ef, 0.5 and 0.05 mm.) (Scale lines NO. 3568 MELANOTUS—QUATE AND THOMPSON 83 Ficure 12.—Female genitalia of Melanotus species: a, concisus (2); b, lanceatus; c,d, longulus longulus; e,f, longulus oregonensis; g, insipiens; h,i, leonardi; 7, taenicollis; k, chiricahuae; Im ,cribrjcollis. (Scale lines=0.5 and 0.05 mm.) U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1967 PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 121 QUATE AND THOMPSON—PLATE 1 Heads of Melanotus species: a, similis; b, decuman us; C, Castanipes; d, communis; e, verberans; f, lanet; g, pilosus; h, emissus; i, opacicollis; J, depressus: k, sagittarius; 1, cribricollis; m tenax; n, parallelus; 0, infaustus; p, gradatus. ’ Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION . WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 121 1967 Number 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO! By Max W. McFappen ? The Stratiomyidae or soldier flies are represented in America north of Mexico by approximately 237 species distributed through 37 genera. Prior to this study, larvae have been described for only 21 species representing 15 genera. In addition to the lack of adequate descriptions and keys, classification has seldom been attempted and a phylogenetic treatment of the larvae has never been presented. The present study has been undertaken with several goals in mind: (1) to rear and describe as many species as possible; (2) to redescribe all previously described larvae of North American species; and (3), on the basis of larval characters, to attempt to define various taxo- nomic units and show phylogenetic relationships within the family and between it and other closely related familes. Any attempt to establish subfamilial and generic limits must be regarded as tentative. This is especially true in the present study since larvae of so many species of Stratiomyidae remain unknown. Undoubtably, as more species are reared, changes will have to be made in keys and definitions of taxa. The keys have been prepared chiefly for identification of last instar larvae. If earlier instars are known, they either have been ' Modified from a Ph. D. dissertation submitted to the University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada. ? Entomology Research Division, U.S. Dept. Agriculture, Tobacco Insects Investigations, P.O. Box 1011, Oxford, N.C. 27565. 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 included in the key or a separate description has been given—or both. Because pupation takes place within the last larval skin, the puparium can be identified with the keys to the larvae. I wish to extend sincere appreciation to Dr. George E. Ball of the University of Alberta, Edmonton, for his excellent direction of the study; to Dr. Maurice T. James of Washington State University, Pullman, for his constant help and advice on many problems; to Dr. Willis W. Wirth of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Wash- ington, D.C., for his advice and for reviewing the manuscript; and to the University of Alberta and the National Research Council of Canada for their financial assistance. I also wish to acknowledge with thanks material loaned from the following entomologists and institutions (abbreviations that follow are used throughout this text): American Museum of Natural History, New York, N.Y. (P. Wygodzinsky) A MNH California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif. (P. Arnaud, Jr.)—CAS Canada Department of Agriculture, Belleville, Ont. (H. G. James)—CDA Canadian National Museum, Ottawa, Ont. (G. E. Shewell)—CNC Clemson College, Clemson, 8. C. (R. C. Fox)—CC Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colo. (T. O. Thatcher)—CSU Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. (C. O. Berg and H. Dietrich) —CU Deutches Entomologisches Institut, Berlin, Germany (W. Hennig)—DEIT Illinois Natural History Survey Collection, Urbana, Ill. (L. K. Gloyd)—INHM Louisiana State University, University Park, La. (H. V. Daly)—LSU M. W. McFadden Collection—M WM North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N.C. (R. L. Rabb)—NCSC Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio (J. G. Rozen)—-OSU Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. (L. Chandler)—PU Rockefeller Foundation, Mexico, D.F., Mexico (J. L. Carrillo S.)\—RF University of California, Berkely, Calif. (P. Ashlock and R. L. Usinger)—-UCB University of Delaware, Newark, Del. (P. P. Burbutis)—-UD University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (W. J. Hanson)—UK University of Maine, Orono, Maine (G. W. Simpson) —UM University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass. (M. E. Smith)—UMASS University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (T. E. Moore)—U MICH University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. (W. R. Enns)—UMO United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. (W. W. Wirth)—USNM Washington State University, Pullman, Wash. (M. T. James)—WSU Methods A suitable technique for removing larvae from various substrates has been developed (McFadden, 1961). Specimens thus obtained for this study were divided into two groups: one to be reared, the other to be preserved. Larvae were killed and preserved in 70 percent alcohol without additional treatment. In the case of large specimens, the alcohol was changed after a month’s lapse. NO. 3669 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 3 Rearing was simplified by collecting in the spring, when larvae were usually in the last instar, about to pupate, or had already pupated. Larvae and pupae held for rearing were placed in 5-dram vials fitted with cotton stoppers. A small amount of the substrate in which the animal was found was placed in the vial before adding the specimen. Distilled water was added occasionally to maintain moist conditions. Larvae and pupae were always reared individually so that emerging adults or parasites could be associated with the respective larval or pupal skin. The adults were then identified and associated with the larvae that had not been reared, and thus the identity of these larvae was determined. This is by no means a foolproof system for identification, but in most instances it can be relied upon because of the gregarious nature of the larvae. In observing preserved specimens, I frequently found that many morphological characters that are used in distinguishing the various taxa were obscured by deposits of calcium carbonate and environ- mental debris. The larvae were quickly cleaned of most of the debris by soaking them in 10 percent hydrochloric acid (Lundbeck, 1907, and Johannsen, 1935). Active effervescence always accom- panied this treatment. The head of the larva was prepared for study by removing it from the body and placing it in a test tube containing 2 percent potassium hydroxide. The tube was placed in a beaker of water and boiled slowly for 2 hours. The heads then were washed in glacial acetic acid, dissected, and mounted on a slide. Photomicrographs were prepared using the technique described by Howden (1955). Historical Résumé From 1720 to the present, numerous papers have been written on various aspects of stratiomyid natural history as well as on mor- phology and physiology of the larvae. Rather than attempt to condense a voluminous literature in a few paragraphs here, I shall discuss these works under their appropriate sections of biology, morphology, phylogeny, and classification. Studies on the biology and systematics of larval Stratiomyidae can be divided into 2 rather distinct periods. The first period (1720-1868) was devoted to the description of local faunas. In most instances larvae were associated with adults through rearing so that correct identifications were obtained; however, no attempts at classification were made nor were other generalities presented. The second period, which was initiated by Brauer (1869), was characterized by the incorporation of biological features and the 4. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 characteristics of the immature stages in classification. Using Schiner’s classification (1868) based on adults, Brauer demonstrated that the immature stages of Diptera could be used as a check against an already existing system of classification. Although Brauer did not organize the Stratiomyidae into its component genera, he did recognize that the Stratiomyidae, Tabanidae, Rhagionidae (Leptidae), and Coenomyidae were closely allied and placed them in the tribe Cyclocera under the Orthorrhapha-Brachycera. Brauer (1883) once again reviewed the characters of dipterous larvae and, on the basis of differences in head capsules, established a new classification in which the Stratiomyidae and Xylophagidae were considered as separate families but were placed together in the Notacantha. In the same paper, Brauer divided the Stratiomyidae into its various genera and listed the larval characters for each genus. Austen (1899) presented a clear and concise review of the problem regarding the classification of Solva, subsequent to which the majority of dipterists have considered the genus to be located in the Xylomyinae (Solvinae), a subfamily within the Stratiomyidae (for further details, see page 13). Malloch (1917) was the first person to arrange systematically the North American Startiomyidae on the basis of larvae. As might be expected, numerous genera were omitted since many larvae had as yet not been described. Johannsen (1922, 1935) continued the work of Malloch. He added several new descriptions of larvae and supplied much of the data on biology that we have today. The most recent contribution to the classification of stratiomyid larvae has come from Willi Hennig. In his outstanding work “Die Larvenformen der Dipteren’”’ (1952) the species are listed for each genus and their distribution given by zoogeographical region. In addition, he has included biological notes for nearly all the species mentioned. Biology The following discussion comprises a review of the literature on the biology of the Stratiomyidae along the lines of a general life history, with each study of a particular stage included under its respective heading. Irwin-Smith (1920, 1921) was the first to achieve some success in rearing in a laboratory the complete life cycle of a species. Al- though she was able to obtain a cycle from larva to larva, she was | unable to determine the duration of the larval stage. More recently, | Furman, Young, and Catts (1959) reported that newly hatched larvae | of Hermetia illucens require 2 weeks or longer to attain full growth © NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 5 under laboratory conditions and that the pupal stage may last from 2 weeks to 5 months. May (1961), also working with HZ. illucens, gave more precise figures for the duration of the various stages in the life cycle and, in addition, was able to complete the life cycle successfully. Eaes.—Eggs usually are laid in early spring by females that have overwintered as larvae. When first laid, the eggs are pale yellow but become progressively darker as the hatching date approaches. The actual time required for hatching varies from 5 days to 3 weeks. Hart (1895) mentions that the eggs of Odontomyia are “cigar- shaped,”’ but this is not the case throughout the family. Wesenberg- Lund (1943) reports that the eggs may be flattened or highly arched or in the form of a “regular’’ egg. In addition, he mentions that the eggs usually are placed in a distinct group or clump (the number varying with the species) on vegetation overhanging water, in the case of aquatic forms, or on decaying organic matter, in the case of terres- trial forms. Wesenberg-Lund (1943) also mentions that the eggs of Stratiomyidae are difficult to distinguish from those of Tabanidae. Larvar.—Newly hatched larvae were noted by Irwin-Smith (1921) to molt as soon as they emerged from the ege. Active feeding com- menced immediately. As stated previously, the duration of the larval state is unknown but the larvae of the majority of the northern Nearctic species appear to be fully mature by fall. These mature larvae are probably the overwintering stage, as pupation does not occur until the following spring. Larvae in each of the subfamilies exhibit a varying degree of simi- larity with respect to their feeding habits (James, 1960), but there is considerable variation in habitat selection by species within the subfamilies. ‘Thus we have papers by Packard (1871), Lucas (1879), Griffith and Packard (1882), and Brues (1924, 1928, and 1932) recording the occurrence of larvae in salt water and in hot springs and lakes. Pearson (1883) reported a larva that was found on an exposed part of ocean beach, and Florentin (1899) found a great mass of larvae in excessively saline pools. The sum of our knowledge on habitats for the larvae of the North American genera of Stratiomyidae is presented in condensed form in table 1. Except for genera such as Actina, which are known only from some other part of the world, the references are primarily to North American workers. It is hoped that this table will not only be an aid to collecting larvae but will also be a guide to the needs for future studies within the family. Additional information on biology of the larvae is given under the species descriptions. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 Pupar.—tThe stratiomyid pupa, surprisingly, is much smaller than the puparium, often being only one-third the total length of the latter. At the onset of pupation the mature larva becomes rigid, the integument hardens, and the apical segments are usally in a distorted position. The pupa itself, enclosed in a silky cocoon secreted by the salivary glands, occupies only the anterior end of the puparium. Miall (1895) reports that earlier workers often mistook the pupa for a parasite that had devoured the larva. Because of the shrinkage of the pupa, an air space is formed within the puparium, and thus the aquatic pupal stage becomes buoyant. As a result, the pupa floats on the surface of ponds or other bodies of water until eventually it is either blown by the wind or carried by the action of waves to the shore, where it remains with other debris until the adult emerges. At the time of emergence the puparium splits not only along the dorsomedian line to the second abdominal segment, in the manner of the Nematocera, but also transversely on the second abdominal segment in the manner of the Cyclorrhapha. Aputts.—Malloch (1917) and Johannsen (1935) have stated that adult stratiomyids, of both terrestrial and aquatic forms, may be seen flying about in areas where species of Umbelliferae and Com- positae are in flower or resting on vegetation that is close to water. Although there is relatively little information on feeding habits of the adults, the regularity with which they are seen on vegetation correlates with Lundbeck’s observation (1907) that the adults feed on “plant juices” (nectar?). The more commonly seen adults that represent species of Stratiomys and Odontomyia are robust in appearance and are good fliers, but there are many species in other genera that lack one or both of these at- tributes. Other species, especially in the genus Sargus, are able to hover about vegetation in the manner of a syrphid fly. Adults may be collected by sweeping in grassy meadows, in bog areas, and in sedges, cattails, and other vegetation along the margins of streams, lakes, and ponds. PREDATORS AND PARASITES.—Several investigators have observed parasites and/or predators attacking larvae of Stratiomyidae. In table 2, I have presented this information in condensed form and have added my own observations. Morphology Several notable investigations on the morphology of the Stratio- myidae have been made and have been concerned with the nervous system, the respiratory system, the head capsule, and the integument. NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN a While the quality of this work is very good, the number of different species investigated leaves much to be desired. In this section, an attempt has been made to incorporate previous work with my own studies in a discussion of the major morphological characteristics of the larvae, both external and internal. INTEGUMENT.—The integument of a stratiomyid larva is composed of many facets, some of which are distincly hexagonal while others vary in size and shape. This faceted appearance has caused students of Stratiomyidae to refer to the integument as being ‘“‘shagreened.’’? Many early investigators (Miall, 1895; Leydig, 1860; Miiller, 1925; and Kruper, 1930) noticed the presence of these facets and explained their appearance as representing the upper surface of the “calcareous nails” that are so evident in a cross section of the integument (fig. 6). These nails are composed of calcium carbonate, but how they are formed is unknown. Earlier workers were of the opinion that the calcium deposits were secreted probably by the malpighian tubules in an unknown manner. Richards (1951), on the contrary, is of the opinion that the calcium deposits are laid down on the external sur- face of the integument as a result of carbon dioxide diffusing outward through the integument into the calcium-rich medium of water. His theory, however, will not explain the development of the “nails” under the acid conditions in which many species of stratiomyid larvae occur, nor will it explain the development of the ‘‘nails” in terrestrial species. The “nails” provide the larva with a strong but flexible armor. To test its resistence to attack one needs only to try to section it. Flex- ibility is obtained by the pyramidal shape of the nails, which allows the integument to bend. HEAD AND APPENDAGES.—The total length of the head is always greater than the width. This may seem misleading since the head is permanently retracted approximately one-half of its length into the thorax (fig. 3). Distinctive eye prominences are situated on the lateral margin of the ocular lobes. Located between the 2 ocular lobes is the clypeus, which is limited by the frontal sutures. At the distal end of the clypeus is the labrum, a structure that is not always clearly defined posteriorly by the clypeolabral suture. The mandibular-maxillary complex is located in the pocket formed by the labrum and the ex- tensions of the ocular lobes. The complex itself is formed by the fusion of the mandibles and the maxillae as the name suggests. It is so articulated that movement is in a plane perpendicular to the long 3 Derived from the near-eastern word “‘shagreen,”’ a type of uncured leather prepared in that area. As used here, it doubtless refers to the multifaceted integument that suggests this type of leather. 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 axis of the body. Cook (1949) states that the mandibular-maxillary complex is used for sweeping food into the oral cavity rather than for chewing. The 2-segmented antennae are located near the apex of the ocular lobes but the exact position varies with the species as does the size and shape. On the ventral surface of the head (fig. 4) there is a membranous area that outlines the labium. The large posterior part of the labium is the submentum. Directly anterior to the submentum is the pre- mentum and the palatum. The latter structure, as pointed out by Cook, is apparently an adaptation for rooting up material. Cook also reported that labial palpi and a hypopharynx are lacking in stratio- myid larvae. The arrangement of the previously mentioned struc- tures is shown in figure 5. The most important feature illustrated here is the arrangement of 2 sclerotized plates that are located beneath the pharynx at the posterior end of the head capsule. These struc- tures function as a mortar and pestle, grinding up the food material that is swept into the mouth by the manibular-maxillary complex (Bischoff, 1925; Cook, 1949). The bowl-like mortar is very heavily sclerotized and convoluted while the pestle, which is formed by the floor of the pharynx, is modified in the form of a heavy, corrugated plate and fits into the bowl of the mortar. If the mortar and pestle do indeed perform the task of grinding the food, it seems inconceivable that stratiomyid larvae could be pre- daceous on other larvae as has been reported, especially when the size of the oral cavity is taken into consideration. THorax.—The thorax is composed of the first 3 body segments posterior to the head. The noteworthy characteristics found here are the prothoracic spiracles, which vary in size and shape, the chaetotaxy, and the shape of the segments, which seem to become broader toward the metathoracic segment. Stratiomyid larvae are without legs or prolegs. AsBpoMEN.—This tagma consists of the 8 body segments posterior to the metathoracic segment. They are similar in form to the thoracic segments but differ in chaetotaxy and in occurrence of special organs or structures. Several genera can be distinguished by the markings or color patterns that occur on the thoracic and abdominal segments. The first and second segments are usually the broadest. The re- mainder of the segments either taper toward the apical segment (aquatic species) or several segments are parallel sided and the re- mainder taper toward the apical segment (terrestrial species). At the extreme end of the apical segment, which is often much longer than it is wide (fig. 107), especially in the aquatic species, there is located a transverse fissure that houses the spiracular chamber. In the genus NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 9 Nemotelus, however, the spiracular chamber is located on the dorsum of this segment. A few aquatic genera, notably Euparyphus and Odontomyia, possess strongly curved sclerotized hooks or spines, as they sometimes are called (fig. 122). They are usually on the venter of the seventh ab- dominal segment, but in the genus Hedriodiscus they are on the venter of the sixth segment as well. A remarkable feature of the spines is that they curve forward toward the head. This arrangement would seem to present some difficulty in forward movement, but this has not been observed. Previous workers (Wesenberg-Lund, 1943; Lenz, 1923) have reported that the hooks serve as anchors to keep the larvae from being swept away by fast-flowing currents. This statement may be partially correct, but I have observed this type of larva in shallow pools that had only convection currents. DIGESTIVE systEM.—The digestive system has little to offer in the way of taxonomic characters other than the characteristic shape of the gut, which is long and highly convoluted. Except for the mortar and pestle, there are no sclerotized areas present in either the foregut or the hindgut. MALPIGHIAN TUBULES.—The malpighian tubules are filled with a whitish, semiliquid material that is reported to be primarily composed of calcium carbonate. This material may be associated in some manner with the calcium carbonate that is secreted in the integument. RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.—Stratiomyid larvae have frequently been described as peripneustic, but it is doubtful that they are functionally so. They appear to be metapneustic or in some cases amphipneustic. The lateral spiracles almost always are minute and difficult to detect, especially in the later instars. The only spiracles that function con- tinually are the terminal or posterior spiracles. The spiracular chamber contains the ends of the main tracheal trunks. In the aquatic forms, the lips that form the opening to the chamber are fringed with long hydrofuge setae, which enable the larvae to remain suspended from the surface of water for indefinite periods of time while the spiracles are open to the atmosphere. When submerged, these setae also aid respiration by enclosing an air bubble trapped in the process of submerging. Using the work of Whitten (1959) as a guide, I examined the tracheal system of 4 genera (2 aquatic and 2 terrestrial) for possible taxonomic characters. The tracheal system of each larva has the same general pattern as that given by Whitten for brachycerous larvae and, con- sequently, cannot be used as a distinguishing character beyond the suborder. Nervous system.—Although several studies have been made on the nervous system of a few species of stratiomyid larvae, the results 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 appear to have little consequence from a taxonomic standpoint (Viallanes, 1882a, 1882b, 1885; Kiinckel d’Herculais, 1879; Henneguy and Binet, 1892). Phylogeny Handlirsch (1908) postulated that the Stratiomyidae arose in Jurassic times from a primitive tipuloid stock that had evolved to the point where it more closely resembled the Xylophagidae than the Tipulidae. The families most like the Stratiomyidae, the Xylo- phagidae and the Rhagionidae (Leptidae), are similar to the stra- tiomyid subfamily Xylomyinae but only in the adult stage (wing venation, spurs on tibiae, etc.). From the Rhagionidae arose the Tabanidae and Therevidae and, in turn, this line of descent led di- rectly to the more advanced Diptera (Handlirsch, 1908; Bischoff, 1925; and Lindner, 1937). The most primitive subfamily in the Stratiomyidae is the Xylomyi- nae. Characters occuring in the immature stages of this subfamily that I consider to be primitive are an integument that is only partly shagreened, the generalized type of its mouthparts, an incompletely enclosed pupa, and the type of habitat, which is usually under bark or in rotten logs. Characters of the adults are equally primitive. From this primitive subfamily 4 lines appear to have evolved, one of which represents a continuation of the basic type with slight modifications in morphology (Xylomyinae, Beridinae, and Pachy- gastrinae). The other lines represent a divergence toward different ecological zones in the larval stage: one to an aquatic or semiaquatic mode of life (Stratiomyinae and Nemotelinae); another to life in a rich, soft food source such as animal excrement and decaying organic matter (Sarginae and Clitellariinae); and another line, represented by Altermetoponia rubriceps (Macquart), which lives in sod (Chiromyzinae). As previously indicated, the environment in which the larvae live, their feeding habits, and the type of mouthparts are closely allied and provide an insight into the evolution of the family. Table 3 illustrates the distribution of these characters through the subfamilies. In an attempt to show degree of relationship, I have analyzed 11 characters and given them an arbitrary numerical value (for details of this technique, see James, 1953). A list of the characters and their numerical values is as follows: A. Habitat of larva 1. aquatic or semiaquatic 2. terrestrial 3. terrestrial-arboreal (close association with trees) NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN i B. Food of larva 1. aquatic microorganisms 2. plant roots 3. decaying organic matter (includes microorganisms) C. Labium of larva 1. well developed 2. not well developed D. Distribution of maxillary setae in larva 1. setae absent 2. setae present, located in notch 3. setae present, other arrangement KE. Types of maxillary setae in larva 1. cylindrical brushes 2. cylindrical brushes absent or not cylindrical F. Transverse series of dorsal setae with accompanying setae in larva 1. extra setae present 2. extra setae absent G. Posterior spiracles of larva 1. with coronet of setae 2. without coronet of setae H. Anal armament of larva 1. large teeth anterior to anal opening 2. large teeth absent I. Body conformation of larva 1. attenuate 2. parallel sided J. Mandibles of larva 1. well developed 2. not well developed K. Posterior spiracles of larva 1. located at apex of last abdominal segment 2. located on dorsum of last abdominal segment These results are presented in graph form in figure 1. The phylo- genetic tree in figure 2 represents the sum of the similarities and dif- ferences among the subfamilies and indicates the relationships of the extant species. The Beridinae and succeeding subfamilies of the Stratiomyidae probably arose from a group of the subfamily Xylomyinae that had developed a completely shagreened integument. This separation was no doubt strengthened subsequently by 2 changes in the ecological requirements of beridine larvae: a change in habitat (larvae of Beridinae are not found in the same habitat as larvae of Xylomyinae) and a change in food preference (as evidenced by larvae of Actina incisuralis). The subfamily Pachygastrinae represents an advanced group on the basis of adult characters, but the mouthparts of the larvae are 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 similar to those found in the larvae of Xylomyinae and Beridinae. In addition, pachygastrine larvae are found under the bark of trees as are larvae of Xylomyinae. During the course of time, however, the chaetotaxy and size of the larvae have evolved. On the basis of similarity of mouthparts, the Clitellariinae and the Pachygastrinae appear to have arisen from a beridine stock. The former represents a radiation into a new ecological zone, and the latter represents evolutionary improvement for living in an already occupied niche. Clitellariine larvae have mouthparts much the same as beridine larvae except for the labium, which has become more sclerotized and spatulate in the former. This change in the labium is probably an adaptation for feeding on the pulpy flesh of succulents. The Sarginae appear to have arisen from a clitellariine stock, probably closely related to the tribe Hermetiimi. The mouthparts of the latter are very similar to those of the Sarginae and both groups live in the same type of enviroment—decaying organic material. Both groups are highly evolved: the mouthparts have degenerated so that the mandibular-maxillary complex is almost indistinguishable. The subfamily Nemotelinae, although similar in general appear- ance to the Stratiomyinae, apparently has evolved from a clitel- lariine stock. This cleavage, however, must have occurred shortly after the Clittellariinae had broken away from the pachygastrine stem since all three taxa are closely related (fig. 2). Both adult and larval characters of the Nemotelinae appear to substantiate the con- clusion that the Stratiomyinae and Nemotelinae are not closely re- lated and probably never have been. The Stratiomyinae have few characters in common with any of the extant subfamilies. Larval characters indicate that the sub- family probably evolved from a beridine stock at a very early period. Because the Chiromyzinae are represented in North America by only Altermetoponia rubriceps—an introduced species—no further consideration need be given to the phylogeny of this subfamily. Classification The classification of the Stratiomyidae presented here is based upon opinions and conclusions drawn from the relationships of the subfamilies presented in the previous section. This system differs somewhat from the classification of James (pers. comm.), which is based upon adult characters. A comparison of the 2 systems is as follows (asterisks indicate genera not seen in immature stages and thus not in my classification): NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN LS James McFadden 1 1. Xylomyinae—Xylomya, Solva 2. Chiromyzinae—Altermetoponia 2. Chiromyzinae—as in James 3. Beridinae—Allognosta, Actina, 3. Beridinae—as in James Beris, Exodontha 4. Sarginae—Sargus, Ptecticus, 4. Sarginae—as in James Microchrysa, Chloromyia, * Merosargus 5. Cyphomyiinae—Cyphomyia, 5. Cyphomyiinae—see under Dicyphoma Clitellariinae 6. Hermetiinae—Hermetia 6. Hermetiinae—see under Clitellariinae 7. Clitellariinae—Adozomyia, 7. Clitellariinae—Dieuryneura Dieuryneura, Brachycara,* Cyphomyiini—Cyphomyia, Euryneura,* Oxycera,* Adozomyia, Dicyphoma Euparyphus, Caloparyphus, Hermetiini— Hermetia Akronia,* Nemotelus 8. Stratiomyinae—Stratiomys, 8. Stratiomyinae—Stratiomys, Hoplitomyia,* Labostigmina,* Hedriodiscus, Odontomyza, Anoplodonta,* Hedriodiscus, Myxosargus, Euparyphus, Odontomyia, Nothomyia,* Caloparyphus, Aochletus Myzxosargus 9. 9. Nemotelinae—Nemotelus 10. Pachygastrinae—Neopachygaster, 10. Pachygastrinae—as in James Eupachygaster, Pachygaster, Zabrachia, Berkshiria There are 2 major points of difference between the present arrangement and that of James. First, the latter includes the genera Xylomya and Solva in a separate family, the Xylomyidae. AlI- though there is little information in the literature regarding the larva of Xylomya, many workers have recorded their thoughts on the larva of Solva and its importance in classification; thus, we have papers by Westwood (1840), Osten Sacken (1882), Brauer (1883), Lindner (1937), and Hennig (1952) pointing out that Solva should be placed in the Stratiomyidae. In 1899 Austen presented a summation of previous work concerning the classification of Solva and came to the conclusion “that Solva represents a primitive ancestral form of Stratiomyidae, given off from the common stem after the evolution of the characteristic type of larva and mode of pupation, but before the assumption on the part of the imago of the equally characteristic features (venation, spurless tibiae, etc.) exhibited by the more special- ized types of the family.”” Inasmuch as the larvae of Xylomya and Solva are almost indistinguishable morphologically, I have extended Austen’s discussion to include Xylomya and have reorganized the subfamily Xylomyinae. A second area of disagreement between the 2 systems is in the classification of the Clitellariinae. A study of the mouthparts re- vealed that there were 3 distinct types present in this 1 subfamily. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 One type was found in the genus Adozomyia. 'The mouthparts of the species in this genus are very similar to those found in the larva of Cyphomyia. In addition, the larvae of both genera are known only from wounded or decaying succulents in North America; con- sequently, Cyphomyia and Dicyphoma have been transferred to the Clitellariini (Cyphomyinae of James) along with Adozomyia. A second tribe, the Hermetiini (Hermetiinae of James), has been transferred to this subfamily on the basis of similarities in morpholog- ical and ecological characters of both adults and larvae of Hermetia to the clitellariine genera Adoromyia, Cyphomyia, and Dicyphoma. The genus Dieuryneura has been placed in this subfamily also but not in either tribe. A comparison of larval mouthparts shows it to be more closely related to the Hermetiini than to the Clitellariini, but a more definite attempt at classification is impossible at this time. The larvae of the remaining genera in the Clitellariinae of James are either aquatic or semiaquatic and the mouthparts are similar to the genera originally placed in the Stratiomyinae. These 2 facts by themselves give sufficient cause to unite the genera in a single subfamily; in addition, all of the genera except Nemotelus that were removed from the Clitellariinae possess ventral hooks. These curious structures may represent a clinging device for living in fast-flowing water. Stratiomys larvae lack these structures but they are present on larvae of Odontomyia. It is possible that the hooks have evolved twice but it seems more likely that the genera are more closely related than they were previously thought to be. Larvae of Nemotelus pose a special problem. In addition to lack- ing the ventral hooks, the orifice of the spiracular chamber is on the dorsal surface of the last abdominal segment and possesses a cornet of hydrofuge setae as contrasted with the terrestrial larvae that lack this feature and as contrasted with other aquatic larvae that also possess a coronet of hydrofuge setae but have the spiracular chamber at the apex of the last segment. This combination of characters is rather unique and provides the basis for elevating this genus to subfamilial status. Key to Suborders, Divisions, and Principal Families of Brachycera- Orthorrhapha Based on Larval Characters 1. Head complete, or the posterior portion with deep longitudinal incisions; mandibles capable of horizontal movement; body consisting of 13 segments in addition to head; with 9 pairs of spiracles . . Suborder NEMATOCERA Head incomplete, frontal region not strongly arched; mandibles capable of vertical movement; body comprising fewer than 13 segments and only ex- ceptionally with as many as 9 pairs of spiracles. Suborder BRACHYCERA 2 a NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 15 2. Free cephaloskeleton present; head very poorly developed, completely un- sclerotized dorsally; antennae poorly developed or absent, when present situated on a membranous surface; mandibles short and hooklike, usually capable of protrusion much beyond the poorly developed maxillae; maxillary palpi rarely visible. . ... ye ee Division CYCLORRHAPHA No free cephaloskeleton within fhe! head capsule, the exoskeleton of the head at least dorsally indicated; antennae well developed, situated on the upper surface of the lateral lobe or on the slightly arched, sclerotized frontal plate; mandibles normally sickle shaped, not protruding much beyond apices of the well-developed maxillae, often much shorter, maxillary palpi distinct. Division ORTHORRHAPHA 3 3. Posterior spiracles situated within a terminal or subterminal cleft or chamber, usually concealed, or with a terminal breathing tube; pupa free or enclosed AAS tueaveule skal eg) seul a Te Ae ae eA Posterior spiracles visible, atuedie on po analimaatore or Se penne segment, body not shagreened or visibly striated; pupa free. . ... .5 4. Body 12-segmented, cylindrical, not eieeeeceel usually longitudinally striated, abdomen with a girdle of pseudopods on each segment; head retractile; spiracular fissure vertical. . . dials pa LABDANDDAE Body 11-segmented, bristly, surface finely peso without pseudopods; head not retractile; spiracular fissure transverse, sometimes rather small; peripneustic or amphipneustic ..........STRATIOMYIDAE Posterior spiracles situated on penultimate or antepenultimate segment. THEREVIDAE, SCENOPINIDAE, MYDAIDAE, ASILIDAE, BOMBYLIIDAE Posterior spiracles situated on apical segment .... . sshd [tee “ol 6. Last abdominal segment obliquely truncate and with Sraicntiee processes; projecting portion of head and the flattened apical plate of last abdominal segment heavily sclerotized, the former cone shaped. . XYLOPHAGIDAE (including Rhachiceridae and Coenomyidae) Last abdominal segment lacking projecting processes; projecting portion of head not pointed cone shaped; last abdominal segment without a heavily sclerotized flattened terminal plate . . . . . NEMESTRINIDAE, EMPIDIDAE, DOLICHOPODIDAE, RHAGIONIDAE, ACROCERIDAE. on Family Stratiomyidae In addition to the characters given in the key to families, stratiomyid larvae may be readily distinguished from other dipterous larvae (ex- cept for psychodid larvae) by the presence of calcium carbonate deposits on the integument (see p. 7). Famity piaGNosis.—Head elongate and narrow except for ocular prominences; not retractile; antennae usually located anterolaterally but varying among species; setae on dorsum of head variable; body 11-segmented; prothoracic segment with functional spiracles, that segment wider than the head; segment posterior to prothorax either parallel with the lateral margins of the prothorax or tapering in a posterior direction from the second abdominal segment as in Stratiomys (fig. 105); posterior spiracles located in a transverse cleft on last abdominal segment; with or without a fringe of hydrofuge setae; 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 pseudopods lacking, but strong curved hooks may be present on venter of penultimate and/or antepenultimate segment. Key to Larvae of Subfamilies of Stratiomyidae of America North of Mexico 1. Last abdominal segment with a coronet of plumose or pinnate setae at the DOK yee cers Jo ee 2 SERA ELOMY TNAB Last abdominal peement ei caeenee of plumose or Be setae absent FLOM APEXce oe oy HN canieees 2. Last abdominal eens race a peoranee Gs Sree or iam setae on GOTSUIR. Pa... ... . .NEMOTELINAE Last abdominal er Pelays a cor Sones of oTamene or pinnate setae . .3 3. Pro- and mesothoracic segments with a smooth field on dorsum; anus bordered anteriorly by a transverse row of strong, posteriorly directed teeth. XYLOMYINAE Pro- and mesothoracie segments with normal shagreened pattern on dorsum; anus not bordered anteriorly by teeth ... . .4 4. Mouthparts highly sclerotized and foreshortened, snag tisiles eet Bereiaped no setae or bristles present on mouthparts (fig. 15); recorded from San Francisco area only .... soe 0 6 SAOIENOROIM ICANN: Mouthparts with a different eaepinaioe of characters than those listed above; occurring in San Francisco area or elsewhere .. . AC KAT necO. 5. Dorsal row of transverse setae surrounded by smaller setae; Poe as in figure 16; uniformly colored larvae .. . ee S oe oe DER EDINAR Dorsal row of transverse setae not surrounded By smaller setae; mouthparts different than above; larvae uniformly colored or witha pattern ... .5 6. Larva with a well-developed labium (fig. 19); primarily restricted to south- western United States, where found in Opuntia or Agave species. CLITELLARIINAE, Tribe CLITELLARIINI Larva lacking a well-developed labium; occurring in southwestern United States and elsewhere; not recorded from hosts given above ......7 7. Small larva, under 10 mm in length; mouthparts similar to those of Beridinae (fig. 18); found under bark of trees ...... .PACHYGASTRINAE Larva over 10 mm in length; mouthparts lacking sclerotized areas . . . .8 8. Mouthparts simple, setae restricted to a linear patch on inner margin of mandibular-maxillary complex (fig. 21); large, robust, color uniform. CLITELLARIINAE, Tribe HERMETIINI Mouthparts more elaborate, setae present on mandibular-maxillary complex, in addition to setae restricted to notch on inner margin of complex (fig. 17) ; smaller, usually with a vittate pattern ........ =. .SARGINAE Subfamily Xylomyinae This subfamily is represented in North America by the 2 genera Xylomya Rondani and Solva Walker. It is considered the most prim- itive group of the Stratiomyidae because it shares at least 1 charac- ter of the adult stage with the corresponding stage of the generally more primitive Xylophagidae. SUBFAMILIAL CHARACTERS.—Mouthparts as in figure 14. Other characters as given in key to subfamilies. NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 17 HABITAT OF LARVAE.—The few records available indicate that the larvae live under the bark of trees and in rotting logs. Key to Genera of Xylomyinae Prothoracic segment of larva with a tubercle anterior to the spiracle giving a cleft appearance to margin (fig. 10); apical abdominal eee with a transverse row of tubercles on dorsum .. . . . .. .Solva Walker Prothoracic segment of larva nears alent appearance ot margin; no tubercles pres- ent on dorsum of apical abdominal segment. . . . . . .Xylomya Rondani Genus Xylomya Rondani, 1861 Of the 7 species listed by James (pers. comm.) for this genus, the larvae of only 2 species have been collected and 1 lacks a specific determination. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Xylomya americana (Wiedemann), 1821 Ficures 149, 150 DescripTion.—Puparium: length (head capsule lacking) 15.2 mm; width 4.1mm. Other characters as given in key to genera. Biotocy.—Larvae of this species were removed from a hole in a sycamore tree. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Virginia: Alexandria, Oct. 14, 1951, W. W. Wirth, 1 puparium (USNM). Xylomya species Ficurss 7, 11, 25 Description.—Mature larva: length 13 mm; width 3.2mm. Other characters as given in key to genera. Brotoay.—No data available for this species. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Massachusetts: Amherst, 1945, M.E.S., 1 larva, MSC. Genus Solva Walker, 1860 James (pers. comm.) lists 3 species for this genus but the larva of only 1 species, Solva pallipes (Loew), has been collected. Lindner (1938) and Hennig (1952) include the species of Xylomya in this genus, but Steyskal (1947) has demonstrated that the adults of these 2 genera can be distinguished. This shows that the immature stages can also be differentiated. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Solva pallipes (Loew), 1863 Fiaures 8-10, 12-14 Description.—Mature larva: length 7-8 mm, mean 7.8 mm; width 1.75-2.0 mm, mean 1.85 mm. Other characters as given in key to species. 221-533 67-2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Pupa (after Greene, 1926): Very thin, shining, transparent, with a yellowish tinge. Antennal capsules large, poimting outward, faintly annulated to the tip; just posterior to the base of these are 3 faint ocellar punctures. Thorax slightly longer than wide, smooth; wing pads smooth, reaching to the apex of the third abdominal segment; thoracic spiracles situated on a small elevation; the spiracular entrance is golden yellow, sinuous, and contains a great number of short radiating slits. Abdomen cylindrical, composed of 8 segments; first and last segment without any spines; segments 2-7 with a transverse, dorsal row of reddish-yellow spines just posterior to the middle of the segment; segments 1-7 have a spiracle on the antero- lateral surface; spiracle small, golden yellow, slightly elevated; last segment rounded at apex and entirely smooth. Length 6.0 mm; diameter of thorax 1.85 mm; diameter of abdomen 1.75 mm. BroLtocy.—Larvae have been collected from the following trees: Ulmus species, Populus species, Robinia species, and Liriodendron tulipifera. The larvae seem to prefer trees on which the bark has become loosened. Malloch (1917) intimates that he found the larva of Solva to be predaceous on the larvae of Euzesta, Lonchaea, and Heterominga. Greene (1926) states that the larvae may be predaceous but are usually scavengers. As the larva of Solva matures, it forms a pupa within the last larval skin as is the case with all other stratiomyid larvae; however, before emergence, the puparium splits dorsally down the median line and the pupa forces itself about two-thirds of the way out of the puparium and remains there until the adult emerges. ‘The emergence of the pupa causes the head of the puparium to become loose and often completely separated as in the higher flies. Adults of Solva can be found on tree trunks in June, July, and August. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Illinois: Rock Island, Apr. 5, 1932, C. O. Mohr, 2 larvae, INHM. Pennsylvania: Blain, Aug. 6, 1955, F. Craighead, lot no. 55 11825, 6 larvae, 7 puparia from oak, USNM. Wisconsin: Madison, July 1938, Dodge, 23 larvae, 6 puparia from under elm bark, OSU. Subfamily Chiromyzinae Although the genus Altermetoponia Miller has been placed in this subfamily, there is some doubt as to whether it should be left here or placed in a subfamily of its own as Hennig (1952) has done. Because of a scarcity of specimens in related genera within the subfamily, it has been impossible to make a comparison of characters. Raff (1931) has provided a vague description of the larva of Chiromyza ee Le NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 19 australis Macquart, the only published information available on the larvae of this subfamily. The subfamily is represented in North America only by Altermeto- ponia rubriceps (Macquart). SUBFAMILIAL CHARACTERS.—As given in key to subfamilies. HABITAT OF LARVAE.—The only species of Chiromyzinae for which habitat data are available is A. rubriceps. Genus Altermetoponia Miller, 1945 Fieures 15, 25, 33, 34 DescripTion.—Mature larva: length 8.8-9.8 mm, mean 9.27 mm; width 1.8-2.0 mm, mean 1.87 mm. Body segments yellow; head brown, darkest at apex. Brotoay.—It is quite probable that this species will assume eco- nomic importance in the area around San Francisco, just as it has come to be considered a pest in Australia, where it causes extensive damage to lawns. Other than evidence it lives in sod as a larva, nothing is known about its life history in North America. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—California: San Francisco, Mission Park, Nov. 20, 1959, T. R. Haig, 35 larvae, 3 puparia, CAS. Subfamily Beridinae Of the 5 genera that represent this subfamily in North America, the larvae of only 2 are known: Allognosta and Exodontha; however, larvae of 2 of the remaining genera are known from other geographical areas and descriptions of these species have been included. SUBFAMILIAL CHARACTERS.—As given in the key to subfamilies. HABITAT OF LARVAE.—The larvae in this subfamily are terrestrial but may be associated with semiaquatic environments; e.g., Fuller (1934) found larvae of Actina in and on the carcass of a dead sheep, Johannsen (1922) reported larvae of Allognosta from decaying organic material, and the larvae of Beris have been found in decaying leaves. In addition to bemg the center of the larvae’s food source, the semi- aquatic medium facilitates their movement and ingestion. Key to Genera of Beridinae 1. Larva robust, greaterthanl10 mminlength. .. . . . Exedontha Rondani Larva smaller, less than 10 mm in length. ......... Ree eRe cot 2. Abdominal segments with lateral margin bilobed, the anterior smaller than he; POsterlOrONG cicen 5. Ss hs =) 5 3 st . . . Allognosta Osten Sacken Abdominal segments with lateral margin smooth .... . nt cient 3. Last abdominal segment broadly indented at distal end and ernged with fine BELA IT RMT hy Senaa tees Lee roma is Cag a) Bae pert R aL BR CS fi . Beris Latreille Last abdominal segment not indented at distal end; fringe lacking Actina Meigen 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Genus Allognosta Osten Sacken, 1883 There are 4 species recognized in this genus, but only the larva of Allognosta fuscitarsis (Say) has been reported (Johannsen, 1922). GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in the key to genera. Allognosta fuscitarsis (Say), 1823 Figures 31, 36-38 DescripTion.—Mature larva: length 9.5 mm; width 3.5 mm. Prothoracic spiracle located in a distinct marginal notch. Other characters as given in key to genera. Brotogy.—Little is known of the biology and life history of this species. Malloch’s (1917) specimen was obtained from woods near Urbana, Ill., while Johannsen’s report (1922) stated that his speci- mens were found in decaying organic matter. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Rhode Island: Kingston, Aug. 20, 1942, H. Knutson, 1 early instar larva from glass of milk, MSC. New York: Ithaca, C. Hamilton, 2 larvae, 1 puparium, CU; Ithaca, 2 early instar larvae collected with larvae of Fannia species, CU. North Carolina: Great Smoky Mountain National Park, Oct. 4, 1951, J. S. Ayars, acc. no. 49768, 11 larvae, NCS. Genus Actina Meigen, 1804 Only 1 species of this genus is known from North America, the immature stages of which have never been reported. The characteristics that are given below are taken from a paper by Fuller (1934) in which she described the immature stages of an Australian species, Actina incisuralis Macquart. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Actina incisuralis Macquart, 1847 Figures 40, 41, 45 Description.—Mature larva (?): length 9 mm. Color varying between greyish brown and brown. Head elongated, narrow and pointed. Body strongly constricted between the segments giving the larva a scalloped appearance along the sides. Dorso-laterally the integument between each abdominal segment, and between the third thoracic and first abdominal, is produced into a small papilla projecting outwards. The thoracic segments become broader passing from the head, the abdominal segments are of uniform width and length, with the exception of the eighth, which is nar- rower and longer than the others, more flattened and produced into two blunt projections at the posterior corners (Fuller, 1934, p. 191). Setal arrangement typical for family and subfamily. Brotoay.—Fuller (1934) reported that larvae of this species ‘‘were found in abundance on the undersurface of a sheep carcass”? and ‘‘on NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN Dit the earth under masses of rotting grass” (p. 190). Larvae were also present in soil among the roots and stems of growing grasses. Pupae were obtained 7-8 months after the larvae were collected. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—No larvae of this species were examined. Genus Beris Latreille, 1802 Three species are recorded for this genus in North America but the larvae or pupae have never been reported. The larval stages of a few European species of Beris have been described (Lenz, 1923). The larva described below was loaned to me by W. Hennig. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Beris vallata Forster, 1771 FIGURES 23, 26, 28 Description.—Mature larva (?): length 7-8 mm; width 2 mm. Head and body segments yellow; body of larva extremely flattened dorsoventrally; prothoracic spiracle elevated but relatively incon- spicuous; body segments from second thoracic to seventh abdominal with a distinct papilla at intersegmental fold. Brotogy.—Nothing is known about the biology of the North American species. Lenz (1923) reports that larvae of Beris vallata and 2 other species of this genus were found under the bark of a fallen tree, which was lying in a marshy area between fallen leaves (presumably wet) and at the margins of springs. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Two larvae borrowed from the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut; no collecting data. Genus Exodontha Rondani, 1856 According to James (pers. comm.), 2 species occur in North America, but larvae and pupae of only Erodontha luteipes (Williston) have been found. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Exodontha luteipes (Williston), 1885 FiaureEs 29, 30, 35 Descrietion.—Mature larva: length 11.7-15+ mm, mean 13.23 mm; width 3.8-4.5 mm, mean 4.77 mm. Head and body seg- ments pale yellow. Brotoay.—Larvae of this species were found in moist rotting wood under large boulders on a mountainside at an elevation of approxi- mately 6000 feet. Adults emerged on June 27, 1960, inthelaboratory. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Alberta: Banff National Park, Mt. Ishbel, June 13, 1960, Ball, Madge and McFadden, 1 larva, 4 puparia MWM. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Subfamily Sarginae Of the 6 genera listed for this subfamily by James (pers. comm.), larvae have been described for only the following 4 genera: Sargus, Ptecticus, Microchrysa, and Merosargus. The keys to the genera of this subfamily will work for mature larvae only, but, where earlier instars are known, descriptions of these forms are included. SUBFAMILIAL CHARACTERS.—As given in key to subfamilies. HABITAT OF LARVAE.—Larvae of the Sarginae are terrestrial scavengers. They have been collected from various types of manures, rotting vegetation—especially garden refuse—and from other types of decaying organic matter. Key to Genera of Sarginae 1. Venter of sixth abdominal segment with sternal patch extending almost the length of that segment; venter of fifth abdominal segment with a smaller sternal patch (fig. 50) . Sates s ... . . Ptecticus Loew Venter of sixth abdominal ase ite a eae sternal patch; sternal patch lacking on venter of fifth abdominal segment. ... . Swollen 2. Dorsolateral margin of segments 1-10 with a series of eae dark plaques arranged in a circular pattern; segments 1-3 with a transverse band of these plaques connecting the 2 lateral circles; 5 vittae on dorsum, the mesal vitta much broader than the others. . . . Sargus (Pedicellina) James Dorsolateral margin of segments 1-10 lacking markings described above . . 3 3. Lateral margin of head lacking a protruding tubercle; no constriction of head posterior to eye prominence . . . Sargus Fabricius (sensu stricto, in part) Lateral margin of head with a protruding tubercle; head constricted posterior tom tuberclemsman.. |e Ae ADS, oe! ced “eye ge! 4. Eye prominence anterior 2 Sonia Theat fabeecles . Merosargus Loew Eye prominence on protruding lateral tubercle .... Thus ee aoe OD 5. Width of head at tubercle not more than 0.5 mm... UVilerachevan Loew Width of head at tubercle 0.8-1.0 mm. Sargus Fabricius (sensu stricto, in part) Genus Sargus Fabricius, 1798 Larvae of this genus are almost impossible to identify to species unless they are fully mature specimens. Earlier instars lack the char- acteristic patterns of the species and the head capsule apparently varies from instar to instar. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Subgenus Pedicellina James, 1952 Sargus (Pedicellina) lucens Loew, 1866 Figures 49, 56, 61 Description.—Mature larva: length 9.2-11 mm, mean 10.1 mm; width 2.5-3.3 mm, mean 2.85 mm. Other characters as given in key to genera. a f ; : NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN ey Broutoay.—Larvae of this species have been collected from leaf axils of cattails only where the axils were above the waterline. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—New York: Ithaca, Apr. 8, 1921, P. W. Claasen and O. A. Johannsen, 5 larvae, 15 puparia collected from leaf axils of cattails, CU; Ithaca, July (?), 2 larvae from leaf axils of cattails, CU. Subgenus Sargus Fabricius, 1798 Key to Species of Subgenus Sargus 1. Body segments lacking vittae; prothoracic spiracle on stalk like structure. elegans Loew Body segments with alternating dark and light vittae; prothoracic spiracle RCHEUI C Soi mene ee ch ens Wie Bw Ao tee cas ol as noun a Yc ve Se eth rete ee 2. Dorsal surface of body segments with 3 dark vittae. .. . decorus Say Dorsal surface of body segments with more than 3 dark vittae ..... 3 3. Median light band between inner 2 dark vittae parallel sided. bipunctatus Scopoli Median light band between inner 2 vittae geniculate; each of inner pair of setae located in a dark patch in median light band. . . . . viridis Say Sargus (Sargus) elegans Loew, 1866 Ficures 52, 53, 61 Description.—Mature larva: length 7.8 mm, width 2.4 mm; head not restricted posterior to eye prominence, ratio of width of head at eye prominence to width at neck 1.0. Other characters as given in keys to genera and subgenera. Instar no. ?: length 4.5-5.2 mm, mean 4.96 mm; width 1.4-2.0 mm, mean 1.68 mm; differ from mature larvae since they lack the stalked prothoracic spiracle. Biotocy.—Larvae of this species have been collected only from under horse manure. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Ontario: Marmora, June 19, 1952, J. R. Vockeroth, 2 puparia, larvae collected from under horse dung in woods, CNC. Virginia: Alexandria, June 24, 1951, W. W. Wirth, 15 larvae (early instar), from under horse dung, USNM. Sargus (Sargus) decorus Say, 1824 Ficures 55, 58, 59 Description.—Mature larva: length 4.0-4.2 mm, mean 4.1 mm; width 3.0-3.3 mm, mean 3.13 mm; width of head at eye prominence 0.81—0.94 mm, mean 0.87; width of head at neck 0.48-0.59 mm, mean 0.52 mm, mean ratio of width of head at eye prominence to width at neck 1.67. Other characters as given in key to species. BioLoay.—Larvae of this species have been collected from rotting leaves and cow manure. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 MatTERIAL EXAMINED.—Saskatchewan: Saskatoon, Aug. 1, 1949, A. R. Brooks, 14 puparia from cow manure, CNC. Washington: Seattle, Sept. 15, 1942, lot no. 42-11571, det. by C. T. Greene, 4 larvae, 5 puparia from rotting leaves, USNM. Sargus (Sargus) bipunctatus Scopoli, 1763 Ficures 48, 54, 57 Description.—Mature larvae: length 9 mm; width 3mm. Other characters as given in key to species. Instar no. ?: length 6.5 mm; width 2.4mm. Differs from mature larva since it lacks the vittae. Brotocy.—Larvae of this species have been collected from cow manure. Malloch (1917) reported the larvae as being very sluggish. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Maryland: Braddock Heights, Oct. 1, 1921, A. N. Caudell Collection, 1 larva (early instar), USNM. Discussion.—All data regarding description of the mature larva and notes on its biology have been taken from Malloch. Sargus (Sargus) cuprarius (Linnaeus), 1758 Ficures 17, 62-64 DescripTION.—Instar no. ?: length 6.5-7.4 mm, mean 7.04 mm; width 1.7-2.0 mm, mean 1.84mm. Similar to S. decorus in this stage but much smaller. Brotogy.—Larvae of this species have been collected from under cow manure. MATERIAL EXAMINED.— Nebraska: Dunbar, Sept. 13, 1950, W. W. Wirth, 39 larvae from cow manure (early instars), USNM. Genus Ptecticus Loew, 1855 Of the two species listed by James (1960) for this genus, only the larvae of P. trivittatus Say have been collected north of Mexico. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Ptecticus trivittatus (Say), 1829 Figures 438, 47, 50, 51 Description.—Mature larva: length 11.2-13.2 mm, mean 12.68 mm; width 3.5-3.9 mm, mean 3.76 mm; apical segment with 2 setae at each corner of spiracular opening; no anal spines present; other characters as given in key to species. Antepenultimate instar: length 12.2-15.1 mm, mean 13.67 mm; width 3.0-4.5 mm, mean 3.67 mm; larvae testaceous, no visible pat- tern; body setae short, partially hidden by fine pubescence that covers body; anal spines present. No. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN Zo Biotoay.—Larvae of this species have been collected from a corn compost pile, from decaying tomatoes, decaying garbage, rotting paper, decaying fruit, and from watermelon rinds. Larvae have also been collected from a fungus (Laetiporus speciosus). MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Georgia: Silver Lake, Bradley, 7 larvae from decaying garbage and rotting paper, CU. Illinois: Urbana, Aug. 3, 1942, H. H. Ross, 14 larvae, INHS. Maryland: Cabin John Bridge, July 31, 1913, Barber and Shannon, 11 larvae from fungus (Laetiporus speciosus), USNM. North Carolina: Faison, Aug. 25, 1950, P. O. Richter, 5 larvae from watermelon, NCS; Faison, Oct. 14, 1952, Dogger and Howden, 1 larva from decaying vegetables, NCS; McCulley’s, Jan. 20, 1951, Weisman, 3 larvae from watermelon rinds, NCS. Ohio: O.A.E.S., dump, Aug. 22, 1943, 17 larvae from decaying tomatoes, OSU. Ptecticus sackeniti Williston, 1885 Description.—Mature larva: length 11 mm; width 4.5 mm. BroLtocy.—No data available. MATERIAL EXAMINED.— Mexico: No other data, 2 larvae collected by A. Herrana, AMNH. Discusston.—According to W. W. Wirth of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, this species does not occur in Mexico. The 2 larvae examined by the author were indistinguishable from the antepenulti- mate instar of P. trivittatus. The identification is made less creditable by the fact that both larvae were neither reared nor associated with adult flies in the collection. Genus Microchrysa Loew, 1855 James (pers. comm.) lists 2 species for this genus but only the larvae of Microchrysa polita (Linnaeus) have been collected to date. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—AS given in key to genera. Microchrysa polita (Linnaeus), 1758 Ficures 42, 44, 46 Description.—Mature larva: length 5.2-7.1 mm, mean 6.68 mm; width 1.6-2.0 mm, mean 1.84 mm; width of head at eye prominence 0.45-0.50 mm, mean 0.47 mm; width of head at neck 0.32-0.42 mm, mean 0.36 mm; mean ratio of width of head at eye prominence to width at neck 1.32; venter of sixth abdominal segment with the setae on each side of the sternal patch reduced; anal spines lacking. Brotoay.—Larvae of this species have been collected from cow manure and from decaying vegetation. Material EXAMINED.—Colorado: Woodland Park, Station 4, Aug. 4, 1943, J.A.R. and H. H. Ross, 3 larvae from cattle droppings, UC. Massachusetts: Amherst, July 10, 1942, M.E. Smith, 15 larvae, 2 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 puparia from decaying vegetation, MSC. New York: Ithaca, July 8, 1915, 4 larvae from cow manure, CU; Ithaca, July 1917, 5 larvae, 3 puparia from decaying rhubarb, CU; Ithaca, July 1919, 9 larvae, CU. North Carolina: Rowan County, Dec. 14, 1955, C. E. Jernigan, 1 larva from woods trash, NCS. Genus Merosargus Loew, 1855 Of the 2 species listed by James (pers. comm.) for this genus, only the larvae of Merosargus caerulifrons (Johnson) have been collected to date. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—AS given in key to genera. Merosargus caerulifrons (Johnson), 1900 Figure 151 DEscrIPTION.—Puparium: length 5.6 mm (head capsule and pro- thorax lacking) ; width 2.3 mm; head capsule similar to that of Sargus lucens but differing in key characters. BroLtocy.—A puparium of this species was collected from debris at the base of a squirrel’s nest. MATERIAL EXAMINED.— Maryland: Linnieville, Jan. 1, 1914, R. C. Shannon, 1 puparium with head capsule detached, USNM. Subfamily Clitellariiae A study of both adults and larvae of the subfamilies Cyphomyiinae and Hermetiinae (James, pers. comm.) has shown that these two taxa are closely related to the Clitellariinae as defined by me (p. 13). For this reason, I have combined the Cyphomyiinae with the genus Adoxomyia to form the tribe Clitellariini and have reduced the sub- family Hermetiinae to tribal status. The genus Dieuryneura has not been placed in either tribe due to a lack of characters, but it appears to be more closely allied to the Hermetiini than to the Clitellariini. SUBFAMILIAL CHARACTERS.—As given in key to subfamilies. HABITAT OF LARVAE.—All larvae of this subfamily are terrestrial scavengers and, as such, have been reported from a great variety of habitats, the most common of which is decaying organic matter. Tribe Clitellariini This tribe includes 3 genera: Adoxomyia, Cyphomyia, and Di- cyphoma. Their range extends from South America through the southwestern region of the United States. It is interesting to note that 2 species of Adoxomyia, lata and rustica, have extended their NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN Qe range as far north as Oregon and Washington on the west coast and a third species, swbulata, is found throughout many of the Eastern States. Fourteen species have been collected from the southwest as adults, but the genus Adozomyia, which contains 11 of the 14 species, is known only from 3 puparia that lack the head capsule. HABITAT OF LARVAE.—AIl specimens collected to date have been taken from decaying or wounded cactus. Larvae of an unknown species of Cyphomyia have been reported as occurring under the bark of cedar logs in Honduras. Key to Genera of Clitellariini 1. Head without a distinct notch posterior to eye prominence; dorsal seta on median line of first abdominal segment shorter than outer 2 setae (fig. 77) ; all 3 setae set on a line perpendicular to the body axis. Adoxomyia Kertesz Head with a distinct notch posterior to eye prominence. . ....... 2 2. Median seta on dorsum of first abdominal segment longer than setae on either side of it (fig. 84); all 3 setae set on a line diagonal to the body axis. Cyphomyia Wiedemann Median seta no longer than setae on either side of it (fig. 78); all 3 setae set on a line diagonal to the body axis. . . ... .. . Dicyphoma James Genus Cyphomyia Wiedemann, 1819 James (pers. comm.) recognizes 2 species in this genus: Cyphomyia bicarinata Williston and C. marginata Loew. Larvae have been col- lected for both species, but because the specimens of CO. bicarinata are an early instar, pin mounted, and in poor condition, I have substituted the description of a neotropical species, C. pilosissima Gerstaecker. Cyphomyia marginata Loew, 1866 Ficures 152-154 Description.—Puparium: length 20.1 mm; width 2.9 mm; other characters as given in key to genera. Biotocy.—Larvae of this species have been collected from papaya in Florida. MaTERIAL EXAMINED.—Florida: Miami, July 11, 1917, T. E. Snyder, 1 puparium, USNM. Cyphomyia pilosissima Gerstaecker, 1857 Figures 83-85 Description.—Mature larva: length 21 mm; width 5 mm; dorsally the anterior and posterior margins of the thoracic and of the first 7 abdominal segments somewhat elevated with low transverse ridges oc- cupying approximately the anterior and posterior fourth or fifth of the segment; ventrally these areas are only slightly elevated. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Brotocy.—Larvae of C. bicarinata as well as larvae of C. pilosissima have been taken from wounds in cacti, C. bicarinata from prickly pear (Opuntia species), and C. pilosissuma from maguey (Agave species). No other data are available. Genus Dicyphoma James, 1937 Only 1 species, Dicyphoma schaefferr (Coquillett), occurs in the Nearctic area. It is restricted to the southwestern states, where it has been taken from wounded and decaying cacti. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Dicy phoma schaefferi (Coquillett), 1904 Fiaures 78, 81, 82 Description.—Mature larva: length 14.0-15.8 mm, mean 15.2 mm; width 3.6—4.1 mm, mean 3.87 mm. Brotoay.—Larvae have been collected from Opuntia (Platyopuntia) species and Myrtillocactus geometrizans in Mexico. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Mexico: 54 miles north of San Luis Potosi, S.L.P., Aug. 4, 1960, Ryckman, Ryckman and Christianson, ADM 61, 2 larvae, WSU; 8 miles south of Aguascalientes, June 19, 1960, ADM 46, Ryckman, Ryckman and Christianson, 1 larva WSU. Texas: El Paso, Aug. 12, 1908, F. C. Pratt, 1 headless puparium, USNM. Discussion.—Except for the key characters, there appears to be little difference between the larva of D. schaefferi and that of C. pilosissima. Genus Adoxomyia Bezzi, 1908 James (pers. comm.) lists 11 species for this genus, all of which (except A. subulata, A. lata, and A. rustica) are confined to the south- western and western states. Unfortunately, this group of species is represented by only 3 puparia, all of which lack the head capsule; however, in an attempt to present a complete analysis of the generic characters, | have included the description of an Indian species, Adoxomyia heminopla (Wiedemann). GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to genera. Adoxomyia rustica (Osten Sacken), 1877 Figures 155, 156 DescripTion.—Puparium: length 19.6 mm (head capsule missing) ; width 2.8mm. Other characters as given in key to genera. Brotocy.—No data available for A. rustica but larvae of A. clari- pennis have been collected from decaying cacti. ee NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 29 MarTerIAL EXAMINED.—Washington: Tampico, Mar. 1, 1931, A. RB. Rolfs, 1 puparium, USNM. Discussion.—In addition to the specimens described above, the author has examined 2 puparia of A. claripennis that were collected in Pima County, Ariz., Dec. 27, 1951, by Ryckman, Ames, and Ara- kawa USNM. Both specimens lacked the head capsule but were in agreement with other key characters of A. rustica. Adoxomyia heminopla (Wiedemann), 1819 Fiaures 74, 77, 80 DescripTion.—Mature larva: the characters that appear to be of generic significance are given in the key to genera. Specific characters are unimportant since the species does not occur within the geographic range covered in this paper. Brotoey.—Larvae of this species were collected from Kaempferia species, a tuberous-rooted plant. It has also been reported from papaya by Brunetti (1923). MATERIAL EXAMINED.—India: Calcutta, May 26, 1955, HO-19477, lot no. 55-11257, 10 larvae, 5 puparia, USNM. Tribe Hermetiini Composed of the single genus Hermetia, this tribe is represented in North America by 8 species. Seven of them appear to be re- stricted to the southwestern United States. One species, Hermetia ilucens (Linnaeus), has been recorded from as far north and east as Maryland and Delaware. TRIBAL CHARACTERS.—As given in key to subfamilies. Hasirat or LARVAE.—Hermetiine larvae are terrestrial scavengers. They have been reported from excrement (mammal and avian), decaying vegetable matter, wax in beehives, and a cadaver (Dunn, 1916). H. illucens has been involved in the human disease en- teric myiasis (James, 1947). Key to Species of Hermetia Latrielle 1. Lateral and transverse setae (dorsal and ventral) very prominent; body segments with dense yellow pubescence especially on apical segment and Onvlaternl Mienrm users. gs eek st ee eee tine illucens (Linnaeus) Lateral and transverse setae not prominent; dense yellow pubescence lacking or, if present on dorsum of thorax, then divided into 2 patches by a bare ae diane lien iy. vel RAN ee Bier ies. Slee ete ek ed bei Lt 2 2. Posteroventral region of head with coarse yellow pubescence; 2 setae in prothoracic leg group. . . ; . . . species Bib on venter of head lacking (fig. 108); more than 2 setae in prothoracic FO VeTOUD ae meena Ms TNE, MERRY Sy ME eS tig 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 3. Labrum barely extending beyond ocular lobes; point not drawn out, blunt APWEATATECS Se 6 ek ce eye. os) othe te) or coe ae nae concinna Williston Labrum extending beyond ocular lobes, end portion drawn out into a taper- AT PUPOUN EIS Se sea ih ere 6! Te oo! er weeny nae oe aurata Bellardi Genus Hermetia Latreille, 1804 I have seen larvae or puparia of 4 of the 8 species listed by James (pers. comm.) for this genus. One species, however, remains unnamed. Hermetia illucens (Linnaeus), 1758 Fiaures 21, 65, 75, 79 Descriptions.—Mature larva: length 14.5-21.5 mm, mean 18.6 mm; width 4.8-6.5 mm, mean 5.8 mm; head and body segments reddish brown; spiracles present on lateral margin of segments 3-10, accompanied by a small papilla on segments 2-5; anus not armed with spines; no transverse series of short spines. Penultimate instar: length 19.0-25.5 mm, mean 18.6 mm; width 4.0-5.5 mm, mean 4.8 mm; body segments white to creamy yellow, head and prothoracic spiracles almost black; anus armed with spines; all abdominal segments with a transverse series of darkly pigmented spines on venter near anterior margin. Brotoay.—Larvae of H. illucens are terrestrial scavengers. They have been reported from beehives (Copello, 1926), decaying crabs (Buxton and Hopkins, 1927), decaying fruits and vegetables, catsup, animal cadavers, waste material in beehives, and from privies (James, 1947). May (1961) reported that large numbers of H. tllucens, living and dead larvae, pupae, and some dead adults, were found in covered crocks containing tuna remains preserved in a solution of 10 percent formaldehyde. Furman, Young, and Catts (1959) have shown that large numbers of larvae of H. illucens will prevent develop- ment of larvae of the housefly Musca domestica (Linnaeus) in poultry manure. A detailed life history has been presented by May (1961) in which she reports on the time required for the egg, larval and pupal stadia, number of instars, and the morphological changes associated with each of the 6 larval instars. In North America this species appears to be limited to one genera- tion per year with the adults emerging in the spring after a winter of dormancy. Copello (1926) mentioned that mating takes place during flight and later the females oviposit at the edge of decaying organic material. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Arkansas: Fayetteville, Sept. 27, 1927, W. J. Baerg, 3 larvae from kraut. California: 10 miles east of NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 31 Rosario Cirio, June 29, 1938, Ross and Michelbacher, 12 larvae. Delaware: Magnolia, October 1958, P.P.B., 10 larvae from polluted water, UD; Primehood Neck, M.S.C., 8 larvae from lima bean cull pile, UD; Thompsonville, Oct. 24, 1957, M.S.C., 1 larva from lima bean refuse pile, UD. Florida: Collection 1884 from USNM, 5 larvae, 1 pupa, USNM. Georgia: Bissel, Sept. 15, 1938, 1 larva from rotten potatoes; Camp Stewart, Sept. 21, 1944, E. R. Willis, 8 larvae taken from pit latrine; Camp Stewart, Dec. 6, 1944, E. R. Willis, 31 larvae taken from pit latrine. Louisiana: Baton Rouge, Sept. 30, 1959, H. V. Daley, 13 larvae from chicken manure, LSU. Maryland: Beltsville, Aug. 9, 1957, J. C. Hwang, 4 larvae from turkey manure, USNM. Missouri: St. Louis, July 20, 1960, C. W. Robinette, 4 larvae, UMO. New Mexico: Roswell, Aug. 30, 1957, 7 larvae taken from worm bed. North Carolina: Clay County, Oct. 15, 1954, extension service, 5 larvae from silo, NCSC; Clayton County, July 5, 1959, W. Brooks, 6 larvae from corn pile, NCSC; Faison, Aug. 14, 1952, Dogger and Howden, 9 larvae from rotting pumpkin, NCSC; Fuguay, Sept. 12, 1950, 5 larvae from manure, NCSC; Long Beach, Sept. 5, 1951, 1 larva from refuse, NCSC; Onslow County, Sept. 18, 1956, H. E. Scott, 2 larvae from poultry litter, NCSC; Raleigh, Aug. 4, 1941, 8 larvae from garbage, NCSC; Raleigh, July 1, 1953, D. M. Weisman, 3 larvae from ensilage, NCSC; Raleigh, Sept. 4, 1954, W. Spink, 5 larvae, NCSC; Rockingham, Oct. 25, 1955, M. Farrier, 4 larvae from under caged hens, NCSC. South Carolina: Clemson, Nov. 18, 1959, Schroeder and Skelton, 2 larvae from lab culture (dung), CC; Clemson, Nov. 19, 1959, 1 larva from manure, CC; Clemson, 30 larvae (no data), CC; Wild Cat Creek, Six Mile, Sept. 29, 1959, D. H. Peterson, 1 larva, CC. Tennessee: Knoxville, Harwood, 1 pupal case. Washington: Ev- erett, June 22, 1957, F. Johansen, 10 larvae from soy beans in freight car, origin unknown, WSU. Hermetia concinna Williston, 1900 Ficures 66, 69, 72 Description.—Puparium: length 17.3 mm; width 4.8 mm; head and body segments testaceous; no spines in transverse series on any segments. Brotogy.—The puparium studied was taken from decayed sotol (Dasylirion species). No other data are available. MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Arizona: Sierita Mountains, 30 miles southwest of Tucson, Nov. 27, 1913, E. A. Schwarz, 1 larva, 1 puparium, USNM. oo PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Hermetia species Ficures 68, 70, 76 Description.—Mature larva: length 17.5 mm; width 5.5 mm; head and body segments orange yellow, head more darkly pigmented at distal end; eyespots not distinct; transverse row of small spines present on segments 1-7 near anterior margin. BroLtogy.—Same as noted for H. concinna. MaTERIAL EXAMINED.—Three larvae with same data as for H. concinna. Discusston.—There may be some doubt as to the validity of this species because the specimens used to describe it were found with those of H. concinna. Hermetia aurata Bellardi, 1859 Ficures 67, 71, 73 DescripTion.—Puparium: length 17.8-22.3 mm, mean 20.05 mm; width 5.1-6.0 mm, mean 5.55 mm. Other characters as given in key to species. Brotogy.—Larvae have been collected from prickly pear (Opuntia occidentalis). MATERIAL EXAMINED.—California: San Dimas Canyon, Pomona, Los Angeles County, Dec. 4, 1960, A.D.M. 72, Ryckman and Olsen, two puparia, WSU. Genus Dieuryneura James, 1937 Dieuryneura obscura (Coquillett), 1902 Figures 16, 24, 27, 32 Description.—Mature larva: length 14.9 mm; width 4.0-4.3 mm, mean 4.1 mm; head and body segments dark brown. Biotoay.—Larvae of this species were collected from a decaying sotol plant stem (Dasylirion species). MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Texas: 12 miles north of Presidio, Apr. 18, 1952, 52-6319—Presidio-3119-L, 1 larva, 11 puparia, USNM. Subfamily Stratiomyinae This subfamily is composed of the species of Stratiomyidae, whose larvae are aquatic or semiaquatic. ‘The larvae vary in size from a few millimeters to 50 millimeters. One commonly finds larvae of this subfamily as representatives of this family in general collections of immature stages. This can be explained best by the fact that the aquatic species are more numerous and, therefore, easier to locate than the terrestrial species. SS .aaaaaaSaQQSaQrF wee _ NO. 3669 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 33 SUBFAMILIAL CHARACTERS.—As given in key to subfamilies. HaBITAT OF LARVAE.—Stratiomyine larvae have been collected from almost every conceivable type of aquatic environment, ranging from hot springs and fast-flowimg brooks to ocean shores. Although larvae in the genus Sératiomys are at home in water depths of several feet, larvae in most of the remaining genera prefer to remain hidden in naturally occurring vegetation along the shore or margin of the water. Quite frequently these larvae are found in and under shore debris such as boards, logs, cans, cardboard boxes, weeds, and other types of decaying organic matter. Key to Genera of Stratiomyinae 1. Seventh abdominal segment of larva with curved sclerotized hooks on venter (ge 22 OS eas s Pa Seventh abdominal Scoyaesaly sation ee pcieenred hooker on anes 2) 2 2. Antenna located at apex of ocular lobe (fig. 126) ... . REP elec eee Antenna not located at apex of ocular lobe . Galoparynhns iene (in part) 3. Integument of larva covered with minute, peltate scales (fig. 91). Odontomyia Meigen, subgenus Catasina Integument lacking peltate scales. ..... . . .Stratiomys Geoffroy 4. Sclerotized hooks present on venter of each of the first 7 abdominal segments, those on the seventh larger than the others. . . . Aochletus Osten Sacken Sclerotized hooks absent from each of the first 6 segments; those on the SEVEDUNOPLESCMU wwe tes we Sepae in cic ce Si) cy esl ueh Sr bah es keds. oo va cistasne: okt SD 5. Hydrofuge setae on last abdominal segment attaching to 2-lobed structures on lower lip of spiracular cleft (fig. 88); prothoracic spriacles located at anterior corner of that segment... . . Myxosargus Brauer Hydrofuge setae attaching to straight dae of fore lip, lobed structures absent; prothoracic spiracle not located in anterior corner of prothorax . . 6 6. Antenna dorsal, not at apex of ocular lobe; prothoracic spiracles elevated or stalked sd. << ts PIMOROL Se Antenna at apex of eee one: Gareiianae ppiearies wounee elevated nor SUMO et eh tee ote CES OER Sa Vesh o) (ase) ceveR A ate tee ATs ule aki et Bt oa ands 7. Apical segment with lateral margin straight; distance from antenna to eye prominence greater than twice length of antenna. Caloparyphus James (in part) Lateral margin of apical segment tapering basally toward median line; distance from antenna to eye prominence approximately equal to length of an- tenMAN Eee hen nish eh os feiouore wits oreo Uparypnus)» Gerstaccker 8. Venter of sixth and seventh abdominal segments with sclerotized hooks . .9 Venter of only seventh abdominal segment with sclerotized hooks. Odontomyia Meigen, subgenus Odontomyiina 9. Body segments with broad dorsal vittae or body segments with fine white pubescence or multiple hooks. Odontomyia Meigen, subgenus Odontomyia Without the above combination of characters . . . Hedriodiscus Enderlein 221-533—67——3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Genus Stratiomys Geoffroy, 1762 This is one of the largest genera of soldier flies that occurs in North America. Of the 21 species listed by James (pers. comm.), I have seen associated larvae or puparia of 7 species. GENERIC CHARACTERS.—As given in key to species Key to Species of Stratiomys Geoffroy (Although associated puparia of 7 species were available, I was able to separate only 1 species (S. discaloides Curran) from the remaining 6). Length of last abdominal segment approximately 2 times the basal width of Phat rSeeTseN bir ous! Gion muse hia9 | a> ea >i>ia Beridinae se esters [seternnee Renetae |_| Pachygastrinae [> [0 [0[0] > [> [0 [rscuostin Ficure 1.—Subfamily relationships of the Stratiomyidae. Each symbol represents a range of numerical value, which is the sum of the differences in 11 characters (25 variates) between a pair of subfamilies. Maximum values indicate maximum differences and distant relationships; minimum values indicate minimum differences and close relationships. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 62 SYNIAWOTAX avNianaa AVNIONVS AVNIV SLND AYNILSVSDAHDVd AVNITALOWIN AVNIAWOILVELS AVNIZAWOUIHD INasidd isd Ficure 2.—Proposed phylogeny for the eight stratiomyid subfamilies. HY NX Te (Ce JY iT 12 Ficures 3-13.—3, Odontomyia species, head, dorsal view (after Cook, 1949; A=antenna, B= mandibular-maxillary complex, C=labrum, D=eye, E=clypeus, F=ocular lobe, G= frontal suture); 4, Odontomyia species, head, ventral view (after Cook, 1949; H= maxillary palp, I=palatum, J=prementum, K=submentum, L=pharynx); 5, Odontomyia species, head, lateral view (after Cook, 1949; M=pestle, N=labrum, O= mandibular articulation, P=mandibular-maxillary complex, Q=labium); 6, Odontomyia species, integument, cross-section (CN=calcareous nail, MC=mesocuticle, EC=endocuticle); 7, Xylomya species, head, dorsal view; 8, Solva pallipes, first abdominal segment, dorsal view; 9, S. pallipes, apical segment, dorsal view; 10, S. pallipes, outline of prothoracic segment, dorsal view; 11, Xylomya species, apical segment, dorsal view; 12, S. pallipes, head, dorsal view; 13, S. pallipes, apical segment, ventral view. 64. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Ficures 14-24.—Dorsal view: 14, Solva pallipes, mandibular-maxillary complex; 15, Alter- metoponia rubriceps, mouthparts; 16, Dieuryneura obscura, mouthparts; 17, Sargus cuprarius mouthparts; 18, Neopachygaster maculicornis, mandibular-maxillary complex; 19, Cypho- myia bicarinata, labium and mandibular-maxillary complex; 20, Stratiomys norma, mandibular-maxillary complex (after Malloch, 1917); 21, Hermetia illucens, mouthparts (labrum removed); 22, Xylomya species, first abdominal segment; 23, Beris vallata, apical segment; 24, D. obscura, apical segment. No. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 65 Ficures 25-41.—Dorsal view: 25, Altermetoponia rubriceps, head; 26, Beris vallata, head; 27, Dieuryneura obscura, head; 28, B. vallata, first abdominal segment; 29, Exodontha luteipes, head; 30, E. luteipes, apical segment; 31, Allognosta fuscitarsis, head; 32, D. obscura, first abdominal segment; 33, Altermetoponia rubriceps, apical segments; 34, A. rubriceps, first abdominal segment; 35, E. luteipes, first abdominal segment; 36, 4. fuscitarsis, first abdominal segment; 37, 4. fuscitarsis, apical segment; 38, 4. fuscitarsis, outline of prothoracic segment; 39, D. obscura, apical segment; 40, Actina incisuralis, head; 41, 4. incisuralis, first abdominal segment. Mn —_ Ficures 42-64.—Dorsal view: 42, Microchrysa polita, head; 43, Ptecticus trivittatus, head; 44, M. polita, first abdominal segment; 45, Actina incisuralis, apical segment; 46, M. polita, apical segment; 47, P. trivittatus, first abdominal segment; 48, Sargus bipunctatus, head; 49, S. lucens, head; 50, P. trivittatus, sixth and seventh abdominal segments (ventral view); 51, P. trivittatus, apical segment; 52, S. elegans, head; 53, S. elegans, first abdominal segment; 54, S. bipunctatus, first abdominal segment; 55, S. decorus, head 56, S. lucens, apical segment; 57, S. bipunctatus, apical segment; 58, S. decorus, first abdominal segment; 59, S. decorus, apical segment; 60, S. elegans, apical segment; 61, S. lucens, first abdominal segment; 62, S. cuprarius, apical segment; 63, S. cuprarius, head; 64 S. cuprarius, first abdominal segment. 71 we A “NH Xt Ficures 65-82.—Dorsal view: 65, Hermetia illucens, head; 66, H. concinna, head; 67, H. aurata, head; 68, Hermetia species, apical segment; 69, H. concinna, first abdominal seg- ment; 70, Hermetia species, head; 71, H. aurata, apical segment; 72, H. concinna, apical segment; 73, H. aurata, first abdominal segment; 74, Adoxomyia heminopla, apical seg- ment; 75, H. illucens, first abdominal segment; 76, Hermetia species, first abdominal segment; 77, A. heminopla, first abdominal segment; 78, Dicyphoma schaefferi, first abdominal segment; 79, H. illucens, apical segment; 80, 4. heminopla, head; 81, D. schaefferi, apical segment; 82, D. schaefferi, head. 97 100 104 Ficures 83-104.—Dorsal view: 83, Cyphomyia pilosissima, head; 84, C. pilosissima, first abdominal segment; 85, C. pilosissima, apical segment; 86, Odontomyia pubescens, head; 87, Hedriodiscus vertebratus, head; 88, Myxosargus nigricornis, apical segment; 89, O. pubescens, first abdominal segment; 90, O. pubescens, apical segment; 91, H. vertebratus, apical segment; 92, M. nigricornis, first abdominal segment; 93, M. nigricornis, head; 94, Euparyphus limbrocutris, head; 95, E. limbrocutris, apical segment; 96, Aochletus brevicornis, first abdominal segment; 97, A. brevicornis, head; 98, O. virgo, first abdominal segment; 99, £. limbrocutris, first abdominal segment; 100, Nemotelus centralis, head; 101, 4. brevicornis, apical segment; 102, O. virgo, apical segment; 103, N. centralis, first abdominal segment; 104, N. centralis, apical segment. NO. 3569 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 69 105 er iow rs AN Ficures 105-119.—Dorsal view: 105, Stratiomys norma; 106, S. norma, head; 107, S. norma, apical segment; 108, S. norma, head (ventral view; Abib); 109, S. norma, apical segment (ventral view); 110, Caloparyphus tetraspilus, head; 111, C. major, head; 112, Caloparyphus species, head; 113, C. tetraspilus, first abdominal segment; 114, C. major first abdominal segment; 115, Caloparyphus species, first abdominal segment; 116, C. tetraspilus, apical segment; 118, C. major, apical segment; 118, Caloparyphus species, apical segment; 119, S. discaloides, apical segment. 118 119 AA ae TNS LE OWN \ WS C7 dX SSS ¢ 12 129 128 135 134 138 jee Ficures 120-139.—Dorsal view: 120, Nemotelus kansensis, first abdominal segment; 121, N. canadensis, first abdominal segment; 122, Caloparyphus amplus, ventral hooks (lateral view); 123, N. kansensis, apical segment; 124, N. canadensis, apical segment; 125, C. crotchi, head; 126, Odontomyia cincta, head; 127, C. amplus, head; 128, C. amplus, first abdominal segment; 129, C. crotchi, first abdominal segment; 130, O. cincta, first abdominal segment; 131, C. amplus, apical segment; 132, C. crotchi, apical segment; 133, O. cincta, apical segment; 134, N. canadensis, head; 135, O. occidentalis, head; 136 O. occidentalis, apical segment; 137, O. communis, apical segment; 138, O. occidentalis, first abdominal segment; 139, O. communis, first abdominal segment. NO. 3669 SOLDIER FLY LARVAE—McFADDEN 71 Ficures 140-148.—140, Eupachygaster fusca, dorsal view on right; 141, Berkshiria albistylum, dorsal view on right; 142, Zabrachia plicatum, dorsal view on right; 143, E. punctifer, abdominal terga; 144, E. henshawi, abdominal sterna; 145, Z. politum, terminal segments; 146, Neopachygaster maculicornis, dorsal view on right; 147, N. occidentalis, dorsal view on right; 148, Pachygaster pulchra, dorsal view on right. (After Kraft and Cook, 1961.) te PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 155 151 ii 152 AE 154 156 Ficures 149-156.—149, Xylomya americana, first abdominal segment, dorsal view; 150, X. americana, apical segment, ventral view; 151, Merosargus caerulifrons, apical segment, ventral view; 152, Cyphomyia marginata, head, dorsal view; 153, C. marginata, first ab- dominal segment, dorsal view; 154, C. marginata, apical segment, ventral view; 155, Adoxomyia rustica, first abdominal segment, dorsal view; 156, 4. rustica, apical segment, ventral view. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1967 Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 121 1967 Number 3570 REVISION OF THE FAMILY PANDARIDAE (COPEPODA: CALIGOIDA)! By Rocer CRrEssEY Associate Curator, Division of Crustacea In 1907, C. B. Wilson published a revision of the subfamily Pandarinae as part of a series of papers dealing with caligoid copepods. We now recognize that much of this work was superficial, containing descriptions of species often incomplete and inadequately figured; nevertheless, it served to focus attention on a group of parasites, caligoid copepods, which were then and are still today poorly known in most cases. Between 1960 and 1965 I collected and solicited material of the family Pandaridae from as many different areas as possible. As a result of this accumulation of material and data, I feel that a revision of the family is in order. Ecological relationships are now more evident than before. Because of inadequate species descriptions that exist for most members of this family, positive identification of material is often difficult. This results in the publication of records that obscure our understanding of existing host-parasite relationships. I believe that, in most cases, I have examined enough samples of members of this 1 Modified from a Ph. D. dissertation submitted to Boston University, Boston, Mass. 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 group to be able to draw a clearer picture. Also, as a result of these collections, I have been able better to define important taxonomic characters and to discount others on which new species descriptions have often been based. It is with the foregoing in mind that I have made the following family revision. The Pandaridae as defined here is composed of 12 genera and 33 species. The material examined was preserved in 10 percent formalin or 70 percent ethyl alcohol. For detailed examination of the appendages, the copepods were dissected in lactic acid and mounted in Hoyer’s mounting medium. Whole specimens were often treated with 5 percent potassium hydroxide to render them more transparent. No distortion was noticed by this method. All drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida. The letter following the explanation of the figure refers to the scale at which it was drawn. In all text tabulations, Roman numerals refer to spines, Arabic numerals to setae. All specimens are deposited in the U.S. National Museum unless otherwise designated. I wish to acknowledge the constant encouragement and helpful advice offered by Dr. Arthur Humes, Boston University, during the course of this study. I also wish to acknowledge the following persons who generously donated or loaned to me material for study: Dr. Thomas E. Bowman and Dr. Robert Gibbs, U.S. National Museum; Dr. Eugenie Clark, Cape Haze Marine Laboratory, Fla.; Dr. Richard Gooding, University of Singapore; Mr. Ju Shey Ho, Boston University; Miss Leonie Joubert, Oceanographic Research Institute, South Africa; Mr. Susumu Kato, California Fish and Wildlife Service; and Dr. Jan Stock, Zoological Museum, Amsterdam. A portion of this work was supported by the National Science Foundation as a part of the U.S. Program in Biology, International Indian Ocean Expedition. Family Pandaridae Milne-Edwards, 1840 FEMALE.—Body caligiform, usually with dorsal plates. First thoracic segment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. Genital segment conspicuous. Abdomen of 1 or 2 segments with or without dorsal plates. Oral area with or without adhesion pads. First antenna 2-segmented. Mandible in form of stylet with 10-12 apical teeth. Mandible inserted within mouth tube. Maxilliped with terminal claw. Legs 1-4 biramose. Leg 5reduced. Egg strings consisting of long strings of eggs arranged in linear series. Maue.—Body caligiform, without dorsal plates. First thoracic NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 3 segment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2—4 free. Oral area generally asin female. Legs 1—4 biramose, rami always with long plumose setae. Legs 5 and 6 present. Abdomen 1- or 2-segmented. Caudal rami large. Discusston.—Members of the family Pandaridae are generally con- sidered to be parasites of elasmobranch fishes. Occasionally investi- gators report these copepods from teleost fish, but occurrence on such hosts is undoubtedly accidental and does not indicate the true host. The copepods are found on the body surface, cloacal aperture, gills and gill arches, mouth, and nasal passages. Those which are found on the body surface are often heavily pigmented; those in more protected areas are devoid of pigment. These parasites are well adapted for attachment to the host, the female more so than the male. The principal attachment structure is the maxilliped. In the case of Perissopus the maxilliped becomes cemented to the host. Adhesion pads scattered over the ventral sur- face of the parasite seem to help resist its sliding over the surface of the host. The pads do not actually attach to the host but rather have surface striations for increased friction. Locomotion is usually restricted to the males. The swimming legs of the females are often lamelliform (bearing reduced setae) and prob- ably afford increased area for respiration with a reduction in the swimming function. Males are not so modified and undoubtedly move much more freely than the female. The life history of pandarid copepods is still unknown. Wilson (1907) has outlined a composite life history of this group based on fragments of information from various representative caligoids. In general, the life history includes the following stages: egg, nauplius, copepodid, chalimus, and adult. The number of molts between stages is completely unknown for this group. The nauplius is of the usual copepod form with 3 pairs of anterior appendages. This stage is apparently free in the plankton and undoubtedly of short duration. The copepod attaches to the host as a copepodid (=“‘metanauplius,” Wilson 1907). The second antenna of this stage is greatly enlarged and projects anteriorly. The body of the copepodid is divided into a cephalon, 2 thoracic segments, and a fused genital segment-abdomen with rami attached distally. It is not clear whether this stage lasts for more than 1 molt. The chalimus assumes a body form similar to the adult. Wilson (1907) describes the chalimus stage as seen in Perissopus dentatus. The chalimus stage of caligoid copepods is characterized by the presence of a frontal filament. This is produced by glands in the anterior portion of the cephalon and serves to attach the copepod to the host. Wilson’s description includes this structure. I have collected occasional chalimus stages in the genera Pandarus 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 and Echthrogaleus and have not observed this filament. More ma- terial will eventually show the true nature of this structure in pandarid copepods. The chalimus apparently undergoes a series of molts, in- creasing the segmentation until the adult form is reached. Lewis (1963) has described the life history stages of Lepeoptheirus dissimu- latus Wilson. This copepod includes the following stages in its life history: nauplius (first and second), copepodid (1 stage), chalimus (6 stages), and adult. The life history of pandarids is probably quite similar. Heegaard (1947) described 2 copepodid stages for Caligus curtus (Muller). The family Pandaridae is composed of 2 well-defined groups on the basis of external characters of both sexes. These characters are in- cluded in the key below. Group I includes the following genera: Pandarus, Pseudopandarus, Phyllothyreus, Gangliopus, Perissopus, and Pannosus. Group II includes: Dinemoura, Demoleus, Pagina, Ech- throgaleus, Nesippus, and Paranesippus. Keys to the genera of females of the 2 groups also are provided below (not enough informa- tion is available to construct a key to the males). Key to Groups and Genera of Pandaridae FEMALES Dorsal thoracic plates present on segments 2-4; penultimate segment of second maxilla with 2 prominent distal spines .. . 5 56 oo GIROWIP I Dorsal thoracic plates, if present, on segment 4 pales penultimate segment of second maxilla with 1 spine and a patch of spinules or setules . GROUP II MALES Outer distal corner of last endopod segment of leg 3 smooth . . . .GROUP I Outer distal corner of last endopod segment of leg 3 modified with roughened areasvand Short, SpineS, =-)\s « serps) 24 28 esd eerie oO ee GENERA OF GROUP I FEMALES 1. Dorsal thoracic plates of segment 3 extending beyond plates of segment 3 . 3 Dorsal thoracic plates of segment 3 not extending beyond plates of segment 2. Abdomen and caudal rami hidden dorsally. . .... . . . .Perissopus Abdomen and caudal rami visible dorsally... . . . . « « Pandarus 3. Plates of segment 2 large, overlapping those of peomeat Bi4iels hoe tales Plates of segment 2 reduced and lateral to those of segment3 ..... 5 4. Maxilliped with spatulate'tip §- 5 <5... ~ he.) « fem - .eannosus Maxilliped with pointed tip... . . . . . .Phyllothyreus 5. Maxilliped with pointed tip, genital poement ese on \% body length. Gangliopus Maxilliped with spatulate tip, genital segment at least 44 body length. Pseudopandarus f | NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 5 GENERA OF GROUP II FEMALES ip Odomen 2-sepmenved,— liv PIO ie ail) Besse EE lt Rad OT 2 BGOMmen Se Qimen bed zt NUON. 91 retell. aNd, mal oee cals fe fan esta. 3 Beebourvoles lamellifornn:. 1... .).2, 3/4) 3.)- Verne een oy sue) \y: st Dinemoura Rounthudegsnmot-lamelliforms <0. iid & oe gS te kebew olg oh ee pebourthwlesiamelliform ; p20. 406 he Ses de ces 8 ee Chthrogaleus Fourth leg not lamelliform . SNe Chay ge Hea Setar N SO ct ad ore Uriah PNT ay tage ta oe 4. Abdomen with large dorsal plate. ....... =... .. .. .Demoleus Abdomen. withouv dorsaliplate: 3. =) suct eis ss em cl ick ey ek cee O 5. Exopods of legs 1-3 3-segmented ......... .. . . . Paranesippus Exopods of legs 1-8 2-segmented ............. . .Nesippus Genus Pandarus Leach, 1816 Pandarus Leach, 1816, p. 405. [Type-species: P. bicolor.] Caligus—Lamarck, 1818, p. 137. [Refers to C. bicolor only.] Nogagus Leach, 1819, p. 536. Frema.e.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic seg- ment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free, bearing dorsal plates. Dorsal plates of segment 3 never extending beyond plate of segment 2. Plates of segment 4 fused basally. Abdomen 1- segmented with dorsal plate. Abdomen (or its plate) visible dorsally and attached to distal end of genital segment. Caudal rami lateral to abdomen. First antenna 2-segmented. Adhesion pads present on cephalon in association with first and second antennae and maxilliped ; pads also located on ventral surface of posterior corners of cephalon. Claw of maxilliped spatulate. Legs 1-4 biramose, rami of legs 1-3 2-segmented. Rami of leg 4 1I-segmented. Leg 5 present. Egg strings long and straight. Matr.—No dorsal plates present. Cephalic appendages in general like those of female. Legs 1-4 biramose, all rami 2-segmented and bearing plumose setae. Fifth and sixth legs present. Leg 3 endopod unmodified. Discusston.—Since 1816, 29 species have been described and as- signed to this genus. Only 10 of these remain valid today. The synonymies are discussed with the species descriptions. I propose to designate each of the following 4 species described by Hesse in 1883 as a nomen dubium on the basis that the descriptions and figures are so poor that it is impossible to assign these to any known taxon: Pandarus mustelilaevis, Pandarus unicolor, Pandarus spinaciiachantias, and Pandarus carchiiglaucus. Members of the genus Pandarus are parasites on the body surface of the host. They have been reported from both pelagic and inshore species and are the most frequently encountered pandarid copepod. The females of some species are heavily pigmented and those of others 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 show some signs of pigmentation. They frequently occur in clusters of more than 100 individuals on the fins of the shark. Members of this genus can easily be separated from other genera on the basis of the arrangement of the dorsal thoracic plates and the nature of the caudal rami. Key to Adult Females of Pandarus 1. Dorsal plate of thoracic segment 2 extending only as far as the posterior edge ofthe jplate of segment 3°. « =; « «.:..... sbiCOLOR (GROUPS 2 Dorsal plate of thoracic segment 2 extending well beyond posterior edge of plate of segment 3... .. i ae CORANCHEE GROUPS 2. Cephalon only % of total body ean caudal rami small, scarcely visible Gorsallivaemsene . . . bicolor Cephalon about 4 of ae Body ee ae rami Manse Sere dorsally . 3 3. Caudal rami long, about 3 times as long as dorsal abdominal plate and extend- ing well beyond it; Eee edge of Pail of segment 4 without conspicuous Sinise he - pet niger Caudal rami only acu 1% meas as iene as genni Cpaominnl plate and extending only ore beyond it; posterior edge of plate of segment 4 with deep sinus. .. . . . . Ccarcharhini 4. Caudal rami with Ae inner been half ied i. Becta lobe . . smithii Caudal rami without such a lobe... . 5 5. Caudal rami not extending more than % icaern af Boral Bhdawaeel nigral satyrus Caudal rami extending at least to tip of dorsal abdominal plate or well DEYOnGEIE yan arn sel Pk RO 6. Dorsal plates of poeta eeeenis 3 pad 4 paced aa ae peonal posterior SHOUIS ene ses eae tad Dorsal plates oF hora! eeements 3 aaa 4 Hivided oF deep sinus into 2 nearly separate lobes... . i SEEeS 7. Dorsal abdominal plate subtriangular eye oe Separated in fully pigmented FORMS: saeco: s/t)... Ckanehn Dorsal podomnse aI areeaca ‘body ae or ee once be darkly pig- mented . 8. Most of body deride: Perel pe eye anoes Pomme by eae posterior liayey |) La) . . Sinuatus Body only elichale piemeated amet Piece edi pontned to anterior portion of cephalon and plate of fourth thoracic segment . . . fioridanus 9. Thoracic plate of segment 2 extending to posterior tip of thoracic plate of SCCmen tie eee nee ecle ezyeaenae Thoracic plate of eign 2 eedine to iadille a homer plate of seg- MHEG CAA ERE TS RO Ted Tae LE Ane 2 nO Pandarus satyrus Dana, 1852 Figures 1-26 Pandarus satyrus Dana, 1852-3, p. 13868.—Brady, 1883, p. 134.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 467.—Wilson, 1907, p. 415; 1914, p. 71—Yamaguti, 1936, p. 5.— Bere, 1936, p. 595.—Shiino, 1957, p. 364; 1959a, p. 315; 1959b, p. 352; 1960b, p. 493.—Ho, 1963, p. 90. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY | SPECIMENS sTuDIED.—AII collections from Prionace glauca (Lin- naeus). Twenty-six collections made in the western North Atlantic Ocean between latitudes 30°N to 49°N and longitudes 60°W to 72°W. Six collections in the Indian Ocean (0°58’N, 55°E; 0°14’S, 55°04’E; 6°37’S, 55°00’E; 34°32’S, 74°48’E; 33°11’S, 54°58’E; 02°06’S, 75°10’E. Three collection in Pacific Ocean (3°18’N, 101°54’W; 1°00’S, 101°40’W; 9°56’/N, 135°16’W). FEMALE.—Body form as in figure 1. Length 8.2 mm and width (measured at widest point) 4.4 mm based on average of 10 specimens. First thoracic segment fused with head. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segments 2-4. Plates on segment 2 separate, extending laterally beyond tip of plate of segment 3. Plates of segment 3 fused at base, divided by a broad median distal sinus in middle of distal margin. Plates of segment 4 extending over the genital seg- ment, fused, and with distal median sinus. Genital segment 1.8 mm long and 2.7 mm wide. Abdomen 1-segmented and joined broadly to genital segment ventrally. Abdomen covered by dorsal plate (1.8 by 1.5 mm), longer than wide, extending beyond tips of rami. Caudal rami (fig. 2) long, slender, widest at base, tapering distally (990u by 228u), bearing 4 short spines. Rami extend only to about middle of abdominal plate. Oral area (fig. 3). Adhesion pads present at bases of first antennae, second antennae, and maxillipeds. Pads also present at posterior corners of cephalon. First antenna (fig. 4) 2-segmented. First segment bearing 26 setae, 4 setae small and plumose, remainder stout and armed as in figure. Second segment bearing 12 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 5) 3-segmented. Terminal segment bearing large terminal spine and 2 setae. Mouth tube (figs. 6, 7) of usual caligoid type. Labrum with pari of subterminal processes within tube and fringed at its tip. Labium somewhat expanded at tip and with fringe as in figure 7. Mandible (fig. 8) composed of basal podomere bearing long slender shaft with serrate tip. Mandibular process ex- tending within tube as in figure 6. First maxilla (fig. 6) 2-segmented. Basal segment bearing 3 short setae. Terminal segment with small seta and large terminal spine. Second maxilla (fig. 9) with 3 segments. Basal segment unarmed. Second segment with 2 distal spines, longer one fringed, shorter plumose. Terminal segment bearing large claw with rows of spinules and apical patch of spinules. Maxilliped (fig. 10) 2-segmented. Basal segment stout, bearing an adhesion pad. Terminal segment in shape of a claw, with 1 seta. Tip of claw bilobed, with an adhesion area that, when closed, is in contact with adhesion pad of basal segment. Legs 1—4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 leg 1 leg 2 leg 8 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 120 0:0 1:0 0:0 VI 0 seg. 2 VI Iil xX IV VI II - - Leg 1 (fig. 11) with both rami 2-segmented. Leg 2 (fig. 12) with both rami 2-segmented. Inner 7 spines on last segment of exopodite not articulated. Leg 3 (fig. 13) with both rami 2-segmented. Two inner spines on last segment of exopodite not articulated. Leg 4 (fig. 14) with both rami 1-segmented. Endopodite without spines. Legs 1-4 with patches of spinules and adhesion pad as in figures. Leg 5 (fig. 15) consisting of outer plumose seta and inner lobe with single terminal spine. Egg strings long and slender, extending several times length of body, not recurved. Eggs disc shaped. Color of adult female dark brown to black with eye spots separated as In figure 1. Ma.sr.—Body form as in figure 16. Length (not including setae on caudal rami) 10.3 mm and width (measured at widest point) 5.6 mm based on an average of 10 specimens. Cephalon rounded when viewed dorsally with head and first thoracic segment fused. Thoracic segments 2-4 free, without dorsal plates except for lateral winglike plates on segment 2. Genital segments 2.3 mm by 2.3 mm, with posterior corners attenuated, terminating in inwardly directed tip. Spermatophores (fig. 17) often visible through genital segment. Abdomen 2-segmented. First segment 432u long. Second segment 576u long. Caudal ramus (fig. 18) 1050u by 665y, bearing 4 long and 2 short setae. Outermost long seta 1365u long, innermost 910 long, and 2 median setae 1500u long. Oral area as in female except as follows: second antenna (fig. 19) with last segment in form of large claw, not subdivided as in female; maxilliped (fig. 20) terminating in pointed claw whereas female claw terminating as spatulate tip. Legs 1-4 biramose, each ramus of 2 segments, with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 8 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1-6 O:0% Hed O21 Gobet Orie) oho 0:1 seg. 2 Vie 3 IV:6 8 LVig5 6 IVigdia0 5 All setae densely plumose. Leg 1 as in figure 21. First segment of endopod with prominent inner adhesion pad. Leg 2 as in figure 22. Leg 3 (fig. 23) with bilobed outer edge on first segment of exopodite. No modified setae on last endopodite segment. Leg 4 (fig. 24) also © possessing bilobed outer edge on exopodite first segment. Leg 5 | (fig. 25) borne on genital segment as lateral projection with 4 setae and 1 stout terminal spine (see also fig. 16). Leg 6 (fig. 26) consisting of | NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 9 single plumose seta and stout spine borne on genital segment near origin of abdomen (see also fig. 16). Color in life whitish yellow and generally devoid of darker pigment. Discusston.—Pandarus satyrus is a widely distributed copepod nearly always found associated with Prionace glauca. Reports in the literature of this copepod from other hosts are probably the result of misidentification of the copepod or even of the host shark. It is closely related to Pandarus cranchii Leach and was placed in synonymy with it by Shiino (1954). Ihave examined a great number of specimens of both of these species and conclude that both are valid species. The principal differences between them are discussed under the description of Pandarus cranchii. This copepod is parastic on the body surface of the host and is often found in large clusters near the posterior edge of the fins. Generally the number of females far exceeds the number of males. Pandarus cranchii Leach, 1819 FIGuREs 27-33 Pandarus cranchii Leach 1819, p. 535.—Burmeister, 1833, p. 331.—Kr¢gyer, 1837, p. 202.—Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 390.—Rathbun, 1884, p. 488; 1886, p. 317.—Beneden, 1892, p. 221.— Wilson, 1907, p. 403; 1908, p. 453; 1932, p. 485; 1936, p. 333.—Brian, 1908, p. 4; 1912, p. 14.—Leigh-Sharpe, 1934a, p. 27.—Pesta, 1934, p. 30.—Oorde and Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1936, p. 141.—Heegaard, 1943b, p. 27.— Barnard, 1948, p. 249; 1955, p. 258.— Capart, 1953, p. 660; 1959, p. 98 — Markevitch, 1956, p. 151. Nogagus latreilli Leach, 1819, p. 536. Pandarus carchariae Leach, 1819, p. 535. Pandarus concinnatus Dana, 1852, p. 59. Pandarus pallidus Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 468. Pandarus vulgaris Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 468. Pandarus dentatus Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 469.—Heller, 1868, p. 206.—Thom- son, 1889, p. 363.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 466. Pandarus armatus Heller, 1868, p. 202.—Thomson, 1889, p. 363.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 467.—Wilson, 1907, p. 448.—Stebbing, 1910, p. 558.—Capart, 1953, p. 659.—Barnard, 1955, p. 258. SPECIMENS stupIED.—Kighteen collections from Pterolamiops longi- manus (Poey) between latitudes 30°N to 49°N and longitudes 60°W to 72°W. ‘Two collections from Eulamia falciformis (Miller and Henle) (30°49’N, 64°02’W; 57°44’N, 65°42’W). Two collections from Hulamia obscura (Lesueur) (34°45’N, 73°41’W; 36°42’N, 70°00’W). Ten collections from Eulamia floridanus (Bigelow and Schroeder) between latitudes 30°N to 49°N and longitudes 60°W to 72°W. All above collections in the North Atlantic Ocean. Indian Ocean: 8 collections from P. longimanus (07°17'N, 55°00’E; 02°25/N, 55°04’E; 00°14’S, 55°04’E; 06°37’S, 55°00’E; 11°08’S, 55°04’E; 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 12°38’S, 54°40’E; 04°09’S, 74°58’E; 03°54/N, 74°59’E). Two collec- tions from E. floridanus (07°17’N, 55°00’E; 00°14’S, 55°04’E). Pacific Ocean: from Carcharinus malpeloensis (Fowler) (9°42’N, 85°46’W), Carcharinus galapagensis (14°3’N, 92°8’W) and Sphyrna zygaena (Linnaeus) off Formosa. Also 1 collection from P. longimanus from Durban, South Africa, and 4 collections from this host in the Gulf of Mexico. Two collections from Galeocerdo cuvier (Lesueur), 1 from Formosa and the other from Pointe Noire, West Africa. FrMALE.—Body form as in figure 27. Length 8.4 mm and width (measured at the widest part) 4.6 mm. Based on an average of 10 specimens. In general, dorsal view and arrangement of thoracic plates of female is same as P. satyrus with the following exception: caudal ramus (fig. 28) of P. cranchii always extends to distal tip of abdominal plate and often even beyond while ramus of P. satyrus is much shorter in relation to abdominal plate (see fig. 2). Ramus of P. cranchii measures 1.4 mm in length. Oral area as in P. satyrus except that maxilliped (fig. 29) of P. cranchii possesses a larger basal segment. Leg 1-4 with spine and setal formula as P. satyrus. Endopodite of leg 2 of P. cranchit (fig. 30) with patch of more rugose spines along outer edge than that of P. satyrus. Leg 5 (fig. 31) asin P. satyrus. Eggs and egg strings as in P. satyrus. Color as in P. satyrus. Maur.—Body form as in P. satyrus. Total length 10.4 mm. Greatest width 5.2 mm, based on an average of 10 specimens. Male of P. cranchii differs from P. satyrus as follows: second antenna of P. eranchii (fig. 32) with smaller claw; posterior corners of genital segment of P. cranchii attenuated but not curved inwardly as in satyrus (see fig. 33). Discussion.—This copepod appears to be closely related to P. satyrus but the two species are easily separated on the basis of the caudalrami. The rami of P. cranchii extend at least to the tip of the abdominal plate (often beyond) whereas the rami of P. satyrus extends only about half the length of the abdominal plate. The legs of P. cranchii have the same spine and setal formula but the patches of spinules are much heavier in P. cranchit. Pandarus cranchii seems to be confined primarily to carcharinid sharks. It is also common on the tiger shark, Galeocerdo cuvier. The parasite is found on the body surface of the host and like other mem- bers of the genus is sometimes found in large clusters on the fins. It is worldwide in distribution. Shiino (1954) has described and figured both sexes of this species under the name of P. satyrus. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY iy Pandarus smithii Rathbun, 1886 Fiaures 34-35 Pandarus smithii Rathbun, 1886, p. 315.—Wilson, 1907, p. 410; 1932, p. 158.— Leigh-Sharpe, 1934, p. 27.—Bere, 1936, p. 595.—Carvalho, 1940, p. 281; 1945, p. 110; 1951, p. 1389.—Brian, 1944, p. 202.—Barnard, 1948, p. 249; 1955, p. 259.—Causey, 1955, p. 6.—Shiino, 1959b, p. 353. Pandarus lugubris Heller, 1868, p. 205.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 467.—Brian, 1902, p. 8; 1906, p. 56.— Wilson, 1907, p. 395.—Rose and Vaissiere, 1953, p. 86. Pandarus marcusi Carvalho, 1940, p. 284; 1951, p. 140. SPECIMENS sTUDIED.—Two collections from Jsurus oxyrhynchus Rafinesque (42°18’N, 64°02’W; 35°00’N, 70°00’W). Two collections from Eulamia obseurus (Lesueur) (36°42’N, 70°00’W; 34°45’N, 73°41’W). Three collections from Eulamia floridanus Bigelow and Schroeder (36°07’N, 73°25’W; 38°00’N, 68°00’W; 40°25’/N, 62°35’W). All above in North Atlantic Ocean. From the Indian Ocean 2 collec- tions from Alopias vulpinus (Bonneterre) (9°24’N, 54°58’E; 07°17’N, 55°00’E). Single collections from Jsurus oxyrhynchus (16°13’N, 63°29’E) and Eulamia floridanus (07°17’N, 55°00’E). From the Pacific Ocean 2 collections from Carcharinus azureus (9°52’N, 85°29’W ; 10°09’N, 86°04’W). Single collections from Carcharinus galapagensis (9°45’N, 85°34’W), Carcharinus malpeloensis (Fowler) (Trés Madres Island), Carcharinus limbatus Miiller and Henle, off San Pedro, Calif. Also single collections from Hypoprion signatus Poey in the Gulf of Mexico, Carcharodon carcharias (Linnaeus) off Cape Cod, Mass., and Sphyrna zygaena (Linnaeus) off the coast of Brazil. FremaLe.—Body form as in figure 34. Length 8.2 mm and width 4.6 mm based on an average of 10 specimens. Dorsal thoracic plates similar to those of P. satyrus and P. cranchii except that plates of segment 2 extend only to about middle of plate of segment 4. Genital segment 2.2 mm long and 3.0 mm wide. Abdomen 1-segmented as in P. satyrus. Dorsal plate of abdomen nearly round (see fig. 35). Caudal rami (figs. 35, 36) 1.78 mm long and with an inner lobe extend- ing ventrally below abdomen. In some specimens lobes extending toward midline almost touching and thus forming shelflike structure bridging the rami. Oral area similar to that of P. satyrus. Second antenna (fig. 37) and maxilliped (fig. 38) are illustrated to show minor differences in shapes of segments and lengths of spines. Legs 1-4 modified as in P. satyrus and with the following spine and setal formula: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 10 0:0 TOM O30 Var ord’ seg. 2 VI Iil xX IV Vile or ul Formula like that of P. satyrus and P. cranchii except in variation of numbers of spines on last podemere of expodite of legs 3 and 4 (fig. 39). 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Leg 5 (fig. 40) with inner lobe in form of large claw. Egg strings as in other Pandarus species. Color dark brown to black in pigmented areas (see fig. 34). Eye spots joined at midline and not separated as in P. satyrus. Maur.—Body form as in figure 41. Length 9.4 mm (not including setae on caudal rami) and width (measured at widest point) 4.4 mm based on an average of 10 specimens. General configuration similar to other Pandarus species. Genital segment (fig. 42) 2.0 mm by 1.8 mm with posterior corners not produced as in P. satyrus and P. cranchit. Spermatophore visible through genital segment. Oral area as in P. satyrus. Legs 1.4 biramose with spine and setal formula as in P. satyrus. Leg 1 (fig. 43) showing minor differences in adhesion areas and length of setae when compared with P. satyrus. Leg 2 (fig. 44) with papillose area on outer corner of coxopodite rather than patch of fine setules as in P. satyrus. Leg 5 (fig. 45) with 3 plumose setae and 1 small spine and borne laterally on genital segment as in P. satyrus. Leg 6 consisting of 1 short spine and a single seta located at junction of genital segment and abdomen. Color in life whitish yellow and generally devoid of darker pigment. Discusston.—Pandarus smithii is a widely distributed copepod found on a number of hosts and often occurring with Pandarus cranchii on carcharinid sharks. P. smithit can be easily distinguished from the other species of the cranchit group on the basis of the caudal ramus and eye spots in pigmented females. Males can be separated from cranchii and satyrus on the basis of the shape of the genital segment and nature of leg 5. In 1940 Carvalho described a new species, Pandarus marcusi. I have examined material identified by Carvalho as this new species from Brazil and have concluded that it is in fact a synonym of P. smithvi. The sole basis for separating marcusi from smithii was the shape of the dorsal plate of the abdomen. P. marcusi had a plate with a deep median sinus. This irregularity in the shape of plates is not uncommon in the genus. I have observed these irregularities in collections of Pandarus that show an epiphyte (algal or fungal) growing on the surface of the copepod. The “roots” of the epiphyte seem to have a corrosive action on the integument and often leave the area malformed. Pandarus floridanus, new species Figures 46-66 SPECIMENS sTupIED.—Thirty-two females and 1 male collected from Carcharodon carcharias (Linnaeus) caught at Dennis, Mass. Holotype female, allotype male, and 10 paratype females in alcohol deposited in the U.S. National Museum, 10 paratype females in NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 13 alcohol deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) and the remaining paratypes in the author’s collection. Other specimens studied: 3 collections from Carcharodon carcharias (USNM 107299, Miami, Fla.) (USNM 101876, off Cape Lookout, N.C.) (USNM 104859, St. Augustine, Fla.); a single collection (USNM 32765) from Lamna nasus (Bonneterre) Woods Hole, Mass. Frma.Le.—Body form as in figure 46. Total length (based on an average of 5 specimens) 7.5mm. Greatest width (measured at widest part of cephalon) 3.8mm. Cephalon widest posteriorly narrowed anteriorly, measuring 3.5 by 3.8mm. First thoracic segment fused to head. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segments 2-4. Plates of segment 2 extending well beyond those of segment 3 to about middle of lateral edge of plate of segment 4. Plates of segments 3 and 4 fused at bases. Genital segment nearly square measuring 2.8 mm long and 2.6 mm wide. Dorsal posterior border of genital segment has broad sinus to accommodate dorsal abdominal plate. Abdomen 1-segmented with a dorsal plate (see fig. 47) slightly wider than long (7.9 by 7.2mm). Caudal ramus of usual generic type, bearing 4 setae (see fig. 47) and 0.6 mm long. Oral area as in figure 48. First antenna 2-segmented. First segment 4904 long bearing 25 spines and setae. Spines and setae armed as in the figure. Second segment 168u long bearing 11 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 48) 3-segmented. Terminal segment in form of claw and bearing 2 spines. Mouth tube with associated mandible and first maxilla as in other members of genus. Second maxilla with usual fringed clawlike tip. Short plumose seta (fig. 49) near base of terminal segment. Maxilliped of the usual type (see fig. 48). Head appendages, except maxilliped, as in female. Maxilliped with distinct claw at tip as in P. satyrus (see fig. 20). Legs 1-4 not modified as in female and with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 Lek O:1 lesan O:1 TA 0:1 seg. 2 Wes IV:6 8 LVS: 1 AG JAY Ray Legs 1-4 biramose and each ramus 2-segmented. All setae plumose. Leg 1 (fig. 61) with adhesion pads as indicated in figure. Leg 2 (fig. 62) exopod with first segment bearing long hairs along outer edge and outer distal corner. Leg 3 (fig. 63) with no modifications for holding on last endopod segment. Leg 4 as in figure 64. Leg 5 (fig. 65) consisting of 3 short plumose setae and one short, stout spine located on midlateral margin of genital segment. Leg 6 (fig. 66) located at junction of genital seement and abdomen, consisting of a spinelike process with stout plumose seta near base. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Color in life cream and generally devoid of pigmentation. Legs 1-4 biramose, with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 T:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 Vip d seg. 2 VI Ill IX V VI II Leg 1 (fig. 52) with both rami 2-segmented. First exopod segment with outer spine. Last exopod segment with 6 spines, outer 3 naked, inner 3 finely plumose. First endopod segment with adhesion pad. Last endopod segment with 3 inner spines. Basipod having an inner and outer spine with 1 adhesion pad. Leg 2 (fig. 53) with both rami 2-segmented. First exopod segment with 1 outer spine and patch of fine spinules on outer distal half. Last segment with 9 spines, outer 4 spinose and inner 5 naked. First endopod segment unarmed. Second endopod segment with 5 short spines at tip. Leg 3 (fig. 54) with both rami 2-segmented. First exopod segment with spine on outer distal corner. Second segment with 6 short spines. First endopod segment unarmed. Second segment with 2 short terminal spines. Leg 4 (fig. 55) with both rami 1-segmented. Exopod segment with 6 spines. One spine placed at midpoint of outer edge suggesting a 2-segmented ramus. Endopod unarmed. Leg 5 (fig. 56) consisting of naked spine and separate plumose seta. Leg 5 located near point of attachment of spermatophores (see fig. 56). Area of spermatophore attachment located at junction of abdomen to genital segment and composed of a heavily sclerotized area with shelf to receive neck of spermatophores, attaching in these areas with necks crossing to opening of seminal receptacle on opposite side. Ege strings long and of usual generic type. Color in life creamy yellow with light brown pigmentation as indi- cated in figure 46. Maue.—Body form as in figure 57. Total length based on 1 speci- men, 9.5 mm, including caudal ramus but not setae. Greatest width 4.5 mm, measured at widest part of cephalon. Cephalon rounded, slightly longer than wide (4.9 by 4.4 mm). First thoracic segment fused with head. Segments 2-4 free without dorsal plates. Genital segment longer than wide, 2.2 by 1.7 mm with spermatophore visible within. Abdomen of 2 segments. First segment 3604 long. Second segment 6124 long. Caudal ramus (fig. 58) bearing 6 setae, inner 4 long and plumose, inner margin of caudal ramus bearing row of hairs. Oral area similar to that of female. In adult male adhesion pad associated with second antenna only about one-half length of pad of first antenna (264:576u) (see fig. 59). Collected with this mature male was also a young male (7.1 mm) with spermatophores developing SSS eee en NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 1 within genital segment (by itself, this might have been mistaken for fully developed male). Examination of its appendages showed it to be identical with its larger counterpart, except pad of second antenna is about as long as pad of first antenna (408:420z) (see fig. 60). Other species of this genus with same reduction of adhesion pad of second antenna in mature males. Discussion.—Pandarus floridanus is closely related to P. sinuatus but the females can be readily separated on the basis of the following differences. ‘The dorsal abdominal plate of P. floridanus is consider- ably longer than the dorsally exposed caudal ramus while in P. sinuatus they are about equal in length (see table 1). In P. florrndanus the TasBLE 1.—Comparison of the length of the dorsal abdominal plates with the length of dorsally exposed caudal ramus in some specimens of Pandarus jflori- danus with P. sinuatus (CHML=Cape Haze Marine Laboratory, Fla.) Specimens Plate Ramus P. floridanus ex Carcharodon carcharias (avg. of 4) Dennis, Mass. 702u 450yu (avg. of 2) USNM 107299 810u 576 ee : (1 spec.) USNM 101876 7220p 540u ex Lamna cornubica (1 spec.) USNM 32765 720u 360u P. sinuatus ex Negaprion brevirostris (avg. of 2) CHML 495p 468u ex Carcharinus leucas (avg. of 2) CHML 621yu 630u dorsal thoracic plate of segment 2 extends beyond the middle of the plate of segment 4 while in P. sinuatus the plate of segment 2 does not extend to the middle of the plate of segment 4. P. floridanus is not so heavily pigmented as P. sinuatus. Young females of P. sinuatus first show pigmentation in the lateral areas of the cephalon (see fig. 66), whereas P. floridanus is not pigmented in this area at all (its young females showing first areas of pigmentation to be the anterior margin of the cephalon). From Latin, the word floridanus refers to the fact that the species was seen first on a shark from Florida. Pandarus floridanus can be separated from all other species of the cranchwi group on the basis of the spine and setal formula. The male of P. floridanus is similar to that of P. sinuatus. Since only 1 mature male of the new species was available, a more detailed comparison could not be made. This species seems to be a well-established parasite on the body surface of Carcharodon carcharias since it was recovered from that host 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 on four different occasions in the Western Atlantic. It should also be noted as having been collected from Lamna nasus as well. Pandarus sinuatus Say, 1817 Ficures 67, 68 Pandarus sinuatus Say, 1817, p. 486.—Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 470.—Smith, 1874, p. 283.—Rathbun, 1886, p. 310.—McClendon, 1906, p. 44; 1907, p. 114; 1910, p. 229.—Wilson, 1907, p. 417; 1932, p. 437.—Bere, 1936, p. 595.—Carvalho, 1940, p. 283; 1945, p. 111; 1951, p. 139.—Pearse, 1952a, p. 27; 1952b, p. 218.—Causey, 1953, p. 12; 1955, p. 6. Pandarus affinis Beneden, 1892a, p. 224.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 467.— Wilson, 1907, p. 394.—Capart, 1953, p. 660. SPECIMENS stTuDIED.—Two collections from Carcharinus leucas Miiller and Henle from Sarasota, Fla. From the same locality a single collection from Negaprion brevirostris (Poey). In addition to these, I examined 88 collections from the U.S. National Museum collected at various localities along the eastern coast of the United States. These collections are from a wide variety of shark hosts generally restricted to inshore species. FrmaLe.—Body form as in figure 67. Total length (based on an average of 5 specimens) 6.5mm. Greatest width (measured at widest part of cephalon) 3.2 mm. Appendages of this species inseparable from those of P. floridanus except last segment of exopod of leg 2 bears 10 spines instead of 9 as in P. floridanus. Since a description of ap- pendages of this species would only duplicate that of P. floridanus, none will be given here. Only those features that separate it from P. floridanus will be emphasized. Dorsal plate of segment 2 extending only to anterior third of plate of segment 4. Abdominal plate small and rounded, only about as long as exposed caudal ramus (see table 1). Color dark brown to black with eye spots fused and continuous with median unpigmented line from posterior edge of eye spots to posterior margin of cephalon. Young females (fig. 68 )with pigment first developing in lateral areas of cephalon. Maur.—As in P. floridanus. Discusston.—P. sinatus is apparently found only on sharks inhab- iting coastal waters of the western North Atlantic Ocean. It occurs only on the body surface of the host usually in clusters on the fins as do other members of the genus. It is closely related to P. floridanus but is easily separated from it on the basis of the above characteristics. Superficially, this copepod also may be confused with P. bicolor because of the pigmentation, but it can be easily distinguished from this species on the basis of the thoracic plates. The dorsal plates of segment 2 of P. bicolor do not extend beyond the plate of segment 3. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 17 Pandarus katoi, new species Fiaures 69-96 SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Thirty females and 10 males from Carcharinus malpeloensis (Fowler) from the Pacific (09°55’N, 85°51’W). Holotype female, allotype male, and 14 paratypes (102 2 and 40’) in alcohol deposited in the U.S. National Museum. Fourteen paratypes (109 9 and 407”) deposited in the British Museum (Natural History) and the remaining paratypes in the author’s collection. Additional speci- mens studied: 4 collections from C. malpeloensis from the Pacific Ocean (09°42’N, 85°51’W; 21°20’N, 106°50’W; 10°03’N, 85°53’W; 08°25’N, 83°45’W), 2 collections from C. azureus from the Pacific (9°52’N, 85°29’W; 10°09’N, 86°04’W), and a single collection from the Cocos Islands from C. platyrhynchus. Frma.Le.—Body form as in figure 69. Total length (based on an average of 5 specimens) 5.6 mm. Greatest width (measured at the widest part of the cephalon) 3.8 mm. Cephalon somewhat rounded, 3.0 by 3.8 mm. First thoracic segment fused to head. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segments 2-4. Plates of segment 2 extend- ing beyond those of segment 3 and to about middle of plates of seg- ment 4. Plates of segment 2 are generally slightly divergent. Plates of segments 3 and 4 fused at their bases. Genital segment 2.3 by 2.3mm. Abdomen 1-segmented (fig. 70), with dorsal plate. Dorsal plate 3.0 by 2.3 mm, slightly longer than wide. Caudal ramus (see fig. 70) 720u long and 270u wide bearing 4 spines and 2 plumose setae. Oral area as in other members of genus. Adhesion pads associated with first antennae, second antennae, maxillipeds, and a pair at ventral distal corners of cephalon. First antenna (fig. 71) 2-segmented. First segment 600y long and bearing 13 naked setae (fig. 72). Second antenna (fig. 73) 3-segmented. Terminal segment with 2 spines, in form of stout claw. Figure 73 shows adhesion pad (dotted line) in relation to second antenna. Mouth tube of typical pandarid type. Mandible (fig. 74) within tube. First maxilla (fig. 75) with a terminal claw, 3 short setae, and located near base of mouth tube. Second maxilla (fig. 76) armed asin figure. Maxilliped (fig. 77) terminal claw with spatulate tip and opposed by 1 large adhesion pad on basal segment. Legs 1-4 biramose, with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 0 0:0 1:0 0:0 VII I seg. 2 VI III xX IV VI II Leg 1 (fig. 78) with both rami 2-segmented. First exopod segment with outer fringed spine. Last exopod segment with 6 terminal spines. First endopod segment with adhesion pad. Last endopod 221-534—67__2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 segment with 3 inner spines. Leg 2 (fig. 79) with both rami 2-seg- mented. First exopod segment with outer spine. Last exopod segment with 10 spines (outer 4 articulated, inner 6 not). First endo- pod segment unarmed. Last endopod segment with 4 naked spines. Leg 3 (fig. 80) with both rami 2-segmented. First exopod segment with outer spine. Last exopod segment with 6 spines. First endopod segment unarmed. Last endopod segment with 2 terminal spines (all spines on rami of leg 3 naked). Leg 4 (fig. 81) with both rami 1-segmented. Exopod with 7 spines. Endopod with 1 short spine. All spines naked. Leg 5 (fig. 82) with outer single spine and inner lobe with 3 spines. Leg 5 located near point of attachment of abdomen (see fig. 70). Area of attachment of spermatophore at junction of abdo- men and genital segment, composed of a heavily sclerotized area with shelf to receive neck of spermatophore. Spermatophores crossing with neck penetrating opening of the seminal receptacle of opposite side. Egg strings long and composed of single strands of eggs. Color in life creamy yellow with light brown pigmentation as in figure 69. Maur.—Body form as in figure 83. Total length, based on 5 speci- mens, 7.4mm. Greatest width 4.2 mm measured at widest part of cephalon. First thoracic segment fused with head. Segments 2-4 free and without dorsal plates. Genital segment somewhat longer than wide, 1.98 by 1.72 mm with spermatophores visible within. Abdomen 2-segmented. First segment 300u long. Second segment 410u long. Caudal ramus (fig. 84) with 6 setae, the inner 4 long and plumose. Inner margin of caudal ramus bearing row of hairs. Oral area similar to that of female. As in P. floridanus, adhesion pad of second antenna considerably smaller than one associated with first antenna (204:516y) (see fig. 85). First antenna (fig. 86) as in female except spines more heavily barbed. Second antenna (fig. 87) 4-segmented with adhesion pad on basal segment. Terminal segment in form of claw with 2 median spines. Mouth tube and mandible as in female. First maxilla (fig. 88) similar to that of female except terminal claw has a more striated surface. Second maxilla (fig. 89) as in female. Maxilliped (fig. 90) with terminal claw pointed rather than spatulate as in female. Opposing adhesion area composed of 3 pads instead of 1 as in female. Legs 1-4 not modified as in female and with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 end. exp. end. exp. end. xp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 esi O:1 fei 0:1 Tey O:1 seg. 2 IV 3 Li Gas TVs5)) 56 IN Say 8) Legs 1-4 biramose and each ramus 2-segmented. All setae plumose. Leg 1 (fig. 91) with adhesion areas as in the figure. Leg 2 (fig. 92) No. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 19 with outer edge of exopod first segment with long hairs and short spinules. Leg 3 (fig. 93) with outer edge of exopod first segment bilobed. Leg 4 (fig. 94) with outer edge of exopod first segment similar to that of leg 3. Leg 5 (fig. 95) situated on midlateral margin of genital segment and consisting of a lobe bearing 4 spines, 1 naked and 3 smaller and plumose. Leg 6 (fig. 96) situated at point of attachment of abdomen to genital segment and consisting of lobe bearing 3 spines (1 plumose and 2 naked). Color in life cream, generally devoid of pigment. Discussion.—This species thus far has been collected only from carcharinid sharks of the western central Pacific Ocean. It is closely related to P. zygaenae but can be separated from this species by the nature of the dorsal thoracic plates. The plates of the second thoracic segment of P. katoi extend only to about the middle of the plate of the fourth segment, whereas in P. zygaenae these plates extend to the distal end of the plate of segment 4. Since the appendages of these 2 species are identical, it seems probable that they have evolved from a common ancestor and thus are very closely related. Because I was able to examine several collections of each species (10 collections of P. katoi, 4 collections of P. zygaenae), a good sample for comparison was available. In each case the copepods are separated easily on the aforementioned characters. I have named this species for Mr. Susumu Kato, who originally collected the type material and who has generously collected in the Pacific area for me. Pandarus zygaenae Brady, 1883 Figures 97-99 Pandarus zygaenae Brady, 1883, p. 134.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 467.— Wilson, 1907, p. 416. SPECIMENS STUDIED.— Collections from the following areas: Off Sao Paulo, Brazil, from Sphyrna zygaena (Linnaeus); Pacific (9°47’ N, 85°48’ W) from Sphyrna species; Pacific (18°31’ N, 109°34’ W) from Sphyrna zygaena. FrmaLe.— Body form as in figure 97. Total length (based on an average of 2 specimens) 7.6 mm. Greatest width (measured at the widest part of the cephalon) 3.9mm. Cephalon somewhat truncated and measuring 3.7 by 3.9 mm, somewhat wider than long. Thoracic plates present on segments 2-4. Plates of segment 2 extending beyond those of segment 3 and to distal border of plate of segment 4. Genital segment somewhat longer than wide (2.7 by 2.3 mm). Abdomen 1-segmented and with dorsal plate. Caudal rami as in P. katot except that they are generally held parallel to each other. Oral area and all appendages like those of P. katoi with the follow- 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 ing 2 exceptions: tip of maxilliped of P. zygaenae (fig. 98) shaped somewhat differently; endopod of P. zygaenae unarmed; spine and setal formula, otherwise, same as P. katov. Color in preserved material creamy white except for some light brown pigmentation in mature females as indicated in figure 97. Mauz.— Body form as in figure 99. Male indistinguishable from male of P. katoi. Only 1 male of each species was collected. More material of both species might show some differences between the males of these 2 species. Total length of male of P. zygaenae (based on a single specimen) 8.1 mm (length not including setae on caudal rami). Greatest width 4.6 mm. Discusston.—Brady described this species in 1883 from Zygaena malleus collected near Cape Verde Islands. In 1907 Wilson placed the species in synonomy with Pandarus satyrus. Wilson examined 2 females from Brady’s original collection but noted that the cope- pods were so covered with ‘‘fish slime’ as to be difficult to study. I received 2 collections of copepods from the same host with enough material to ascertain that these were not P. satyrus but clearly a separate species. A comparison of this new material with Brady’s original description and figures prove his species to be valid. The figure of the female by Brady appears to be of an immature form but shows some features consistent with my recent collections, namely, the relative lengths of the dorsal thoracic plates and the fact that the caudal rami are generally held parallel to each other rather than divergent as in most other members of the genus (in preserved specimens). This species is closely related to P. katoi but can be distinguished from it by the relationship of the plates of segment 2 to those of segement 4. P. zygaenae so far has been found only on the genus Zygaena and may well be confined to species of hammerhead sharks. Pandarus bicolor Leach, 1816 Figures 100-108 Pandarus bicolor Leach, 1816, p. 405; 1819, p. 535.—Desmarest, 1825, p. 339.— Burmeister, 1833, p. 331.—Kr¢yer, 1837, p. 202; 1838, p. 34; 1863, p. 261.— Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 470.—Baird, 1850, p. 288.—Beneden, 185la, p. 94; 1861, p. 148.—Norman, 1868, p. 301.—Olsson, 1868, p. 21.—Richiardi, 1880, p. 149.—Carus, 1885, p. 362.—Bassett-Smith, 1896, p. 156; 1899, p. 466.— Brian, 1898a, p. 12; 1899, p. 3; 1906, p. 55; 1914b, p. 7; 1940, p.11.—Scott, T., 1900, p. 157.—Seott, A., 1904, p. 40.—Norman and Scott, T., 1906, p. 211.— Wilson, 1907, p. 400; 1932, p. 486; 1935b, p. 778.—Scott, T., and Scott, A., 1913, p. 95.—Hansen, 1923, p. 36.—Scott, A., 1929, p. 95.—Leigh-Sharpe, 1934b, p. 112.—Pesta, 1934, p. 29.—Oorde and Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1936, p. 141.—Stephensen, 1940, p. 5.—Rose and Vaissiere, 1953, p. 86.— Barnard, 1955, p. 257.—Nunes-Ruivo, 1956, p. 17.—Causey, 1960, p. 331.— Heegaard, 1962, p. 177. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 21 Pandarus bosciz Leach, 1816, p. 406; 1819, p. 535.—Guérin-Meneville, 1829- 1843, p. 41.—Burmeister, 1833, p. 331.—Desmarest, 1825, p. 339.—Krgyer, 1837, p. 202.—Baird, 1850, p. 289. Caligus bicolor—Lamarck, 1818, p. 137. Pandarus fissifrons.— Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 470. Pandarus lividus—Frey and Leuckart, 1847, p. 166. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Three collections of females from Squalus acanthias Linnaeus caught at the following locations: in the North Sea, eastern North Atlantic (53°04’ N, 04°02’ E), and off the coast of the Netherlands. FrmaLe.—Body form as in figure 100. Total length (based on an average of 2 specimens) 9.1 mm. Greatest width (measured at the widest part of the cephalon) 3.8mm. Cephalon only about one-third body length, measuring 3.6 by 3.8mm. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segments 2-4. Plates of segment 2 short and not extending beyond the posterior edge of plates of segment 3. Plate of segment 4 fully exposed. Abdomen 1-segmented (see fig. 101) and covered by broad dorsal plate. Caudal ramus (fig. 101) broad and much shorter than in other species of genus. Caudal rami not obvious in dorsal view. Each ramus armed with 5 short spines. Oral area as in other members of genus. Since this species has been well reported and amply figured in the literature, only salient features included here. Second antenna (fig. 102) with short claw at tip separated from last segment. In other species of genus these 2 elements are often fused. Maxilliped (fig. 103) with spatulate process at tip of claw. Legs 1-4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 p. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1-0) * 0:0 1:0 0:0 I:0 0:0 Vii oe seg. 2 VI Ill VS Vi VI II Legs not notably different from other species of genus with exception of reduction in number of spines on last segment of exopod of leg 2 (8 instead of 10) and elongated nature of exopod of leg 4. Legs 1-4 as in figures 104-107. Leg 5 (fig. 108) with outer single spine and inner lobe with 3 spines. Color cream yellow to dark brown in pigmented areas. Cephalon usually heavily pigmented with eye spots not separated and often joined by median clear stripe extending distally. Maure.—No material available for study. Apparently male of this species is rare, as no collection examined contained one. It is interest- ing to note that males of P. carcharini and P. niger (probably closely related to P. bicolor) are unknown. T. and A. Scott (1913) illustrate male of P. bicolor and their figures show it to be much the same as other males of the genus. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Spine and setal formula (based on T. and A. Scott’s illustrations) are as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 p. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 OO pea al. 0:1 (not illustrated by the Scotts) seg. 2 IV:3 3 IV:6 8 Remarks.— This copepod seems to be limited to the waters of the eastern Atlantic and is the primary species of Pandarus found in the coastal waters of Europe. It seems to be restricted to smaller inshore species of sharks and, as far as recorded in the literature, is found only on the body surface of its host. Pandarus bicolor can be easily separated from the other known species of the genus on the basis of the caudal rami. The relative lengths of the dorsal thoracic plates of segments 2 and 3 separate it from all species of the cranchit group. This copepod has twice been confused by American authors (Wilson, 1932, and Causey, 1960) with P. sinuatus because of the presence of a median stripe from the eye spots to the distal border of the cephalon of both species. I have examined specimens in the U.S. National Museum identified by Wilson as P. bicolor and they are clearly P. sinuatus. Finally, I have placed Pandarus lividus Frey and Leuckart in synonymy with P. bicolor. Wilson (1907) commented that it was impossible to separate the 2 species on the basis of Frey’s and Leuckart’s description but he did not place it in synonymy. Frey and Leuckart gave no figures of P. lividus. Pandarus niger Kirtesinghe, 1950 Fiaures 109-118 Pandarus niger Kirtesinghe, 1950, p. 83. SPECIMENS sTupDIED.—A female paratype loaned to me by Kirte- singhe, and a single collection of 6 females from Galeorhinus species in Formosa. FEMALE.—Since this species has been described recently by Kirte- singhe (1950), I will be concerned with only those features taxonom- ically important to the genus. Body form as in figure 109. Total length 8.2 mm (based on an average of 2 specimens). Greatest width (measured at the widest part of the cephalon) 3.8mm. Cephalon somewhat truncated only about one-half as wide across anterior third as across posterior third. First thoracic segment fused to head. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segments 2-4. Plates of segments 2 and 3 fused basally with posterior borders more or less in a straight line across proximal portion of plate of segment 4. Plate of segment 4 with posterior border nearly straight with only a very slight medial indentation. Genital segment as in other species of genus. Abdomen NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 23 1-segmented and with dorsal plate. Dorsal plate small, extending only slightly beyond posterior border of abdomen (see fig. 110). Caudal ramus (fig. 110) long (1.8 mm) and well exposed dorsally. Oral area as in other members of genus. First antenna (fig. 111) 2-segmented, bearing 22 spines on first segment and 10 naked setae on second segment. Second antenna (fig. 112) with tip produced into a short claw similar to that of P. bicolor. First maxilla (fig. 113) with group of short spines on basal third composed of only 2 spines rather than usual 3. Second maxilla (fig. 112) with distal setae in form of fringed claw. Legs 1-4 (figs. 115-118) biramose and with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 xp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. l 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 VEE TLE seg. 2 VI Ill x VII VI Ill Leg 5 (see fig. 110) with an inner lobe and an outer long seta. Color dark brown except where unpigmented. Eye spots separated in older females. Maue.—Unknown. Kirtesinghe (1950) illustrates and briefly de- scribes an immature male but not enough is shown to be of value in an analysis of the adult. ReMArRKS.—So far this copepod has not been reported from areas other than Ceylon and Formosa. It may well be a parasite restricted to the Indian Ocean and western Pacific. Not enough is known to ascertain its host preferences but inshore carcharinid sharks seetn to be preferred hosts. This copepod is closely related to P. bicolor, but the nature of the caudal ramus separates it easily from all other members of the genus. Kirtesinghe (1950) notes the relationship between this species and P. bicolor; he also suggests an affinity with P. satyrus on the basis of the caudal ramus. A comparative survey of the genus shows this not to be so, especially on that basis since the caudal ramus of P. satyrus does not extend beyond the tip of the abdominal plate. Pandarus carcharini Ho, 1960 Figures 119-124 Pandarus carcharini Ho, 1963, p. 93. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Paratype female from Formosa loaned to me by Ho. Also 2 more collections of females from Formosa from Galeorhinus species and Carcharinus gangeticus. Three collections from Nosy Bé, Madagascar, from Carcharinus leucas, C. sorrah, and . limbatus. A single collection from Durban, South Africa, from C. eucas. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Frema.e.—A full description of this species will not be given here since it has been well described recently by Ho (1960). Body form as in figure 119. ‘Total length 9.8 mm (based on an average of 3 specimens). Greatest width 4.9 mm (measured at the widest part of the cephalon). Cephalon somewhat truncated but not as narrowed anteriorly as P. niger. First thoracic segment fused with head. Dorsal thoracic plates on segments 2-4 with plates of segments 2 and 3 fused basally, posterior borders forming a straight line as in P. bicolor and P. niger. Some of the salient features have been figured for the sake of comparison. Caudal rami (fig. 120) intermediate between that of P. bicolor and P. niger, measuring 1.26 mm in length and extending posteriorly only about as far as the dorsal abdominal plate. Oral area as in P. niger. Appendages of cephalon as in P. niger except that first antenna (fig. 121) has 24 spines on first segment and 10 naked setae on last. Legs 1-4 biramose, with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 LO 00: AVAL Tet seg. 2 VI Ill xX VI VII II Legs 2-4 as in figs. 122-124. Leg 5 as in P. niger. Color creamy yellow with dark brown pigmentation as in figure 119. Eye spots fused. Egg strings of usual type. Mate.— Unknown. Remarks.—This species described by Ho (1960) from Formosa has been collected by the author in Nosy Bé, Madagascar, from carchari- nid sharks. Its range may well be the same as P. niger but not enough material has been collected on which to base a definitive conclusion; nevertheless, from what is known, it appears to be a parasite of in- shore species of sharks in the Indian Ocean and western Pacific coast. Pandarus carcharini may be separated from its closely related species (P. bicolor and P. niger) on the basis of the caudal ramus and the spine and setal formula. Ho (1960) has already cited the similar- ities between those 3 species. His comparison and description implies the presence of a ventral abdominal plate. I could find no evidence of a ventral plate and, after personal communication with Ho, he agrees that this is synonomous with the abdomen and that the use of the term “‘plate’’ is invalid in this case. Genus Phyllothereus Norman 1903 Phyllophora Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 471. [Type-species: P. cornutus.] Nogagus.—Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861, p. 386. [Refers to N. grandis only.] Laminifera Poche, 1902. [Cite Wilson, 1907, p. 361.] NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 95 Phyllothereus Norman, 1903, p. 368. Parapandarus Wilson, 1924a, p. 7. Fremate.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic seg- ments 2-4 free and possessing dorsal plates. Dorsal plate of segment 3 extending well beyond distal margin of plates of segment 2. Plates of segment 4 separated. Abdomen 1-segmented and with a dorsal plate. Abdomen or its plate visible dorsally and attached to distal end of genital segment. Caudal rami lateral to abdomen. First antenna 2-segmented. Claw of maxilliped pointed at tip. Adhesion pads absent or much reduced. Legs 1-4 biramose, rami of legs 1-3 2-seemented, those of leg 4 1-segmented. All legs without plumose setae. Leg 5 present. Egg sacs long and straight. Maue.—No dorsal plates present. Cephalic appendages in general like those of female. Legs 1-4 biramose, all rami 2-segmented bearing plumose setae. Fifth and sixth legs present. Leg 3 endopod un- modified. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal rami held at distal end of abdomen. Adhesion pad with first antenna. Discussion.—A great deal of confusion has existed over the synonymy of this genus. The genus was first described by Milne- Edwards in 1840 as Phyllophora with P. cornutus as the type-species. Later, in 1861, Steenstrup and Lutken described the male as Nogagus grandis. Norman (1903) cited the fact that Phyllophora is thrice preoccupied and changed the generic name to Phyllothereus. Wilson (1907) discussed the preoccupation of the name Phyllophora and stated that Poche in 1902 suggested changing the name to Laminzfera. This reference to Poche (1902) is in error since there is no reference to the name Laminifera by this author in 1902 or in subsequent works (see Brian, 1946). Brian synonymized his Laminifera doello-jurador with P. cornutus in 1946; consequently, the valid name of the genus should be Phyllothereus as proposed by Norman in 1903. Wilson in 1932 states that his Parapandarus is so close to Phyllothereus that the 2 may be identical. I have examined Wilson’s types of Parapandarus and have concluded that they are indeed the same; consequently, P. nodosus Wilson 1924 is synonymous with Phyllothereus cornutus (Milne-Edwards, 1840). Phyllothereus cornutus (Milne-Edwards, 1840) Figures 125-138 Phyllophora cornuta Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 372. Nogagus grandis Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861, p. 386. Phyllophorus cornutus—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 465. Phyllothereus cornutus—Norman, 1903, p. 368 Norman and Scott, 1906, p. 212.— Scott, T., and Scott, A., 1913, p. 92.— Wilson, 1932, p. 440.—Monod and Doll- fus, 1938, p. 196.—Brian, 1946, p. 142. Parapandarus nodosus Wilson, 1924a, p. 7. Laminifera doello-juradoi Brian, 1944, p. 193; 1946, p. 142. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 SPECIMENS sTUDIED.—Three collections from Prionace glauca in the Indian Ocean (0°58’N, 55°00’E; 0°14’N, 55°00’E; 6°37’S, 55°00’E). Five collections from Prionace glauca at various points in the western North Atlantic. FEMALE.—Body form as in figure 125. Average length of North Atlantic specimens 14.6 mm (based on an average of 5 specimens). Greatest width of North Atlantic specimens 10.3 mm. Average length of Indian Ocean specimens 10.3 mm (based on 4 specimens). Greatest width of Indian Ocean specimens 5.6 mm. Dorsal thoracic plates on segments 2-4. All thoracic plates paired and often greatly inflated in preserved specimens. Genital segment (fig. 126) pear shaped, being widest in posterior third. Abdomen 1-segmented, large, and bearing a dorsal plate that does not cover it when viewed dorsally. Caudal rami as in figure 126 with 4 short spines. Oral area without adhesion pads. First antenna 2-segmented, first segment with 22 naked spines and last segment with 12 naked spines. Second antenna (fig. 127) with long terminal claw. When second an- tenna is flattened against oral area, claw extends posteriorly to maxil- lipeds. Terminal claw bearing 2 short spines. First maxilla (fig. 128) with short stout terminal spine and group of 3 short setae on basal third. Second maxilla (fig. 129) with usual fringed claw and 2 setae at base, 1 large and fringed, other shorter and plumose at tip. Maxil- liped (fig. 130) bearing terminal claw with pointed tip and opposed on penultimate segment by a ridge. Legs 1-4 (fig. 131-134) biramous with rami of legs 1-3 2-segmented and those of leg 4 1-segmented. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 ESO 0:0 WAN EE JOBE seg. 2 VII Iil VII VII WAGne. In Leg 5 (fig. 135) consisting of an inner lobe and single outer seta. Egg strings long and each composed of a single strand of disclike egos. Color whitish yellow. Mate.—Since the male of this copepod has been well figured and described by Monod and Dollfus (1938), only a few salient features will be mentioned here. Body form as in figure 136. Oral area as in female with the following differences: second antenna smaller, in relation to rest of oral area, than in female; maxilliped with a claw at tip but opposed by 2 adhesive areas rather than 1 as in female (see Monod and Dollfus, 1938, p. 198, fig. 5). Legs 1-4 biramose and not as highly modified as in female. Spine and setal formula as follows: NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—-CRESSEY D7 leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 30 0:1 1:0 O:1 Irate ea seg. 2 TVeSie ie LVE'Ga as VirSyn G LV i500 Leg 5 (fig. 137) located at beginning of distal third of genital segment and consisting of a ventral lobe bearing 1 outer plumose seta, a group of 2 plumose setae and a naked spine at distal end of lobe. Leg 6 (fig. 138) located on posterior border of genital segment near junction of abdomen and consisting of an outer plumose seta and an inner naked spine. Discussion.—Phyllothereus cornutus is a parasite on the gills and gill arches of a number of species of sharks, but it is most commonly found associated with Prionace glauca. It is cosmopolitan in distribu- tion and has been collected by the author in both the Indian Ocean and the North Atlantic. The Indian Ocean specimens were smaller than those collected in the North Atlantic, but a detailed examination of their appendages showed no important differences. Since the same host was involved in both cases, I have concluded that they are of the same species. More collections in intermediate areas might well yield intermediate sizes. The nature of the inflated dorsal plates seems to be a function of the preserving fluid (70 percent alcohol or 10 percent formalin) as this condition has not been observed by me in life. Genus Gangliopus Gerstaecker, 1854 Gangliopus Gerstaecker, 1854, p. 189. [Type-species: G. pyriformis.] Frema.e.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic segment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free and possessing dorsal plates. Dorsal plates of segment 2 small. Plate of segment 3 extending beyond tip of plate of segment 2. Plates of segment 4 partially separated. Abdomen 1-segmented, with a dorsal plate. Abdomen or its plate visible dorsally and attached to distal end of genital segment. Caudal rami lateral to abdomen. First antenna 2-segmented. Claw of maxilliped pointed at tip. Adhesion pads of the first and second antenna absent or reduced. Pad of maxilliped well developed. Legs 1-4 biramose, rami of legs 1-3 2-segmented, those of leg 4 1-segmented. All legs without plumose setae. Leg 5 present. Egg sacs long and held straight. Mauze.—No dorsal plates present. Cephalic appendages like those of female. Adhesion pad with first antenna. Legs 1-4 biramose, all rami 2-segmented and bearing plumose setae. Fifth and sixth legs present. Leg 3 endopod unmodified. Caudal rami held at distal end of abdomen. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Gangliopus pyriformis Gerstaecker, 1854 Figures 139-146 Gangliopus pyriformis Gerstaecker, 1854, p. 192.—Wilson, 1907, p. 350.—Monod and Dollfus, 1938, p. 204. Nogagus angustulus Gerstaecker, 1854, p. 193. Gangliopus tetrapturt Yamaguti and Yamasu, 1960, p. 142. SPECIMENS sTuDIED.—Three collections from Prionace glauca in the Indian Ocean (0°58’N, 55°00’E; 0°14’N, 55°00’E; 6°37’S, 55°00’E). One collection from the same host in the North Atlantic (39°32’N, 28°02/W). FrmaLte.—Body form as in figure 139. Total length 9.1 mm (based on an average of 3 specimens). Greatest width 4.9 mm (measured at widest part of the cephalon). Dorsal thoracic plates on segments 2-4. Plates of segment 2 small and not extending to tip of plates of segment 3. Plates of segments 3 and 4 each with a deep median incision. Genital segment nearly square. Abdomen 1- segmented and joining genital segment at posterior border. Abdomen with a small dorsal plate. Caudal rami small and held at lateral angles of abdomen. Oral area of usual pandarid type. No adhesion pad with first antenna. Adhesion pad of second antenna small and inconspicuous. Adhesion pad of maxilliped large and L-shaped (fig. 140). Monod and Dollfus (1938) have given a detailed description of female appendages. Legs 1-4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 30 0:0 VII II seg. 2 VII Ill xX VI Ve 1CT eee Tene Leg 5 (fig. 141) consisting of a single finger-like spine with 2 short setae. Fifth leg near junction of abdomen and genital segment. Egg strings long and each composed of a single strand. Color in life pale yellow and without pigment. Matzr.—Body form as in figure 142. Total length 7.4 mm (based on 1 specimen). Greatest width 3.5 mm (measured at widest part of cephalon). Thoracic segments without dorsal plates except for a winglike expansion on the posterolateral corners of segment 2. These extend nearly to end of segment 3. Genital segment (fig. 143) nearly square, 1.75 mm long by 1.85 mm wide. Genital segment with each posterior corner produced into broad lobe. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal rami prominent, with 4 long plumose setae and 2 smaller ones at each distal corner. Oral area as in female except a small adhesion pad associated with first antenna. Adhesion pad of maxilliped small and incon- NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 29 spicuous. Cephalic appendages like those of female except for maxilliped (fig. 144). Legs 1-4 biramose and with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 I:0 0:0 ot 0:1 et 0:1 | ia 0:1 seg. 2 LVS. 3 IV:6° "8 IV:5 6 TV 25". +5 Leg 5 (fig. 145) located on midlateral edges of genital segment and consisting of 3 plumose setae and 1 short stout spine. Leg 6 (fig. 146) located near junction of abdomen and genital segment and composed of a single plumose seta and a short spine. RemarKks.—Gangliopus pyriformis is apparently cosmopolitan in distribution and occurs commonly on the gills of the blue shark, Prionace glauca. In 1960 Yamaguti and Yamasu described a new species Gangliopus tetraptert. Since they do not refer to the work of Monod and Dollfus (1938), it is assumed that they were not aware of it. They based their new species on morphological differences which do not exist. Gerstaecker originally described the female as having a 2-segmented abdomen. His original description was very superficial Monod and Dollfus (1938) updated the work and provided a working description. Gangliopus tetrapteri does not differ from this later description nor from my own collections in the Indian Ocean. The male was described under the name Nogagus angustulus by Gerstaecker at the same time as the female. No description of the male has appeared since then. I have added salient features to this original description. Genus Pseudopandarus Kirtesinghe, 1950 Pseudopandarus Kirtesinghe, 1950, p. 84. [Type-species: P. gracilis.] Pandarus.—Gnanamuthu, 195la, p. 1245. [Refers to P. longus only.] Frma.te.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic segment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free and possessing dorsal plates. Dorsal plates of segment 2 small and widely separated. Plate of segment 3 extending beyond tip of plates of segment 2. Abdomen incompletely divided into 2 segments and with a dorsal plate. Abdomen completely or partially concealed beneath genital segment. Abdomen attached to genital segment ventrally. Caudal rami attached terminally to abdomen. First antenna 2-segmented. Claw of maxilliped with a spatulate tip. Adhesion pads present on cephalon. Legs 1-4 biramose. Rami of legs 1-3 2-segmented, those of leg 4 l-segmented. Leg 5 present and consisting of a free segment. Egg sacs long and straight. Mauz.—I had no material of the male of this genus to study but 30) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 the male has been described by Gnanamuthu (1951) and my diagnosis is based on this description. Body form of typical pandarid configuration. Cephalic appendages like those of female except setae on first antenna are more plumose in male. Legs 1-4 biramose with each ramus composed of 2 segments. All setae plumose. Legs 5 and 6 present. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal rami attached distally. Remarks.—This genus is known only from the Indo-Pacific area and consists of 2 species from the body surface of sharks of the genera Carcharinus and Triakis. This genus may well be restricted to inshore sharks. Key to Females of Genus Pseudopandarus Abdomen concealed in dorsal view, genital segment with posterior corners pro- ducedinto long ‘pointed | processes! J.2)-2 6252 2) ee SO gracilis Abdomen partially visible in dorsal view, genital segment with posterior corners roundedwand notrereatly, produced. as <5 jase Een eee longus Pseudopandarus gracilis Kirtesinghe, 1950 Figures 147-150 Pseudopandarus gracilis Kirtesinghe, 1950, p. 84. Pseudopandarus scyllii Yamaguti and Yamasu, 1959, p. 124. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Paratypes on loan from P. Kirtesinghe. 6 females ex Scoliodon palasorrah, Nosy Bé, Madagascar. FrmMaLe.—Body form as in figure 147. Total length 4.8 mm (based on an average of 3 specimens). Greatest width 1.75 mm (measured at widest part of the cephalon). Thoracic segments 2—4 with dorsal plates. Plates of segments 2 and 3 fused basally. Plates of segment 2 small and entirely lateral to those of segment 3. Plates of segment 4 covering proximal part of genital segment and fused basally. Posterior edges of plates of segments 3 and 4 often irregular in shape (I noticed this in both samples from Ceylon and Madagascar) Genital segment long (3 mm) and posterior border produced to form 2 lateral projections and median finger-like process. Abdomen (fig. 148) joined ventrally to genital segment and concealed in dorsal view. Abdomen indistinctly divided into 2 segments. A small dorsal plate present on first segment of abdomen and not extending beyond distal tip of second segment. Caudal ramus triangular in shape, widest at distal end, bearing 3 terminal naked spines and outer plumose seta. Two naked subterminal spines located at distal corners (see fig. 148). Since this species has been well described by Kirtesinghe (1950) and Yamaguti and Yamasu (1959), only a few taxonomically im- portant features of the appendages will be discussed here. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 31 Oral area with prominent adhesion pads with first and second antenna. Adhesion pad of maxilliped small. Second maxilla (fig. 149) with shortest spine feathered at tip. Maxilliped (fig. 150) spatulate at tip. Legs 1-4 biramose and with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 1:0 0:0 V:3 2 seg. 2 Vis As BV5 2% IvV:4 3 Surface of segments of legs 1-4 generously covered with patches of spinules. Leg 5 (see fig. 148) consisting of a free segment bearing 4 naked setae (in one specimen the 2 innermost setae were fused to form a thick spine). Egg strings long and straight. Color in preserved specimens cream white with no pigmentation. Maur.—Unknown. Remarks.—Pseudopandarus gracilis was described in 1950 by P. Kirtesinghe and was not reported again until 1959 by Yamacuti and Yamasu. They determined their species to be new, based primarily on the structure of the tip of the maxilliped. Unfortunately, Kirtesinghe’s figure of this was misleading. Iwas fortunate to be able to examine type material of P. gracilis, in which I found that there ac- tually were no differences between the two species on this or any other basis and thus have placed P. scyllii in synonymy. Yamaguti and Yamasu define the fourth leg as having 2-segmented rami. Their figure shows no articulation between segments. J have interpreted the rami as being 1-segmented. They also refer to the plate of the fourth segment as the structure that I have called the genital segment. The plate of segment 4 actually covers the proximal portion of the genital segment and is the same plate referred to by them as the plate of segment 8. The plates of segments 2 and 38 referred to as one plate belong to segment 2. A careful study of the copepod shows this interpretation to be in error and not consistent with the usual pandarid situation. To date, this parasite has been found in the Indo-Pacific area only (Madagascar, Ceylon, Japan), parasitic on the body surface of small inshore sharks (Carcharinus and Triakis). Pseudopandarus longus (Gnanamuthu, 1951) Ficures 151-161 Pandarus longus Gnanamuthu, 1951a, p. 1245.—Kurian, 1955, p. 114. SPECIMENS sTUDIED.—Four females ex Carcharinus obesus, 2 fe- males ex Rhizoprionodon acutus, both sharks caught off Durban, South Africa. oo PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Frmaute.—Body form as in figure 151. Total length 4.3 mm (based on 1 specimen). Greatest width 1.5 mm. Thoracic plates on segments 2-4. Plates of segment 2 small and extending only to about middle of plates of segment 3. Plate of segment 4 covering proximal end of genital segment. Genital segment long (2.6 mm), over one-half the length of body. Posterior border of genital segment with a broad midian sinus. Abdomen (fig. 152) joined ventrally to genital segment and partially concealed dorsally. Abdomen consist- ing of 2 incompletely separated segments. Caudal rami held at distal end of abdomen and bearing 4 terminal setae and 2 subterminal setae on outer corners. Outer terminal seta finely plumose. Oral area with prominent adhesion pads associated with first and second antennae. Adhesion pad of maxilliped evident but some- what reduced. First antenna (fig. 153) 2-segmented and of typical pandarid type. First segment with 24 spines, most of which are plumose. Last segment with 13 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 154) with small claw at tip and a large adhesion pad. Mouth tube, mandible, and first maxilla of usual type. Second maxilla (fig. 155) with usual 3 spines at or near tip. Maxilliped (fig. 156) of usual type and with broad spatulate tip on last segment. Abdomen composed of 2 segments. Caudal rami attached distally. Remarks.—This copepod was first described by Gnanamuthu in 1951 and assigned to the genus Pandarus. On the basis of the diagnostic features of the genus Pandarus I have removed this species and placed it in the genus Pseudopandarus Kirtesinghe, 1950. A comparison of P. gracilis Kirtesinghe and P. longus (Gnanamuthu) shows the following common features: the arrangement of the dorsal thoracic plates, the spatulate process of the maxilliped, the prominent first and second antennal adhesion pads with a reduction of the maxilliped pad, the nature of the abdomen and its position in relation to the genital segment, and the free segment of leg 5. This species, like P. gracilis, seems to be Indo-Pacific in distribution (Ceylon and Durban, South Africa). So far, it has been reported only from carcharinid sharks. Pannosus, new genus Type-species: Gangliopus japonicus (Shiino, 1960). Fremate.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic seg- ment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free and possessing dorsal plates. Dorsal plate of segment 3 extending well beyond plates of segment 2. Plates of segment 4 extends well beyond end of plate of segment 3. Plates of segments 3 and 4 fused basally. Abdomen l-segmented. Caudal rami held laterally on abdomen. Adhesion pads of cephalon well developed. First antenna 2-seg- No. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY a mented. Claw of maxilliped spatulate. Legs 1-4 biramose, rami of legs 1-3 2-segmented, those of leg 4 1-segmented. Egg sacs long and straight. Maur.—Unknown. Remarks.—This copepod was described by Shiino in 1960 from a single ovigerous female taken off a hammerhead shark (Sphyrna zygaenae) by him. He assigned this new species to the genus Gang- hopus. After a redescription of the generic diagnosis of this genus, it became apparent that this new copepod did not belong to that genus. Since I have had no material of this species to work with, no further diagnosis of Shiino’s species can be made. JI have removed this species from the genus Gangliopus for the following reasons: (1) Shino’s species show well-developed adhesion pads associated with the first and second antennae; (2) the dorsal thoracic plates of the second segment are well formed in Pannosus; (3) the maxilliped of japonicus has a spatulate tip whereas in Gangliopus the tip is pointed. Shiino does not mention the presence of fifth legs but more material would probably reveal their nature. Since this copepod does not conform to any known genus, I propose placing it in a new genus Pannosus. The name Pannosus, from Latin, meaning “covered with rags,” refers to the appearance of the dorsal plates. Genus Perissopus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861 Perissopus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 393. [Type-species: P. dentatus.] Chlamys Beneden, 1892a, p. 227. Achtheinus Wilson, 1908, p. 450. Frmaty.—Frontal plate not distinctly separate. First thoracic segment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free and possessing dorsal plates. Dorsal plate of segment 2 extending to posterior border of plates of segment 3. Plates of segment 4 covering anterior portion of genital segment. Abdomen l-segmented and attached ventrally to genital segment. Caudal rami rudimentary. First antenna 2-segmented. Second antenna armed with teeth at tip. Mouth parts of typical pandarid type. Adhesion pads present. Maxilliped with small claw and large adhesion pad. Legs 1-4 biramose but much reduced. Rami of legs 1 and 2 2-segmented. Rami of legs 3 and 4 1-segmented. All legs without plumose setae. Legs 5 and 6 present. Keg strings long and straight. Maur.—Frontal plate separate. No dorsal plates present. Oral area similar to female but with adhesion pads reduced. Maxilliped with a strong terminal claw. Legs 1-4 biramose with each ramus 2-segmented. All setae plumose. Fifth and sixth legs present. Leg 3 221-534—67__3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 endopod unmodified. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal rami attached distally to abdomen. Discussion.—This genus is represented by two species, Perissopus dentatus Steenstrup and Liitken 1861 and P. oblongatus (Wilson, 1908). A discussion of the history of the synonomy of these species is included in the species descriptions. Perissopus oblongatus (Wilson, 1908) Achtheinus oblongatus Wilson, 1908, p. 450. Achtheinus dentatus Wilson, 1911, p. 630. Achtheinus pinguis Wilson, 1912, p. 235. Achtheinus japonicus Wilson, 1922, p. 4, Achtheinus parvideus Wilson, 1923, p. 7. Achtheinus intermedius Kurtz, 1924, p. 614. Achtheinus galeorhini Yamaguti, 1936, p. lett Achtheinus platensis Thomsen, 1949, p. 20. Achtheinus chinesis Thomsen, 1949, p. 23. Achtheinus impenderus Shen and Wang, 1958, p. 27. Discussion.—In 1908 Wilson described a new copepod and erected for it a new genus, Achtheinus. Since then, 10 species assigned to this venus have been described. A comparison of the description and figures of these species show that they should be included in the genus Perissopus. This is apparent when one compares the appendages of the two groups. In both, the second antenna has a hoodlike process bearing spines. The maxillipeds of each bears a reduced claw and the basal segment is in the form of a flattened pad. Legs 1-4 are much reduced in both and are similar in form. I have grouped all species described in the genus Achtheimus as one species. These had been separated on the basis of overall form and not on details of the appendages. It is apparent that we have here a situation like that found in Perissopus dentatus—a single species with variation in body form. I have examined Wilson’s material of A. oblongatus, A. dentatus, and A. pinguis, and I could find no good basis for keeping them as separate species. On the basis of the descriptions of other species, there is no valid evidence to justify more than one species. Probably the best description of the ap- pendages of this species can be found in Yamaguti’s (1936) description of A. galeorhint. This species can be separated from P. dentatus on the basis of 2 characters. In P. dentatus the posterior corners of the genital seg- ment are sharply angular whereas in P. oblongatus they are rounded. In P. dentatus the endopods of legs 1-4 are unarmed. In P. ob- longatus the endopods of legs 1 and 2 and sometimes 3 are armed with short setae. I did not collect this copepod and more material would certainly NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 35 be desirable to clarify this situation. It may be that future de- scriptions will warrant resurrecting some of the previously described species but, on the basis of existing descriptions, this is not justified. So far, this species has been reported from a number of inshore species of sharks, especially of the genera Triakis and Acanthias. It is a parasite on the body surface of its host. Perissopus dentatus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861 Figures 162-189 Perissopus dentatus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 393.—Richiardi, 1880, p. 148. Perissopus communis Rathbun, 1887, p. 560. Chlamys incisus Beneden, 1892a, p. 227. Perissopus crenatus Leigh-Sharpe, 1930, p. 7. Perissopus manuelensis Gnanamuthu, 195la, p. 1252. Perissopus travancosiensis Kurian, 1955, p. 108. Perissopus serratus Heegaard, 1962, p. 175. SPECIMEN sTuDIED.—Five females and 1 male ex Carcharinus milbertt from Sarasota, Fla., 1 female ex C. leucas, Sarasota, Fla., 4 females ex C. maculipinnis, Sarasota, Fla., and 3 females ex “shark” from Siboga Expedition, 2 females ex Mustelus species Durban, South Africa. All descriptions and figures refer to specimens from Carcharinus milberti unless otherwise stated. Frmatr.—Body form as in figures 162, 187, 188, and 189. Total length 4.9 mm (based on 1 specimen). Greatest width 3.8 mm (measured at widest part of cephalon). Frontal plate not completely separated from cephalon. First thoracic segment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free and with dorsal plates. Plates of segment 2 widely separated and extending only to distal tip of plates of seg- ment 3. Plates of segment 4 extending only slightly over proximal portion of genital segment. Genital segment large, comprising about one-half total body length. Shape of genital segment variable (see figs. 162, 187, 188, 189). Abdomen (fig. 163) 1-segmented, nearly hidden in dorsal view. No dorsal plate evident. Caudal rami joined distally to abdomen, articulated on dorsal surface only. Each ramus with 7 short spines along posterior border. Oral area of usual pandarid type. Adhesion pads moderately developed and associated with first and second antenna and maxilliped. No pad on outer distal corners of cephalon. First antenna (fig. 164) 2-segmented. First segment with 18 spines, armed as in figure. Second segment with 11 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 165) with small adhesion pad at base, last segment in form of claw with very small spine near base. Tip of claw (fig. 166) with curious hooded appearance. Mouth tube of usual type, labium fringed at tip (fig. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 167). Mandible of usual form. First maxilla (fig. 168) consisting of broad basal lobe with short spine at tip and group of 3 short setae. Second maxilla with tip armed as in figure 169. Maxilliped (fig. 170) large. Terminal spine small but opposed by a very broad adhesion area. Surface of adhesion area shows imprint of host denticles sug- gesting a secretion of a cement-like substance on surface of the maxilliped. The maxilliped can be easily pulled off the copepod when removing the parasite from the host. Legs 1-4 (figs. 171-174) biramose. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 E:0 0:0 I:0 0:0 IV 0 IV 0 seg. 2 IV 0 IV 0 Legs 1-4 small and weakly developed. Endopod of all legs unarmed except for patches of spinules. Segmentation reduced in legs 3 and 4. Leg 5 (fig. 175) consisting of a single lobe with 4 naked setae, situated near the ventral distal corner of genital segment (see fig. 163). Leg 6 (fig. 176) consisting of 2 unarmed lobes located near junction of abdomen and genital segment (see fig. 163). Egg strings long and straight. Color in life cream white without pigmentation. Ma.s.—Body form as in figure 177. Total length 2.9 mm (based on 1 specimen). Greatest width 1.4 mm (measured at widest point of cephalon). Cephalon rounded. Frontal plate distinctly separate. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. No dorsal plates present. Genital seg- ment longer than wide with posterior corners rounded and scarcely projecting posteriorly. Spermatophores visible within. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal ramus (fig. 178) about as long as wide with 4 long terminal plumose setae and 2 short subterminal ones on distal corners of each ramus. Four terminal setae all nearly equal in length. Oral area similar to that of female. Adhesion pads reduced. First antenna as in female. Second antenna as in figure 179. Oral ap- pendages as in female. Maxilliped (fig. 180) with a strong terminal claw opposed by an area of heavy ridges on basal segment. Legs 1-4 biramose. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 Dp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 I:0 0:0 esi Oral fecal Od ett 0:1 seg. 2 Ii:4 3 TIT6) 8 JULES) WiI:5 4 Leg 1 (fig. 181) with each ramus 2-segmented but exopod only weakly divided into 2 segments. Legs 2-4 (figs. 182-184) with each ramus strongly divided into 2 segments. All setae plumose. Leg 5 (fig. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 37 185) located on midlateral edge of genital segment and consisting of a group of 3 setae and 1 stout spine. All setae naked, spine finely barbed. Leg 6 (fig. 186) located near junction of abdomen and genital segment and consisting of a single naked seta and a finely barbed stout spine. Color in life cream white, no pigment. Remarks.—To date, 7 species of Perissopus have been described. I have examined material of this genus from several hosts and noted wide variation in body form. A closer examination of the append- ages showed no differences between one form and another. Un- fortunately, I had only a few specimens of each type available. Figure 187 shows an adult female from Carcharinus leucas, Sarasota, Fla. Its measurements are 4.4 by 2.2 mm. Figure 188 is an adult female from Carcharinus maculipinns, Sarasota, Fla. (3.9 by 2.4 mm). Figure 189 is an adult female from the Siboga Expedition to the Indo- Pacific, host recorded only as a “‘shark.”” It measures 3.8 by 2.2 mm. A cursory examination of these would indicate more than one species, but I must, on the basis of the few specimens available, concur with Capart (1953), who noticed this same variation and concluded that they should be treated as 1 species. More material from these and other hosts may favor splitting the genus into a number of species but, in the face of so small a sample, I do not feel justified in doing this at the moment. One would expect to find at least minor differences in the finer details if they are indeed separate species. None seem to exist. I have thus placed all known species in synonymy as Perissopus dentatus. Apparently Heegaard (1962) did not know of the new species of Gnanamuthu or Kurian when he described Perissopus serratus. Perissopus dentatus seems to be a parasite of inshore species of sharks. The copepod is often found externally attached near the nares and less often near the posterior border of the fins. It is the only pandarid that attaches to its host by the use of cement. As pointed out above, the maxilliped of the female bears a very large pad that, upon removal of the copepod from the host, often shows denticles or the impression of denticles adhering to the surface of this pad. This adaption may be due to the rather hazardous area of attachment on the host (nose). Undoubtedly the nose of the host is often bumped, thus requiring an effective hold-fast structure if the parasite is to remain on the host. The male is described here for the first time. It was attached to a female when found. | | 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 Genus Dinemoura Latreille, 1829 Caligus Miiller, 1785, p. 182. [Refers to C. productus only.] Dinemoura Latreille, 1829, p. 197. [Type-species: D. producta.] Binoculus Nordman, 1832, p. 38. Dinematura Burmeister, 1833, p. 284. Pandarus.—Baird, 1850, p. 286. [Refers to P. lamnae only.] Nogagus.— Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 460. [Refers to N. gracilis only.] Frema.te.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. Dorsal thoracic plates on segment 4. Genital segment large. Abdomen 2-segmented and joined to genital segment ventrally. Caudal rami broad. Oral area with or without adhesion pads. Adhe- sion pad of first antenna double when present. Second maxilla with a patch of long setules at base of terminal claw. Maxilliped with small terminal claw. Legs 1-4 biramose. Rami of leg 1 2-sezgmented. Rami of legs 2 and 3 3-segmented. Rami of leg 4 1-segmented and in form of broad lamellae. Egg strings long and straight or folded. Ma.z.—Body form of usual pandarid type. Dorsal plate of seg- ment 4 reduced. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal rami large. Oral area as in female. Legs 1-4 biramose. Legs as in female with the following exceptions: terminal segment of endopod of leg 3 modified; leg 4 rami 2-segmented; legs 5 and 6 present. Discusston.—The genus Dinemoura occurs on the body surface of large pelagic sharks. The genus is represented by 4 valid species. There has been much confusion in the literature over the generic name of this group. In 1829 Latreille separated Caligus productus Miiller from the genus Caligus and assigned it to a new genus, Dine- moura. In 1832 Nordman used the name Binoculus but this was pre- occupied by Geoffroy in 1792 for a phyllopod genus. Burmeister changed the name Dinemoura to Dinematura in 1833 because the etymology of the word Dinemoura was incorrect. Since then, the 2 names have appeared with almost equal frequency. Yamaguti (1963) suggested that the original name be the proper one. Accord- ing to Article 33a of the “International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature,” this viewpoint is correct. Burmeister’s change was an “unjustified emendation” and cannot stand. Not enough is known of the males of the 4 species on which to base a key, but one is pro- vided below for the females. Key to Females of Genus Dinemoura 1. Adhesion pads conspicuous on oralarea ..... ohekeaho. Mee nis pcunes MLlCt en ere 2 Adhesion pads absent or peas onoral area. . . See ema 2. Genital segment about % body length. Dorsal nleiies bak segment 4 wider than long... . 5 4 datifolia Genital segment eon eads ieee een ae a segment 4 longer Ghar WAG se ae ke) arse en ee Shoe. eroygl Re sie cis pea . . . .producta NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 39 3. Posterior corners of genital segment not greatly produced and rounded. ferox Posterior corners of genital segment greatly produced and truncated. discrepans Dinemoura producta (Miiller, 1785) Fieures 190, 191 Caligus productus Miiller, 1785, p. 132. Dinemoura producta.—Latreille, 1829, p. 197.—Krgyer, 1837, p. 202.—Scott, T., 1901, p. 124.—Scott, T., and Scott, A., 1913, p. 86—Norman and Scott, fl be 1906, p. 211——Norman and Brady, 1910, p. 404.—Fage, 1923, p. 281.— Pesta, 1934. p. 27.—Oorde and Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1936, p. 139.— Matthews and Parker, 1950, p. 568.—Barnard, 1955, p. 262.—Delamare- Deboutteville and Nunes-Ruivo, 1958, p. 223. Binoculus productus—Nordman, 1832, p. 38. Dinematura gracilis Burmeister, 1833, p. 284. Dinematura producta.—Burmeister, 1833, p. 331.—Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 370.—Norman, 1868, p. 301.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 463.—Scott, T., 1900, p. 156.—Brian, 1906, p. 52; 1911, p. 197; 1944, p. 202.— Wilson, 1907, p. 380; 1923, p. 8; 1932, p. 431.—Hansen, 1923, p. 35.—Scott, A., 1929, p. 95—Pesta, 1934, p. 27.—Heegaard, 1943b, p. 26; 1945, p. 15.—Delamare- Deboutteville, 1948, p. 446—Matthews and Parker, 1950, p. 568—Rose and Vaissiére, 1953, p. 86.— Yamaguti, 1963, p. 117. Pandarus lamnae Johnston, 1835, p. 203. Nogagus gracilis—Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 460. Dinemoura lamnae Baird, 1850, p. 286. Nogagus productus.—Gerstaecker, 1853, p. 63. Dinematura lamnae.—Kr¢yer, 1863, p. 179. Dinematura affinis Thomsen, 1949, p. 14.—Shiino, 1957, p. 365. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Single collections from each of the following hosts: Isurus oxyrhynchus Rafinesque (35 00’N , 20 00’W), Prionace glauca (Linnaeus) (39 32’N, 28 02’W), Carcharodon carcharias (Lin- naeus) off Boothbay Harbor, Maine, Cetorhinus maximus (Gunnerus) on loan from Zoological Museum in Amsterdam. FrmaLe—A good description of the female of this species has been given as recently as 1957 by Shiino. His description is of Dinematura afinis but, since this is synonymous with Dinemoura producta, the figures and description apply. I will therefore only point out salient features. Body form as in figure 190. Total length (based on an average of 2 specimens) 18.5 mm. Greatest width 8.0 mm. Dorsal thoracic plates, present only on segment 4 fused basally and covering the anterior third of the genital segment. Genital segment about % body length. Caudal rami broad and with setae placed laterally. (Wilson, 1907, showed them as terminal, but in all specimens I examined they are laterally displaced.) Oral area as in figure 191. First antenna 2-segmented and bearing stout spinose spines on first segment and short naked setae on terminus of last segment. Second antenna with a stout claw, sharply bent at tip. Mandible of usual type with 12 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 teeth on tip and projecting within mouth tube as in other members of group. First maxilla of 2 segments with a palplike process bearing 3 short setae on first segment. Second maxilla with usual fringe claw at tip, a stout subterminal spine and a subterminal patch of long hairs. Maxilliped with a short claw at tip. Legs 1-4 biramose. Rami of leg 1 2-segmented. Rami of legs 2 and 3 3-segmented. Rami of leg 4 1-segmented and modified to form broad lamellae. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 Be 0:1 Tid 0:1 V 0 seg. 2 IV33) 33 Tet 0:2 I:1 0:2 seg. 3 - - TERS, '6 RE55 4 Leg 5 consisting of a small process bearing 2 short spines, outer plumose the inner naked. Leg 5 located near junction of abdomen and genital segment. Egg strings long and straight. Color in life cream, generally devoid of pigment. Matr.—The male of this species was first described by Wilson (1923). Because I had no material of the male of this genus, J am unable to expand Wilson’s work. He failed to mention any modi- fication of the endopod of leg 3. Based on evidence in other members of the genus, this modification should be present. On the basis of Wilson’s work the male appendages appear to be very similar to those of the female, except that the fourth leg of the male is not modified into broad lamellae as in the female but rather each ramus is 2-segmented and bears spines and setae. Remarxs.—This copepod has a very long and confusing history. It has been described or recorded under 11 different names. Many of the synonyms have been noted in the literature previously (mainly Wilson, 1907) but I have, in addition to these, placed D. affinis, Thomsen, 1949, in synonymy with D. producta. Shiino (1957) de- scribed and illustrated D. afinis from Japan. These descriptions agree with material I have collected and identified as D. producta from the Atlantic from 4 different hosts, including the same host from which Thomsen described D. affinis. In view of this, I feel certain that only one species of copepod is involved here. D. producta is found on several species of pelagic sharks but is most commonly associated with sharks of the genera Lamna and Isurus. It is probably worldwide in distribution. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 4] Dinemoura ferox (Krgyer, 1838) Figures 192, 193 Dinematura ferox Kréyer, 1838, p. 40.—Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 376.— Olsson, 1868, p. 17.—Meirs, 1880, p. 71.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 463.— Wilson, 1907, p. 377; 1920, p. 7.—Hansen, 1923, p. 33.—Stephensen, 1940, p. 5.—Yamaguti, 1963, p. 117. Dinemoura ferox.—Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 465. Dinemoura elongatus Beneden, 1857, p. 226. Dinematura carcharodonti Thomson, 1889, p. 360. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Two collections from the U.S. National Museum: USNM 12036 from a shark caught off Iceland, USNM 37783 (no collection data). FrEMALE.—Body form as in figure 192. Total length 32 mm (based on 1 specimen). Greatest width 10 mm. The female of this species has been well illustrated by Krgyer (1838) and Steenstrup and Liitken (1861) so that I will not repeat the figures here. Dorsal thoracic plates on segment 4. Plates extending slightly over proximal portion of genital segment. Genital segment large, about one-half body length. Abdomen 2-segmented. First segment bearing lateral wing- like projections. Caudal rami large and with 4 short spines along distal margin. Oral area as in figure 193. No adhesion pads asso- ciated with first and second antenna. A small pad with maxilliped. Oral appendages as in D. producta. The claw of the maxilliped is larger in D. ferox than in D. producta. Legs 1+4 as in figure 193. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 I:0 0:0 esi 0:1 Teal 0:1 IV IV seg. 2 IVs a} Tat 0:2 ileal 0:2 seg. 3 HO TTC: ya: Legs 5 and 6 represented by a series of lobes on posterior ventral surface of genital segment (see fig. 193). Lobes nearest to attachment of abdomen probably represent leg 6. Single most posterior lobe undoubtedly represents leg 5. Egg strings long and straight. Color in preserved specimens cream yellow and lacking pigment. Maue.—Hansen (1932) described a copepod identified by Kroyer as the male of D. ferox. He did not mention the presence of spermato- phores which should be the foremost character relating to its sex. The fourth legs are not modified as in the female. The description in general is insufficient; that this is actually the male of D. ferox 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 is inconclusive. It appears to be of the genus, however. Conse- quently, the male of this species still remains poorly known and perhaps even yet to be described. Discuss1on.—Dinemoura feroz is the largest pandarid copepod yet described. It is almost twice as long as its next largest relative. This alone easily separates it from other members of the group. It has been reported only from sharks from the North Atlantic in the area of Greenland. The known hosts are Somniosus microcephalus (Bloch and Schneider), reported by Wilson (1920), and Centrophorus squamosus Miller and Henle, reported by Hansen (1923). Miers (1880) reported this copepod taken off the ‘‘Greenland shark” and noted that the copepods were usually but not always found attached to the eyes of the host. Dinemoura latifolia (Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861) Figures 194-196 Dinematura latifolia Steenstrup and Litken, 1861, p. 378.—Heller, 1868, p. 199.— Richiardi, 1880, p. 148.—Valle, 1880, p. 60.—Carus, 1884, p. 390.—Brian, 1898b, p. 14; 1899, p. 4; 1902, p. 17; 1906, p. 52; 1944, p. 201.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 463.—Wilson, 1907, p. 383; 1923, p. 15; 1982, p. 432; 1935b, p. 778.— Yamaguti, 1936, p. 9; 1963, p. 117.—Shiino, 1954, p. 318; 1957, p. 365.— Delamare-Deboutteville and Nunes-Ruivo, 1954, p. 204.—Barnard, 1955, p. 263.—Heegaard, 1962, p. 177. SPECIMEN STUDIED.—Two collections from Jsurus oryrinchus Rafi- nesque in the North Atlantic (42°18’N, 64°02’W; 35°00’N, 70°00’W). A single collection from the same host in the Indian Ocean (8°55’S, 55°08’E). FreMALE.—Body form as in figure 194. Total length 14.5 mm (based on an average of 5 specimens). Greatest width 8.2 mm. Dorsal thoracic plates on segment 4 projecting posteriorly over the anterior portion of genital segment. Genital segment about one-half body length. Abdomen 2-segmented, each segment with a dorsal plate. Caudal rami large, each bearing 4 setae. Oral area as in figure 195. Since the female of this species has been well described and figured by Yamaguti (1936) and Shiino (1954), I will only discuss salient features. Adhesion pads associated with first and second antenna and maxilliped. Oral appendages similar to those of D. producta. Legs 1—4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 8 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 ea 0:1 Liat! 0:0 V 0 seg. 2 IMVesir 33 a 0:2 ye. 0:2 seg. 3 Teh: Te 5) 4 Shiino (1947) stated that the fifth legs are still undiscovered. I have NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 43 figured the posteroventral surface of the genital segment (fig. 196). This region shows 2 areas representing legs 5 and 6. I have interpreted the single, broad, spatulate process as belonging to leg 5 and the curved, clawlike process at the junction of the genital segment and abdomen as leg 6. Matr.—The male of this species has been described with some figures by Wilson (1907). Because I had no material of the male of this species, I am unable to amplify this description. Wilson did show some modification on the endopod of leg 3 (Wilson, 1907, p. xxv, fig. 103) which supports my contention that this is characteristic of the males of the entire group II of the family. The figures and description are incomplete and more material would certainly be desirable to complete the male description of this species. He stated that the fourth legs are not laminate as in the female but each ramus is 2-jointed and bearing spines and setae. He did not figure this appendage. Discussion.—This is a fairly common species occurring on the body surface of a number of pelagic sharks of the genera Jsurus, Lamna, and Carcharodon. These 3 genera of sharks compose the family Jsuridae (after Bigelow and Schroeder, 1948). The parasite may well be restricted to that group. It is easily separated from members of the genus by the shape of the dorsal thoracic plates. Dinemoura discrepans, new species Figures 197-217 SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Highteen females and 13 males from the body surface of Alopias vulpinus (Bonneterre) from the Indian Ocean (9°24’N, 54°58’E). Holotype female (USNM 113592), allotype male, and 10 paratypes (59 9, 50%”) deposited in alcohol in the U.S. National Museum, 10 paratypes (59 9, 50’) in the British Museum (Natural History), and the remaining paratypes in the author’s collection. Other specimens studied: a single collection from Alopias vulpinis in the Indian Ocean (7°17’N, 55°00’E); a single collection from Alopias superciliosus (Lowe) from Nosy Bé, Madagascar; a single collection from Alopias superciliosus from the Pacific Ocean (0°38/N, 124°23’W). Frmate.—Body form as in figure 197. Total length 13.9 mm (based on an average of 5 specimens). Greatest width 6.7 mm (meas- ured at widest part of cephalon). Cephalon rounded, 6.7 mm by 6.2 mm, slightly wider than long. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. Posterior corners of segment 2 produced to form winglike expansions. Dorsal plates present on segment 4. Plate of segment 4 extending only slightly over anterior portion of genital segment with their 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 posterior borders serrate. Plates widely separated. Genital segment longer than wide (5.7 by 3.9 mm). Posterior corners of genital segment produced and truncated. Abdomen 2-segmented. Each segment bearing a dorsal plate. Plate of segment 1 bilobed. Plate of segment 2 single. Caudal ramus large (1.6 by 0.8 mm) and bearing 6 short, naked spines. Oral area as in figure 198. Adhesion pads reduced. First antenna (fig. 199) 2-segmented. First segment with 29 short, stout spines (majority of the spines covered with spinules). Second segment with 14 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 200) with a terminal claw recurved at tip, with 2 short spines along outer edge. Small adhesion areas on the penultimate segment. Mandible (fig. 201) of the usual type with 11 teeth at tip (fig. 202). First maxilla (see fig. 201) a broad lobe with a group of 3 setae near base and a broad terminal spine. Second maxilla (fig. 202) with terminal claw subdivided into 2 seg- ments (fig. 204). Terminal segment with short rows of fringe. Penultimate segment with group of broad bladelike setae on inner distal corner and surface of segment covered with stout setules. Antepenultimate segment with large spine and patch of hairs at inner distal corner. Maxilliped (fig. 205) with strong terminal claw. Legs 1-4 biramose. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 TO) 0:0 Neca 0:1 Lea 0:0 4 0 seg. 2 [V3.3 | | 0:2 TV:6) 10:2 seg. 3 Til: 5 4 Leg 1 (fig. 206) with both rami 2-segmented. No adhesion pads on the rami. Leg 2 (fig. 207) with each ramus 3-segmented. Outer edge of first exopod segment striated as an adhesion area. Outer edges of other exopod segments serrated. Leg 3 (fig. 208) with exopod of only 2 clearly separated segments. Terminal segment shows some evidence of being subdivided but indicates a fusion of last 2 segments. Leg 4 with each ramus in shape of a broad lamella (see fig. 198). Exopod bearing 4 short spines. Endopod unarmed. Leg 5 (see fig. 209) a single lobe with 1 small setae. Leg 6 (see fig. 219) located near junction of abdomen and genital segment and composed of 2 spatulate processes projecting under lateral extensions of first abdominal seg- ment. ‘Two sclerotized areas located on the midline of genital seg- ment. ‘These probably function in attachment of spermatophores. Egg strings long and folded (fig. 210) forming 3 strands. Color in life cream and without pigmentation. MaueE.—Body form as in figure 211. Total length 9.7 mm (based on an average of 2 specimens). Greatest width 5.1 mm (measured at the widest part of the cephalon). Cephalon about one-half body NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 45 length. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segment 4 and similar to those of female. Genital segment with posterior corners produced to form lobes serrate on posterior border (see fig. 212). Genital segment slightly longer than wide (2.8 by 2.3 mm). Abdomen 2-segmented and without dorsal plates. Caudal rami as in female. Oral area as in female. Legs 1-3 as in female except for a modifi- cation on endopod of leg 3 (fig. 213). This appendage may be used in the transfer of spermatophores to female. Leg 4 (fig. 214) with rami 2-segmented and not modified in form of lamellae. Spine and setal formula of legs 1-4 as follows: eg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end, exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 0 0:0 gil @eal eel 0:0 LOo0: f seg. 2 TVS) 3 Tet -Os2, IV26 0:2 Vii Mat seg. 3 JOULE 6 6 4 Leg 5 (fig. 215) located at the midpoint of the lateral margin and composed of an outer lobe with 2 setae (outer plumose, inner naked) and an inner lobe with a single naked setae. Leg 6 (fig. 216) near Junction of abdomen and genital segment and consisting of a small process bearing a single naked spine. Spermatophores (fig. 217) attach to female and cross to opposite seminal receptacle as in other members of the family. It is less obvious in this group since the spermatophores lie side by side in close proximity to each other. Figure 217 shows one spermatophore removed to reveal neck of the other spermatophore crossing to recep- tacle of other side. Color cream white as in female and devoid of pigmentation. Discussion.—This parasite seems to be specific to sharks of the genus Alopias. I have examined material from the Indian Ocean and Pacific and it may well be found throughout the range of the host genus. This species is easily separated from the known members of the genus by the shape of the genital segment and nature of the dorsal thoracic plates. It is found on the body surface of the host and, from my own experience, seems to favor the undersurface of the host in the region of the cloaca. The description of the male should give pertinent information regarding the nature of the lesser known males of other species of this genus. The modification of the endopod of leg 3 is quite distinct. It is interesting to note that the male and female are much more alike than in members of group I of this family. This may prove to be a consistent difference between these two groups. The word discrepans is from Latin, meaning “‘to differ.’ 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Genus Demoleus Heller, 1865 Caligus.—Otto, 1821, p. 15. [Refers to C. heptatus only.] Binoculus—Nordman, 1832, p. 32. [Refers to B. sexsetaceus only.] Dinematura.—Burmeister, 1833, p. 331. [Refers to D. sexsetaceus only.] Nogagus.— Gerstaecker, 1853, p. 63. [Refers to N. productus only.] Demoleus.—Heller, 1868, p. 199. [Type-species: D. paradozus.] Frmatz.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. Dorsal thoracic plates on segment 4 only. Abdomen 1- segmented and with a dorsal plate. Caudal rami large. Oral area with adhesion pads associated with first and second antenna, maxilliped and an additional pad between bases of the maxillipeds. Oral appendages of usual type. The second antenna with terminal hook- like spine reduced. Penultimate segment of second maxilla with large spine and patch of stout setules on distal corner. Legs 1-4 biramose; all rami 2-segmented. Legs 5 and 6 present. Egg strings folded. Maux.—Body form of usual type. No dorsal plates present. Oral area similar to that of female. Appendages similar to female except for a modification on endopod of third leg of male. Males of this genus are poorly known. Discussron.—At present there are 2 species in this genus. D. heptatus, female, is well known and is amply recorded in the literature principally as an external parasite of Hexanchus. LD. latus is reported by Shiino (1954) from Acanthidium eglantina (Jordan and Snyder) and I have examined material from Squalus acutipinnis Regan. Both of these hosts are members of the family Squalidae. The adhesion process between bases of maxillipeds is not found in any other genus in this family. This character alone sets it apart from other pandarid copepods. Key to Females of Genus Demoleus Genital segment covering the dorsal abdominal plate. Egg strings exposed. heptatus Genital segment only covering about of the dorsal abdominal plate. Egg ptrimgs hidden iAte et Gh te. \a, RPL, Re. A RARE SRG Salton a Aha Monin latus Demoleus heptatus (Otto, 1821) Figures 218-237 Caligus heptatus—Otto, 1821, p. 15. Caligus paradozus Otto, 1828, p. 352. Binoculus sexsetaceus Nordman, 1832, p. 32. Dinematura sexsetaceus—Burmeister, 1833, p. 331. Nogagus productus Gerstaecker, 1853, p. 64. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—-CRESSEY 47 Demoleus paradoxus.—Heller, 1868, p. 199.—Carus, 1884, p. 361.—Bassett- Smith, 1899, p. 460.—Pearson, 1905, p. 166.—Brian, 1906, p. 50.—Wilson, 1907, p. 349; 1935b, p. 778.—Scott, T., and Scott, A., 1913, p. 79.—Rose and Vaissiere, 1953, p. 85. Demoleus heptatus—Dollfus, 1943, p. 1—Yamaguti, 1963, p. 115. SPECIMENS STuDIED.—Eleven females and 1 male USNM 60465 from Hezanchus species from Monterey Bay, California. FrmaLe.—Body form as in figure 218. Total length 12.5 mm (based on a single specimen). Greatest width 4.5 mm (measured at widest part of cephalon). Carapace rounded about as long as wide. Dorsal thoracic plates present on segment 4. Plates extend- ing only slightly over anterior portion of genital segment. Genital segment 5.8 mm long and 3.1 mm wide, about one-half body length. Posterior corners produced dorsally and extending as rounded lobes over abdomen and caudal rami. Abdomen (see fig. 219) 1-segmented and with a large dorsal plate. Caudal rami large (2.6 by 1.3 mm), joined to the abdomen distally (see fig. 219). Each ramus with 6 naked setae, innermost and outermost very short. Oral area (fig. 220) with adhesion pads associated with first and second antenna and maxilliped. Adhesion pads small and not well developed. A padlike process located between bases of maxillipeds (fig. 221). This process is directed posteriorly and has a pad at tip. Pad is divided by a median line suggesting a fusion of 2 pads. First antenna (fig. 222) 2-segmented. First segment with 28 spines and setae armed as in figure. Last segment with 9 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 223) small. Terminal claw not well developed. Ad- hesion area near base. Mouth tube of the usual form. Mandible with 12 teeth at tip. First maxilla (fig. 224) composed of a lobe with articulated process at tip and basal process bearing 3 short spines. Second maxilla of usual form. Terminal claw (fig. 225) subdivided. Distal segment with rows of fringes asin figure. Subterminal segment with patch of spines. Penultimate segment bearing prominent spinose spine and group of long hairs. Maxilliped (fig. 226) with terminal claw opposed by sclerotized protuberances on basal segment. Legs 1-4 (figs. 227-230) biramose. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 LO 0:0 io! 0:1 eat 0:1 ligil, Meu seg. 2 LV:3" "3 TVi25.. «8 PV 25° 6 We S58 Leg 5 (fig. 231) located on ventral surface of genital segment near lateral margin (see fig. 219) and composed of single lobe with 2 naked spines. Leg 6 (fig. 232) at area of spermatophore attachment and modified to assist in this function. 4S PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Egg strings folded to form 3 strands. Ma.e.—Body form as in figure 233. Total length 9 mm (based on 1 specimen). Greatest width 3.4 mm. No dorsal plates present. Oral area as in female. First antenna as in female. Second antenna (fig. 234) with clawlike tip. Penultimate segment with stout hooklike spine at midpoint. Other oral appendages as in female. Maxilliped (fig. 235) with long terminal claw opposed by 4 adhesive areas on preceding segments. Legs 1-4 as in female except for modification of last segment of endopod of leg 3 (fig. 236). Leg 5 single lobe with 2 or 3 setae. In the only specimen I was able to observe one leg was broken and the other was not clear. Leg 5 located along margin of genital segment near midpoint. Leg 6 (fig. 237) located near junction of abdomen and genital segment and composed of a single lobe with 2 naked setae. Discussion.—Demoleus heptatus has been described and its synon- ymy considered recently by Dollfus (1943). The male is poorly known and has been elaborated here on the basis of a single specimen. This parasite seems to be most common on sharks of the genus Hexanchus. Wilson designates Nogagus grandis Steenstrup and Liitken as the male. This has been shown to be the male of Phyllothyreus cornutus Milne-Edwards. The true male is not well known and the single specimen that I studied may be the first record of the true male of this species. Demoleus latus Shiino, 1954 FIGURES 238-242 Demoleus latus Shiino, 1954, p. 325. SPECIMENS sTuDIED.—A single collection of 12 females from the Discovery Collections, collected off Cape Trawler, July 8, 1927, from Squalus acutipinnis. FrmaLtE.—This species has been well described and figured by Shiino (1954). Except for the inclusion of a few details omitted in the original description, I will only present a superficial overall descripton here. Body form as in figure 238. Total length 9.2 mm. (based on an average of 3 specimens). Greatest width 3.1 mm. (measured at widest part of genital segment). Dorsal thoracic plates present on segment 4. Genital segment about one-half body length. Abdomen l-segmented and with broad dorsal plate. Caudal ramus broad, with 4 terminal naked setae. Oral area (fig. 239) and associated appendages well described by Shiino except that it is worth noting that there is an adhesive pad between the bases of the maxillipeds as in D. heptatus. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 49 Legs 1—4 biramose, with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 O20). yet Or Tet On Tee 0:1 seg. 2 Wess LV eS IV:5 5 Pb) 4 Leg 5 (fig. 240) located ventrally near outer distal corner of genital segment and composed of a signle lobe bearing a short plumose seta. Leg 6 (fig. 241) located near junction of abdomen and genital segment and represented by a finger-like lobe. Egg strings coiled and not protruding (fig. 242), remaining hidden between dorsal abdomen plate and abdomen. Color in preserved specimens cream and devoid of pigmentation. Matze.— Unknown. Discusston.—I have been able to supplement the original descrip- tion on a few points, particularly the nature of the 5th and 6th legs and the egg strings. The specimens I received were still attached to pieces of fin from the host shark. I noticed that the copepods were attached to the lighter pigmented surface (presumably lower) of the fin. This would indicate that in this instance the pectoral or pelvic fins were involved. This is only the second record of this copepod; consequently, too little is known about the species to draw any conclusions regarding its host specificity or geographic distribution. This species is easily separated from D. heptatus by the nature of the abdomen and general configuration of the body. Genus Pagina Cressey, 1964 Pagina Cressey, 1964, p. 285. [Type-species: P. tunica.] Frmaute.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic seg- ment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. Second and third thoracic segments without dorsal plates. Fourth segment with a dorsal plate. Abdomen 2-segmented, each segment with a dorsal plate. Abdomen attached to distal end of genital segment and visable dorsally. Cephalic appendages of typical pandarid type. Legs 1-4 biramose; rami of leg 1 2-segmented, those of legs 2-4 3-segmented; all bearing plumose setae. Fifth and sixth legs present. Egg sacs long. Maur.—Body of typical pandarid form. No dorsal plates present. Appendages with same generic characters as the female. The name Pagina, from Latin, meaning “a page,” refers to the relationship of the abdominal plates to each other. 221-534—67—_+4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 Pagina tunica Cressey, 1964 Figures 243-267 Pagina tunica Cressey, 1964, p. 285. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—21 specimens (18 females and 3 males) col- lected from Alopias superciliosus (Lowe) caught at Majunga, Mada- gascar. Holotype female, allotype male, and 8 paratype females in alcohol deposited in the U.S. National Museum, 3 paratype females in alcohol deposited in the Collection of the Centre d’Oceanographic et des Peches de Nosy Bé, Madagascar, and the remaining paratypes in the author’s collection. OTHER SPECIMENS STUDIED.—A single collection from Alopias superciliosus from Nosy Bé, Madagascar; a single collection from the same host in the Pacific (0°38’N, 124°23’W). FrMALe.—Body form as in figures 243 and 244. Total length, based on an average of 4 specimens, including caudal rami but not setae, 17.9 mm. Greatest width (measured at the widest part of cephalon) 5.8 mm. Cephalon nearly round, slightly longer than wide, measuring 6.0 by 5.8 mm (measurements including marginal fringe). Posterior corners of cephalon projecting distally. First thoracic segment fused with head. Second segment distinct with 2 lateral lobes extending to posterior margin of third thoracic segment, thus incorporating the smaller third segment within its posterior border. Fourth thoracic segment with dorsal plate consisting of 2 conspicuous winglike lobes. The distal corner of this plate extends only slightly over anterior corner of genital segment. Genital segment large, its greatest length 4.6 mm and its greatest width at the posterior corners 3.8 mm. Pos- terior corners produced to form 2 short lobes. Abdomen 2-segmented, both segments possessing a conspicuous dorsal plate. From the dorsal aspect abdominal plates covering rest of abdomen. Ventrally the first abdominal segment (fig. 248) as wide as long, measuring 1.5 by 1.5mm. Dorsal plate of this segment extending over rest of abdomen and with a deep median sinus dividing it into 2 long lobes (see figs. 243, 244). Second abdominal segment also as long as wide and measuring ventrally 2.1 by 2.1 mm. Its dorsal plate composed of only a single lobe and extending over proximal ends of caudal rami (see figs. 243, 245). Caudal ramus (fig. 245) large, comprising almost one-fourth of total body length. Each ramus about 4 times as long | as wide measuring 4.2 by 1.3 mm. Distal end of ramus bearing 6 © setae. The outermost and innermost small and naked, but median 4 plumose and all nearly equal in length, longest measuring 0.4 mm. Outer border heavily sclerotized while inner only weakly so and often appearing wrinkled in preserved specimens. —_—_—-— NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 51 Oral area as in figure 246. A single pair of adhesion pads near base of first antenna. First antenna (fig. 247) 2-segmented. First segment 0.77 mm long and bearing 23 stout setae along anterior distal border, all of which are covered with spinules. Four smaller finely plumose setae internal to outer spines. Terminal segment 0.42 mm long and bearing 13 naked setae. Second antenna (fig. 249) 3-segmented. Terminal segment in form of a stout, heavily sclerotized claw bearing 2 setae, 1 basal and the other median. No adhesion pad associated with this appendage. Mouth tube (fig. 250) about twice as long as basal width with labium extending beyond tip of labrum. Tip of labrum somewhat expanded and weakly trilobed with a pair of subterminal processes projecting within tube (fig. 251). The labium expanded at tip and fringed as in figure 251. The mandible attached to head near base of tube (see fig. 250) and bearing a long process with extends be- tween labrum and labium. Distal end of mandibular process with an inner row of about 11 teeth (fig. 252). First maxilla (fig. 253) indis- tinctly divided into 2 segments. Proximal segment with a group of 3 setae near base. Distal segment short and terminating as a blunt process. Second maxilla (fig. 254) 3-segmented. Second segment bearing a group of stout setules and a single seta at inner distal corner. Third segment short, with 2 transverse rows of setules and bearing a claw ornamented on proximal two-thirds of concave margin with transverse rows of spinules and on convex surface with longitudinal rows of spines. Maxilliped (fig. 255) apparently 4-segmented. First segment bearing padlike process on anteroventral surface, which undoubtedly serves as an adhesion pad. Third segment bearing a heavily sclerotized spinelike process opposed by claw of fourth seg- ment, thus forming a chela. Fourth segment bearing a single seta near base of claw. Legs 1-4 biramose, with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 eg 2 leg 8 leg 4 xp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 T= 0:1 Isat 0:1 eat 0:1 seg. 2 LE: 43 Iai 0:2 Tea 0:2 lice 0:2 seg. 3 - - TIL25,..6 TETs5), 4 IDES, VS Leg 1 (fig. 256) with both rami 2-segmented. First exopod segment outwardly greatly inflated and bearing a single outer spine. Last exopod segment with 3 outer spines and 4 inner setae. First endopod segment with no setae but second segment bearing 3 setae. Basipodite bearing a short outer seta; inner margin naked except for a short seta. No setae on coxopodite. Leg 2 (fig. 257) with both rami 3-segmented. First exopod segment with an outer spine and an inner seta. Second segment same. Third segment with 3 outer spines and 5 terminal setae. First endopod segment with an inner seta. Second segment 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 with 2 inner setae. Third segment with 6 terminal setae. Basipodite with only an outer seta; inner margin with a row of hairs. Coxopodite seta stout and densely plumose. Leg 3 (fig. 258) with both rami 3- segmented. First and second exopod segments with an outer spine and an inner seta. Third segment with 3 outer spines and 5 terminal setae. First endopod segment with an inner seta. Second segment with 2 inner setae. Third segment with 3 terminal setae. Inner portion of basipodite expanded with a marginal fringe as in figure. No seta on the coxopodite. All setae on legs 1-4 plumose and all spines fringed. Leg 5 located on ventral surface near posterior corner of genital segment (see fig. 248), bearing 3 naked spines. Leg 6 modi- fied to form a hooklike process that holds spermatophores in place (see fig. 248). Egg strings long, 1.5 times as long as body. Maure.—Body form as in figure 260. Total length, based on an average of 2 specimens, including caudal ramus but not setae 11.7 mm. Greatest width 4.6 mm measured at widest part of cephalon. Cepha- lon nearly round somewhat wider than long (4.6 by 4.2 mm) with posterior corners projecting. Lateral dorsal edge of segment 2 bearing on each side a clear membrane that extends posteriorly to fourth seg- ment. Fourth segment with only a suggestion of winglike plate found in female. Genital segment (fig. 261) 2.6 by 2.1 mm, somewhat longer than wide. Spermatophores visable through posterior half of genital segment. Abdomen 2-segmented, without dorsal plates. First segment measuring 0.88 by 0.88 mm. Second segment longer than wide (1.4 by 1.08 mm) with widest part in distal portion of seg- ment. Caudal ramus armed as in female; about 4 times as long as wide (1.9 by 0.49 mm). Inner margin bearing a row of short hairs. Oral area as in female. First antenna like that of female. Second antenna (fig. 262) 4-segmented. Second segment with striated areas as shown in figure. Claw shorter and stouter than in female and com- posed of 2 segments (in the female these segments are fused to form 1). Other oral appendages like those of female. Maxilliped (figs. 263, 264) heavily sclerotized with achela at tip. When chela is closed, claw of last segment fits into a bifurcation on tip of spinelike process on penultimate segment. A bossed area present between these claws. In addition to claw, last segment bearing a single seta (see fig. 264). Adhesion process near base of maxilliped as in female. Legs 1—4 as in female except for last endopod segment of leg 3 (fig. 265). Ventral surface of this segment bearing a heavily sclerotized process that extends out over an embossed area near edge (this seems to be modified for holding, but exact function is yet unknown). In addition to ventral process, a more weakly sclerotized dorsolateral process. Leg 5 (fig. 266) located ventrolaterally in middle of genital segment (see fig. 261) and bearing 4 setae, 3 plumose and 1 fringed with NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 53 spinules. Outer seta not greatly displaced from other 3, as in female. Leg 6 (fig. 267) located internal to distal corner of genital segment and consisting of a small process bearing short setae. Discussion.—The genus Pagina is closely related to Dinemoura Latreille, 1829, of which there are 4 known species. These 2 genera have the following characteristics of the female in common: a wing- like dorsal plate on the fourth thoracic segment; a 2-segmented abdo- men, each abdominal segment bearing a dorsal plate, the first of which is bilobed and the second single-lobed, and legs 1-3 similar and rela- tively unmodified. Pagina can be separated from Dinemoura by the fact that in Dinemoura the fourth leg is broad and conspicuously lamelliform, whereas the fourth leg of Pagina is unmodified. Pagina is unlike all other known genera of this family in having the rami of legs 2-4 3-segmented. Genus Echthrogaleus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861 Dinemoura.— Guerin-Meneville, 1837, pl. 35. [Refers to D. alata only.] Dinematura.—Dana, 1852, p. 60. [Refers to D. braccata only.] Echthrogaleus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 380. (Type-species: EH. coleop- tratus.] Pandarus—Thomson, 1889, p. 363. [Refers to P. armatus only.] Frmatx.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic segment fused with cephalon. Dorsal thoracic plates on segment 4. Abdomen 1-segmented. Abdomen concealed beneath genital segment. Caudal rami joined to abdomen terminally. Oral adhesion pads present but somewhat reduced. First antenna 2-segmented. Legs 1-4 biramose. Leg 4 lamelliform. Legs 5 and 6 present. Egg strings long and straight. Matz.—No dorsal thoracic plates present. Abdomen 2-segmented Legs 1-4 biramose. Leg 3 with modification on endopod. Leg 4 not lamelliform. Legs 5 and 6 present and not as reduced as in female. Other oral and thoracic appendages as in the female. Discussion.—This genus is cosmopolitan as a parasite on the body surface of elasmobranch fishes. LZ. coleoptratus and denticulatus may be restricted to larger pelagic sharks whereas torpedinis has been re- ported only from the ray, Torpedo occidentalis. The copepod is para- sitic on the body surface of the host. This genus is closely related to Dinemoura but differs from it princi- pally in having a 1-segmented abdomen. The males of this genus have not been well described. The descriptions of coleoptratus and denticulatus males have been amplified here. In 1899 Thomson described a copepod under the name of Dinematura hamiltoni. This is obviously a member of the genus Echthrogaleus, but the figures and description are too poor to assign it to any species. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Key to Females of Genus Echthrogaleus 1. Posterior border of dorsal thoracic plate smooth. Leg 5 concealed in dorsal ViCW fs ers ..... . coleoptratus Posterior border of dorsal ihoracie plate nee a EN eR Sieh ced ces 2 Leg 5 visible in dorsal view. Dorsal thoracic plate covering not more than Ff PENAL SOLMENG ao case. bs inst bs Hey eee dot ead Sets tes | Webbe te denticulatus ree 5 concealed in dorsal view. Daral thoracic plate covering at least % Conital BeGMEDG oo. whe ae ws vey ene, act ceric. egies am eee ner ea OEE OATES Echthrogaleus coleoptratus (Guerin-Meneville, 1837) Figures 264-280 Dinemoura alata Guerin-Meneville, 1837, p. 42. Dinemoura coleoptrata Guerin-Meneville, 1837, p. 42. Dinemoura affinis Milne-Edwards, 1840, p. 465. Dinematura braccata Dana, 1852, p. 60. Echthrogaleus coleoptratus Steenstrup and Liitken, 1861, p. 380.—Olsson, 1868, p. 20.—Norman, 1868, p. 301.—Rathbun, 1884, p. 488.—Brian, 1899, p. 4; 1902, p. 8; 1906, p. 53; 1908, p. 4; 1912, p. 12; 1914b, p. 148; 1944, p. 202.— Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 464.—Scott, T., 1900, p. 156; 1901, p. 125; 1902, p. 292.—Scott, T., and Scott, A., 1913, p. 89.—Norman and Scott, T., 1906, p. 214.— Wilson, 1907, p. 367; 1908, p. 452; 1920, p. 12; 1922, p. 5; 1923, p. 138; 1932, p. 427.—Norman and Brady, 1910, p. 404.—Stebbing, 1910, p. 559.—Hansen, 1923, p. 33—Marukawa, 1925, p. 1242; 1947, p. 926.— Yamaguti, 1936, p. 7; 1963, p. 119.—Oorde and Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1936, p. 1389.—Rose and Vaissiere, 1953, p. 86.—Shiino, 1954, p. 291; 1957, p. 364.— Delamare-Debouteville and Nunes-Ruivo, 1954, p. 204.—Barnard, 1955, p. 264.—Capart, 1959, p. 97—Stuardo and Fagetti, 1961, p. 58—Heegaard, 1962, p. 177. Echthrogaleus braccatus—Heller, 1868, p. 197.—Thomson, 1889, p. 361.—Norman and Scott, 1906, p. 213.—Wilson, 1907, p. 366. Nogagus lutkenit Norman, 1868, p. 300. Echthrogaleus perspicax Olsson, 1868, p. 18.—Wilson, 1907, p. 457. Echthrogaleus lutkenti—Norman and Scott, 1906, p. 213.—Scott, T., and Scott, A., 1913, p. 90—Oorde and Schuurmans Stekhoven, 1936, p. 139. Echthrogaleus affinis—Brady, 1883, p. 133.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 465.— Wilson, 1907, p. 363. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Twenty-six collections from Prionace glauca from the western North Atlantic (35°-45°N, 20°-80°W). A single collection from Lamna ditropis Hubbs and Fallett sent to me by Dr. P. Gilbert from the North Pacific. Four collections from Prionace glauca from the Indian Ocean (42°23’S, 74°56’E) and 2 collections from Lamna nasus (Bonnaterre) at the same locality. This copepod has been extensively collected and reported in the literature. The female has been well described and figured (most recently by Shiino, 1954); however, the male is poorly known and will be dealt with here in more detail. FrmaLr.—Body form as in figure 268. Total length 9.7 mm (based on an average of 10 specimens). Greatest width 4.8 mm. Dorsal NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 55 thoracic plates on segment 4. Oral area and associated appendages described by Shiino (1954). First maxilla as in figure 269. Adhesion pads present but small. Leg 1-4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 EON Os0 Ea Ora Tere 0:1 LV seg. 2 IV=3) 3 1:0 8 Te 6 seg. 3 TEES TEES Leg 1 endopod (fig. 270) with usual 3 setae but inner and outer short. Sternal plate between legs 1 with a bilobed adhesion pad (fig. 271). Leg 5 (fig. 272) a single lobe with 3 stout spines near tip. Leg 6 incorporated into area of spermatophore attachment and not a separate element. Egg strings long and straight. Color in life cream with light brown pigment on cephalon. Mate.—Body form as in figure 273. Total length 6.4 mm (based on an average of 2 specimens). Greatest width 3.6 mm (measured at widest part of the cephalon). Cephalon rounded, about as long as wide. No dorsal plates present. Genital segment (fig. 274) 1.6 by 1.4 mm, slightly longer than wide. Posterior corners not markedly produced. Abdomen 2-segmented. Caudal ramus with 4 moderately long, plumose setae and plumose along inner margin. Oral area and associated appendages as in the female. Adhesion | pads somewhat smaller. Legs 1-4 biramose. Spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 i000 ifeil eal Isiah @sal 1g ays seg. 2 IV:3 3 Teen 8 Eater ce er eo seg. 3 III:5 TSS TSS _ Leg 1 (fig. 275) as in the female except that setae on endopod are of equal length in male. Leg 2 (fig. 276) as in female but without _ patches of stout spinules. Leg 3 with a modification of last endopod segment (fig. 277). Leg 4 as in figure 278. Leg 5 (fig. 279) located on midlateral margin of genital segment _ and consisting of a single lobe with 1 stout spine and 3 plumose setae. Leg 6 (fig. 280) situated near junction of genital segment and abdomen _ and represented by a single spine and plumose seta. Color in life cream, devoid of pigment. Discussion.—Echthrogaleus coleoptratus is a widely distributed _ species of copepod and has been reported from a wide variety of ee sharks. It is generally found on pelagic rather than inshore varieties. it occurs on the body surface of the host, commonly on the fins. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 The male shows the modified endopod of leg 3 placing this copepod in group II. Echthrogaleus denticulatus Smith, 1874 Figures 281-290 Echthrogaleus denticulatus Smith, 1874, p. 282.—Rathbun, 1884, p. 488.— Wilson, 1907, p. 369; 1932, p. 428.—Shiino, 1954, p. 297; 1959b, p. 352. Dinematura neozealanica Thomson, 1889, p. 359.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 464.— Wilson, 1907, p. 363. Pandarus armatus Thomson, 1889, p. 363. [Nogagus male.] SPECIMENS sTUDIED.—A single large collection from Alopias pelagicus Nakamura from Majunga, Madagascar. Three collections from Alopias vulpinus from the Indian Ocean (16°13’N, 63°29’E; 9°24’N, 54°58’E; 7°17’N, 55°00’E). A _ single collection from Eulamia floridanus from the Indian Ocean (14°36’N, 55°23’E), Two collections from Alopias vulpinus from the Pacific Ocean (7°47’N, 102°377 WW; 212154N, TA3°267VV):- Frma.LE.—Body form as in figure 281. Total length 7.8 mm (based on an average of 5 specimens). Greatest width 4.3 mm (measured at the widest part of cephalon). The female of this species has been recently redescribed and figured by Shiino (1954) and a complete description will not be repeated here. Oral area of usual type, adhesion pads present. Cephalic appendages as shown by Shiino except terminal claw of second maxilla (fig. 282) is indis- tinctly subdivided. Legs 1-4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 2 leg 8 leg 4 Dp end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 OO. e 0s Wie Braet ab 0:1 Xe, Vi seg. 2 IV:3 3 T:1 O52). 1st 6 seg. 3 IV:4 6 Tih:5 Leg 5 (fig. 283) a long process projecting beyond distal corners of genital segment, bearing a stout terminal spine and 2 subterminal setae. Leg 6 (fig. 284) located at junction of abdomen and genital segment and composed of a bilobed process. Leg 6 covered by abdomen in ventral view. Egg strings long and straight. Color in life cream, no pigmentation. Maur.—Body as in figure 285. Total length 5.2 mm (based on an average of 2 specimens). Greatest width 2.8 mm (measured at widest point of cephalon). Frontal plate separate. Cephalon rounded, somewhat wider than long. No dorsal thoracic plates. Genital segment (fig. 286) with posterior corners produced only slightly. Two patches of spinules on ventral surface of segment. Genital segment longer than wide (1.2 by 1.0 mm). Abdomen 2- | | — NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 57 segmented. First segment 218u long. Second segment 360y long. Caudal rami long, measuring 720u by 144y (about 5 times as long as wide). Each ramus bearing 4 plumose terminal setae and 2 shorter subterminal ones. Each ramus plumose along inner edge. Oral area as in female. Setae on first and second antennae slightly longer than in female. Legs 1-4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end, exp. end. seg. 1 I:0 0:0 Tea 0:1 faa O:1 tea Oz seg. 2 LY 23h) 23 eal 8 Te REG wrt 5 seg 3 IIL: 5 TITs5 III:4 Leg 1 as in female. Leg 2 endopod of only 2 segments. Leg 3 with modification as in figure 287. Leg 4 (fig. 288) bearing a prominent spine on outer distal corner of first exopod segment. Leg 5 (fig. 289) located on posterior corners of genital segment, composed of a process bearing a stout terminal spine and 3 setae on inner margin. Distal 2 setae plumose. Proximal one naked. Leg 6 (fig. 290) located at junction of abdomen and genital segment, composed of an inner stout spine and an outer plumose seta. Color in life cream and devoid of pigment. Discussion.—This copepod was recently redescribed by Shiino (1954). He described a male of this species also, but a closer exami- nation shows this to be actually the male of Pandarus satyrus. A comparison of his description and figures leaves no doubt as to its true identity. He comments that there is ‘‘a remarkable dimorphism found between the sexes.”” This is not the case when one considers the true male of this species, described here for the first time. The modification on the third leg is well formed, establishing the position of this species in group II. I have synonymized D. neozealanica Thomson, 1889, with this species since Thomson’s original description fits in every way. This copepod is found generally on the body surface of a wide variety of pelagic sharks. It is occasionally recovered from the gills also. I collected large numbers of this species from Alopias vulpinus in the Indian Ocean. On this host the copepod often occurred in great clusters (200-300 copepods) around the opening of the cloaca. Females far outnumber the males in such cases. This copepod has been reported from the Atlantic (Smith, 1874), North Pacific (Shiino, 1954), and I have collected it from the Indian Ocean and received material from the Central Pacific. This seems to indicate a cosmo- politan distribution. It is apparently a common parasite of the genus Alopias. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Echthrogaleus torpedinis Wilson, 1907 Fiaures 291-294 Echthrogaleus torpedinis Wilson, 1907, p. 371; 1932, p. 429. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—USNM 11350, syntypes. 3 females from Torpedo occidentalis from Provincetown, Mass. The only material available for study were type specimens from the U.S. National Museum. Because I did not dissect any of these types, a complete redescription is not possible here. This will have to wait until more material can be collected; nevertheless, I have figured some details and have added here to the original description. Frema.Le.—Body form as in figure 291. Total length 12.8 mm (based on a single specimen). Greatest width 8.2 mm (measured at widest part of the dorsal thoracic plates). Cephalon rounded, about as wide as long (6.2 by 6.2mm). Dorsal thoracic plates on segment 4. These plates very conspicuous and serrated along their posterior borders. Plates extending over the proximal two-thirds of the genital segment. Genital segment with its posterior corners produced to form inwardly directed lobes. Abdomen 1-segmented, hidden in dorsal view. A small dorsal plate with abdomen. Caudal ramus (fig. 292) bearing 6 naked setae on posterior border. Rami with fine spinules along mner margins. Oral area with adhesion pads reduced. Pad associated with maxil- liped in form of a posteriorly directed process. Oral appendages like those of H. denticulatus. Legs 1-4 (fig. 293) biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 0:0 Teal O:1 est O:1 EX, TV seg. 2 Wie S ees ell of est 6 seg. 3 IV:4 IV:4 Leg 4 lamelliform as in figure. Leg 5 (fig. 294) a process not projecting beyond tip of genital segment, bearing a single stout spine and 3 setae armed as in figure. Leg 6 as in F. denticalatus. Color in preserved specimens cream tan, devoid of heavy pigmen- tation. Egg strings long and straight. Mate.— Unknown. Discussion.—This species seems closely related to EL. denticulatus, but it can be separated from that species by the nature of the dorsal thoracic plates of segment 4, by the relative length of leg 5, and by the differences in the armature of the legs. This copepod has been collected twice from Torpedo occidentalis off the coast of Massachu- setts. Further collecting would be necessary before concluding that NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 59 it is specific to that host. It was reported by Wilson (1907) from the pectoral and ventral fins of the host. Genus Nesippus Heller, 1868 Nesippus Heller, 1868, p. 193. [Type-species: N. orientalis.] Nogagus.—Beneden, 1892b, p. 246. [Refers to N. augustatus only.] Frema.te.—Frontal plate distinctly separate. First thoracic seg- ment fused with cephalon. Thoracic segments 2-4 free. Dorsal plate may or may not be present on segment 4. Abdomen 1-seg- mented and joined to genital segment ventrally. Caudal rami at- tached distally to abdomen. Adhesion pads present on cephalon. First antenna 2-segmented. Oral appendages of usual pandarid type. Maxilliped with a claw pointed or rounded at tip. Legs 1-4 biramose. Rami of legs 1-3 2-segmented, those of leg 4 l-segmented. Leg 5 reduced to 1 or 2 setae. Leg 6 absent. Egg strings straight. Maur.—The same generic characters of female with following exceptions. A reduced modification on endopod of leg 3. Leg 6 present but much reduced. Abdomen 1|-segmented. The males of this genus can be separated from all other pandarids by the 1-seg- mented abdomen. Discussion.—Members of this genus seem to be restricted to inshore species of sharks and are generally not found on the body surface of the host. The usual sites of infestation are the mouth, gill arches, and nasal passages. Three species of copepods have been described and assigned to the genus Nesippus that are now certainly not members of this genus: Nesippus curticaudis Dana, 1852, N. borealis Steenstrup and Lutken, 1861, and N. bengalensis, Gnanamuthu, 1949. These are described as males of this genus. On the basis of the descriptions of the males of 2 species of Nesippus in this paper, it has been shown that the above 3 species are not males of this genus. None of these species shows any indication of sexual maturity. None has been reported in copu- lation with a female. All have been reported from the plankton. These 3 species, therefore, should be removed from this genus. Their taxonomic position remains in doubt owing to the fact that they appear to be immature. It cannot be established that they are even members of the family Pandaridae. Key to Adult Females of Genus Nesippus Beermconod.or leg 4.UNATMCd, 2 i) Gis yeu ie seimy ie ey sen # mye seas 8H 2 Preacpod ole + withlong Setde. 24: koe cr uek s. gels cGy As 3 2. Genital segment conspicuously narrowed anteriorly, caudal rami with promi- MENU SCUAC)) a cacy Sabb bthiey Sutsatet ch Gant tale. oii ehcan to per S060 5% crypturus 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Genital segment not conspicuously narrowed anteriorly, caudal rami with small reduced:setaes .. .° = 4s. caw 2 iy fo ceesri. lotto ie feetignis 3. Fourth thoracic segment with alate plates. . ...... . .. . orientalis Fourth thoracic segment without plates. ........... =. + «Vespa Nesippus orientalis Heller, 1868 Figures 295-304 Nesippus orientalis Heller, 1868, p. 194.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 459.—Brian, 1906, p. 49; 1924, p. 33.—Wilson, 1907, p. 457.—Capart, 1953, p. 658; 1959, p. 96.—Rose and Vaissiere, 1953, p. 86.—Barnard, 1955, p. 265.—Nunes- Ruivo, 1956, p. 22.— Yamaguti, 1963, p. 123. Nogagus angustatus Beneden, 1892b, p. 245. Nesippus alatus Wilson, 1905, p. 130; 1907, p. 426; 1932, p. 438.—Bere, 1936, p. 595.—Heegaard, 1943b, p. 27.—Pearse, 1952b, p. 213.—Capart, 1953, p. 659.—Rose and Vaissiere, 1953, p. 86.—Barnard, 1955, p. 265.— Yamaguti, 1963, p. 123. Nesippus ornatus Thomsen, 1949, p. 17.—Yamaguti, 1963, p. 124. Nesippus incisus Heegaard, 1962, p. 179. Nesippus australis Heegaard, 1962, p. 178. SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Five collections from Sarasota, Fla., from the following hosts: Ginglymostomum cirratum, Galeocerdo cuvier, Carcharinus leucas, and Carcharinus maculipinnis. A single collec- tion from Sphryna zygaenae from Durham, South Africa. From Nosy Bé, Madagascar, the following: 8 collections from Carcharinus maculi- pinnis, 4 collections from Sphyrna lewini, 4 collections from Car- charinus leucas, 1 collection from Galeocerdo cuvier, and 1 collection from Scoliodon palasorrah. FEMALE.—Body form as in figure 295. Total length 5.6 mm (based on an average of 5 specimens). Greatest width 3.1 mm (measured at widest point of cephalon). Cephalon rounded about as long as wide. Thoracic segments 2—4 free with dorsal plates on segment 4. Plates extending posteriorly slightly over anterior portion of genital segment. Genital segment 2.1 mm long and 1.5 mm wide. Genital segment of equal width throughout with posterior border trilobed. Abdomen (fig. 296) 1-segmented. Caudal rami (see fig. 296) with 6 terminal setae, inner 4 plumose. Oral area with adhesion pads associated with first and second antennae and maxilliped. The pad of first antenna with posterior margin produced to form a hooklike process (fig. 297). First antenna 2-segmented (see fig. 297). Second antenna clawlike; of usual pandarid form. Mandible with 11 teeth at tip and of usual type. First maxilla (fig. 298) with a broad process on outer distal corner. Second maxilla (fig. 299) with tip produced to form a clear bulblike tip. A short plumose spine and a small patch of hairs near base of claw. Maxilliped (fig. 300) with a short blunt claw. NO. 3570 PANDARIDAE—CRESSEY 61 Legs 1-4 biramose with spine and setal formula as follows: leg 1 leg 2 leg 3 leg 4 end. exp. end. exp. end. exp. end. seg. 1 1:0 Os Oe Dad Orda ste0 0:1 V:4 4 seg. 2 IV:3 3 IV:5 a IV:5 4 Leg 1 (fig. 301) with an interpodal adhesion pad as in figure. Leg 2 (fig. 302) armed as in figure. Leg 3 (fig. 303) with innermost seta of last exopod segment reduced. Leg 4 (fig. 304) with each ramus 1-segmented and armed as in figure. Leg 5 small process bearing 2 short setae (see fig. 296). Leg 6 absent. Egg strings long and straight. Color in life cream. Mate.—Wilson in 1905 described a male of Nesippus alatus (=orientalis). I have examined this type specimen and have con- cluded that it is immature and does not indicate the nature of the adult male; consequently, the true adult male of this species is unknown. Discussion.—This copepod has been reported from a number of sharks and is probably cosmopolitan in distribution. It seems to be restricted to inshore species and is usually found in the mouth and gill arches of the host. Capart (1953) states that more material will eventually show alatus and angustatus to be synonymous with orientalis. As a result of my collections and the material I have examined, I am convinced that this interpretation is correct and have placed the two former in synonymy. Nesippus ornatus described by Thomsen in 1949 is also the same as orientalis. Heegaard described 2 new species (incisus and australis) in 1962. He noted the similarity to alatus and orientalis and I believe that these 2 species should be placed in synonymy. I have examined material from the North Atlantic, Caribbean, and Indian Ocean and conclude that my own collections represent a single cosmopolitan species that is found on a wide variety of hosts. The exact shape of the dorsal thoracic plates of segment 4 should not be regarded by itself as a specific character. The presence of this plate separates it from the other known species. It also differs from other species in the nature of the adhesion pad of the first antenna. Nesippus crypturus Heller, 1868 Figures 305-324 Nessipus crypturus Heller, 1868, p. 196.—Bassett-Smith, 1899, p. 459.— Wilson, 1907, p. 425; 1935a, p. 3—Barnard, 1955, p. 265.— Yamaguti, 1963, p. 124. Nesippus occultus Wilson, 1924b, p. 214— Yamaguti, 1963, p. 124. Nesippus costatus Wilson, 1924b, p. 213.—Yamaguti, 1963, p. 124. Nesippus gracilis Wilson, 1935a, p. 4.—Bere, 1936, p. 595.— Yamaguti, 1963, p. 124. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 SPECIMENS STUDIED.—Single collections from Sarasota, Fla., from the following hosts: Sphryna mokarran, Galeocerdo cuvier, Carcaharinus milberti, and Carcharinus leucas. ) [Patella] Pulchra,vor Beautys2bid: 2S. 2” Patella miniata Born, 1778 Patella pulchra (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 105. 2302 =“. . . and a young one of [Patella] Oculus hirci, ibid. 2. 6.” Patella oculus Born, 1778 Patella oculushirci (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 105. 2315 “A fine specimen of Voluta incrassa, S. Martyn, Vol. II— very rare, £.499. 500.” Oliva incrassata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 264. It will be noticed that the trivial name is here misspelled ‘“‘incrassa.”’ 2327 “A small but extremely fine pair of Murex fimbriatus, or furbelowed Murex, from Falkland’s Island, Martyn, Vol. 1. fig. Cav, Paranne; Siew.’ NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 21 Trophon geversianus (Pallas, 1774) Murex fimbriatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 106. Not Murex fimbriatus Brocchi, 1814 (=Fasciolaria (Pleuroploca) sp.—probably needs a new name). Not Murex fimbriatus Lamarck, 1822 (=?Ocinebra planilirata Reeve, 1845). 2328 ‘A large and fine Conus Araneosus, S. or Spider’s Web Cone from Coromandel, very rare. Martyn. Vol. II. 676.” Conus araneosus [Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 174. 2230 “Two extremely curious and rare species of Cypraea, viz. error Pustulata, or orange warted Cowry, from China, Lister, wer 710:62.......” 2330] #$Jenneria pustulata (Lightfoot, 1786) Cypraea pustulata (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 106. Cypraea pustulata Lamarck, 1810, p. 101. Jenneria pustulata (Solander, 1786).—Keen, 1958, p. 333. 2331 ‘“Serpula attrahens or furbelowed Watering-pot. Humphrey’s Conch. pl. VII [Error for XIJ] fig. 15. from Madagascar .. . very rare.’ Penicillus (Warnea) attrahens (Lightfoot, 1786) Serpula attrahens (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 106. Aspergillum vaginiferun Lamarck, 1818, p. 480. Serpula attrahens S.—Dall, 1921, p. 129. 2481 “A fine Trochus sulcatus, from New Zealand, Naturforscher, Vol. IX. tab. III. fig. 5. 6. Martyn, Vol. I. fig. 33. [error LOR DER Res Cookia suleata (Gmelin, 1791) Trochus sulcatus Martyn, 1784, fig. 35. Trochus sulcatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 13. Trochus cookiti Gmelin, 1791, p. 3582. Turbo sulcatus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3592. Cookia sulcata (Martyn, 1784).—Powell, 1957, p. 90. Not Trochus sulcatus Lamarck, 1804 (= Astele sp.—needs new name— Eocene, Paris Basin). When the name Turbo sulcatus Gmelin, 1791 was placed on the “Official List of Specific Names in Zoology” in Opinion 479 (Inter- national Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, 1957: p. 372), it was not realized that Lightfoot’s name was the first valid taxon for this species after Martyn. It was also overlooked that Zrochus cookii Gmelin, 1791 is a synonym of Turbo sulcatus Gmelin. 2516 ‘“Isognoma rigida, S. from Pulo Condore, ist. 227, 62. very rare.” Nomen dubium 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 121 || Because Lister’s figure is only an internal view, this name must be» considered a nomen dubium. 2550 ‘Two fine species of Cardium, viz... . and Hystrix, S. Gualt. 72. B. both rare.” Trachycardium aculeatum (Linnaeus, 1767) Cardium hystrix (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 116. Not Cardium hystrix Reeve, 1844 (= Fragum (Ctenocardia) symboli- cum Iredale, 1929). 2554 “A fine pair of Conus mappa, S. from China, very rare. | Knorr. I. tab. 8. 4.” Conus ammiralis Linnaeus, 1758 Conus mappa [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 116. Not Conus mappa Crosse, 1858 (=C. eldredi Morrison, 1935). 2961 ‘A large and very fine variety of Buccinum calcaratum, | SGU Sia 1 eee TOT en ! Melongena (Volema) hippocastanum (Linnaeus, 1758) Buccinum calcaratum [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 133. Volema nuxmoschata Réding, 1798, p. 57. Pyrula hippocastanum Lamarck, 1816, p. 7. Murex calcaratus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 710. Pyrula galeodes Lamarck, 1822, p. 144. | Dodge (1957, pp. 137-139) has exhaustively detailed the reasons for the allocation of Linnaeus’ name to this species rather than to the | species of Muricidae (Thaisinae) to which the Linnean name was | given by many later authors. 2965 ‘...Cypraea seriata, (rather a young one of Tigris L.)....” | Cypraea tigris Linnaeus, 1758 Cypraea seriata [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 133. 2965 ‘...[Cypraea] nebulosa, S. (a young one of Mauritiana, L.).” | Cypraea mauritiana Linnaeus, 1758 Cypraea nebulosa (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 133. Not C. nebulosa Gmelin, 1791 (=C. stercoraria Linnaeus, 1758). 2967 ‘Two fine specimens of Strombus truncatus, an undescribed | species of L. showing the different stages of growth, from the H. Indies, rare s.. DP’ Avila, vol. Viab: 12. 14.” Lambis truncata truncata (Lightfoot, 1786) Strombus truncatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 133. Strombus bryonia Gmelin, 1791, p. 3520. Lambis davilae Réding, 1798, p. 66. Strombus truncatus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 659. Lambis truncata truncata (Humphrey, 1786).—Abbott, 1961, p. 155. 2983 “Three curious species of Mya, viz... . ovalis, Lister 146.1...” Unio ovalis ovalis (Lightfoot, 1786) NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 23 Mya ovalis (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 134. Mya batava Dillwyn, 1823, p. 13 (not Maton and Rackett, 1807.) Unio cytherea Kiister, 1833. Unio crassa cytherea Kiister.—Haas, 1940, p. 129. Mya ovalis 8.—Dall, 1921, p. 128 (in part). Not Mya ovalis Pulteney, 1799 (~Unio pictorum Linnaeus, 1758). A comparison of the figure in Lister, which is accompanied by the words “a Danubio,” with various figures and descriptions of the _ polymorphic species and subspecies of Unio occurring in Europe leads me to the conclusion that Lightfoot’s name must be used for the subspecies that Haas (1940) called Unio crassus cytherea Kiister, 1833. Because the name ovalis is two years older than crassus, the central European, Danubian form becomes the nominate form, and the western European subspecies becomes Unio ovalis crassus Retzius. I leave the judgment of the correctness of this assignment to my European colleagues more familiar with this difficult freshwater fauna. 2995 ‘Patella pulchra, or beauty Limpet, Humphrey’s Conch. pl. 2. fig. 8. from the Cape of Good Hope... .” Patella miniata (Born, 1778) See lot 2302. 3020 ‘‘Voluta virescens, S. an extreme scarce species of the Music kind, from Guinea—Martyn, vol. III. fig. 932. 933.” Voluta virescens (Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 610. 3028 ‘‘A large and fine specimen of Placuna Ephippium, S. (Anomia, L.) from China—very rare.” Placuna [Lightfoot, 1786] The ‘‘S” signifies that Solander is the author of the combination, but not of the trivial name, whose author is Linnaeus. 3030 “. .. Bulla vesicaria, S. from the W. Indies, rbid [Seba III. tab. 38.], fig. 46. 48 .. . both rare.” Hydatina vesicaria (Lightfoot, 1786) Bulla physis Linnaeus, 1758 (in part). Bulla vesicaria (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 136. Hydatina vesicaria Solander.—Abbott, 1954, p. 276. For a discussion of the status of this species, see Bartsch, 1940, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 53, p. 92. 3039 ‘A large specimen of Voluta Scafa, S. in the utmost perfection, from Guinea... Martyn, vol. III tab. 70. 764.” Cymbium cymbium (Linnaeus, 1758) See lot 969. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121) 3040 ©‘‘A large and fine Pinna rigida, S. Knorr II. 26,1... very rare.’’ Atrina rigida (Lightfoot, 1786) J Pinna rigida (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 136. Pinna rigida Dillwyn, 1817, p. 327. Atrina rigida Solander.—Turner and Rosewater, 1958, p. 312. 9941 “A cluster of Isognoma Perna, S. (ostrea, L.) enveloped in | Sponge, from China, rare.” | Isognomon [Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 968. 3049 ‘A large and fine specimen of Tellina marginalis, S. List. 387.” | Tellina laevigata Linnaeus, 1758 | Tellina marginalis [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 137. 9054 “Voluta Haustrum, S. or banded coronated Melon, very | rare, from China, Martyn, III. 781.” Cymbium amphora (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 768. 3061 ‘A very fine specimen of Voluta ancilla, S. from the Straits of | Magellan, extremely scarce, D’ Avila, vol. I. pl 8. fig. s.” | Adelomelon ancilla (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 1873. 9074 1‘. . . a stone with various specimens of Venus arctica Saaniity Hash, 226M On Baa ed Hiatella arctica (Linnaeus, 1758) Venus arctica [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 138. 9991 “A cluster of three, and a single specimen of Ostrea purpurea S. from New Holland, very rare—Born. mus. caes. Tab. 6. ig. 1022.2 Ostrea cucullata Born, 1778 | Ostrea purpurea (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 139. 9993 ‘A large and fine Buccinum monodon, S. or Unicorn, from Terra del Fuego, Martyn, vol. I. fig. 10e....” Acanthina monodon (Pallas, 1774) See lot 372. 3117 “A large fine pair of Patella oculus hirci, or Goat’s-eye Limpet one of them in its native state, the other polished, from the Cape of Good Hope . . . Humphrey’s Conch. 2. 6.” Patella oculus Born, 1778 See lot 2302. 3119 “A large and fine specimen of Placuna placenta, S. (Anomia L.) or the Window Shell, from China . . . rare.” Placuna (Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 3028. No. 3679 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 25 3142 ‘A fine pair of Voluta muricata, S. one with the epidermis on, Inster, 810. 19. from the W. Indies . . . rare.” Vasum muricatum (Born, 1778) Voluta muricata (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 142. 3158 “A pair of large and fine Buccinum taurinum, 8S. Lister, 841. 69. from China. . . very rare.” Terebra taurinum (Lightfoot, 1786) Buccinum taurinum (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 142. Epitonium feldmanni Réding, 1798, p. 94. Terebra flammea Lamarck, 1822, p. 284. Terebra taurinum Solander.—Abbott, 1954, p. 265. 3161 “A fine specimen of Voluta elongata, S. or Midas’s ear Land Snail, from New Caledonia, very rare. . . Martyn, vol. I. Jig. 25. n.” Placostylus elongatus (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 707. 3235 “. . . a fine specimen of Turbo cornutus, a new species allied to Chrysostomus, L. but with a silver mouth, D’ Avila. Vol. Ble Septge le Turbo (Batillus) cornutus [Lightfoot], 1786 Turbo cornutus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 147. Turbo cornutus Gmelin, 1791, p. 35938. Turbo cornutus Solander.—Shikama, 1963, pl. 12. 3307 ‘“‘A fine young specimen of Strombus truncatus, D’ Avila, vol. I. LOO ND a Lambis truncata truncata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 2967. 3356 ‘Four curious species of Buccina, viz... . one of Iris, S. Martyn, vol. I. fig. 2.6... .” Latirus iris (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 30. 3384 ‘Patella Auricularia, an extremely rare species, from Amboyna se a unp. 40. IN.” Dolabella auricularia (Lightfoot, 1786) Scapula Martyn, 1784, fig. 99 (nonbinomial). Patella auricularia (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 154. Dolabella callosa Lamarck, 1801, p. 62. Dolabella rumphii Blainville, 1819, p. 395. Dolabella auricularia (Solander).—Kira, 1959, p. 102. 3388 ‘‘A fine pair of Helix ovipara, List. 1055. 1. from Surinam... .” Strophocheilus ovatus (Miller, 1774) Helix ovipara [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 155. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 3389 ‘Two fine species of Cardium, viz. . .. impressum, S. Born. Mus. tab. 2. fig. 15, 16. both from China and rare.” Corculum impressum (Lightfoot, 1786) Cardium impressum [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 155. Cardium roseum Gmelin, 1791, p. 3245. Corculum humanum Réding, 1798, p. 189. Cardium junoniae Lamarck, 1816, p. 17. Corculum impressum (Solander).—Shikama, 1964, p. 74. Not Cardium impressum Deshayes, 1842 (= Protocardia sp., Creta- ceous, France). 3494 “. . . Trochus punctulatus of Martyn, vol. I. fig. 36. r... .” [error Calliostoma (Mauriella) punctulatum Martyn, 1784 for Trochus punctulatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 155. 3394] Trochus diaphanus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3580. Not Trochus punctulatus Gmelin, 1791 (=?Cantharidus turriculum Phil., 1855). 3494“) 2 Trochus]) qranosus, 7bid. 37. Fs 2 Modelia granosa (Martyn, 1784) See lot 1942. Both of the above two Martyn names were validated by the Inter- national Commission of Zoological Nomenclature in Opinion 479 (1957). 3411 “. .. and two fine varieties of [Conus] nocturnus, S. Martyn, IT. 687. and 688. all from China, and rare.” Conus nocturnus [Lightfoot, 1786] Conus nocturnus (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 156. Conus nocturnus Hwass, 1792, p. 611. Conus nocturnus Solander.—Tomlin, 1937, p. 281. Conus nocturnus [Lightfoot]—Kohn, 1963, p. 162. 3458 “A most beautiful variety of Mytilus pictus, S. or painted Muscle, bright green, waved with brown, from the Medi- terranean .. . rare. Knorr. IV. tab. 15. fig. 5.” Perna picta (Born, 1778) Mytilus pictus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 158. Knorr’s figure is the only illustration cited by Born (1778, pp. 111-112) for his Mytilus pictus. It is also listed by Gmelin, but with a question mark, under his Mytilus afer (1791, p. 3358), which is a new name for Mytilus pictus Born. Dall believes this to be the same as Mytilus ungulatus Linnaeus, which name, however, seems to have been based on an abnormal speci- men of Mytilus edulis as Dodge (1952, pp. 214-215) has stated. Lamy (1936, p. 130) places Mytilus pictus Born in the synonymy of M. perna Linnaeus, but for the present I maintain it as a distinct species although it may turn out to be a subspecies or even ecological form of the latter. NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER Di 3487 “A large and fine violet Solen, from China . . . extremely rare. Solen rostratus, S. Valentyn Bivalves, no. 5.” Hiatula diphos (Linnaeus, 1771) Solen rostratus [Lightfoot], 1786, p. 160. Solen rostratus Lamarck, 1818, p. 456. It has been quite generally overlooked that Hiatula Modeer, 1793, is an earlier name for Soletellina Blainville, 1824. H. and A. Adams (1856, p. 392) used it correctly in place of Soletellina, as did Stoliczka (1870, p. 114) and Tryon (1884, p. 167). Stoliczka (1870) designated Solen diphos Linnaeus as the type. Thiele (1934, p. 909) thought it was preoccupied by Hiatula Martini, 1774, which is, however, an invalid name. Winckworth (1935, p. 322) in discussing Modeer’s genera was unaware of Stoliczka’s action and designated Mya truncata Linnaeus as type, hoping thereby to bury Hiatula in the synonymy of Mya. Although Hiatula (as Soletellina) has commonly been considered a subgenus of Sanguinolaria Lamarck, 1799, I feel that the differences between these two groups in the nature of the hinge, pallial sinus, and general shape are of sufficient magnitude to justify their being considered distinct genera. 3491 “A large and fine specimen of Conus fuscatus, S. or bastard Imperial Crown, from China, very rare . . . Martyn, vol. II. fig. 693. Conus imperialis Linnaeus, 1758 Conus fuscatus Born, 1778, p. 126. Conus fuscatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 160. 3553 ‘“Two specimens of a very uncommon species of terrestrial Snail, nearly allied to Helix Ovipara, List. 1055. 1. the country unknown.” Strophocheilus ovatus (Miiller, 1774) See lot 3388. 3561 “A very fine specimen of Bulla Zonata, S..... Born. Mus. Caes. tab. 9. fig. 1.” Hydatina zonata (Lightfoot, 1786) Bulla amplustre Born, 1780, p. 204 (not Linnaeus, 1758). Bulla zonata (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 164. Bulla velum Gmelin, 1791, p. 3433. Bulla fasciata Bruguiere, 1792, p. 380. Hydatina (Hydatoria) zonata Solander.—Habe, 1950, p. 18. Not Bulla zonata Turton, 1834 (=Scaphander lignarius L., 1758, young). 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 The shell figured by Kira (1959, p. 104, pl. 39, fig. 15) as H. zonata, lacks the white band, and may be a distinct species (?H. inflata Dunker, 1877). 3624 “Seven curious specimens of Solens, viz. a small one of Rostratus, Valentyn. Bwalves, no.5... .” Hiatula dipkos (Linnaeus, 1771) See lot 3487. 3655 “Two very fine specimens of Strombus truncatus, showing the different stages of growth, from China, very rare—D’ Avila, . vol. I. pl. 12 and 14.” Lambis truncata truncata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 2967. 3696 “A very fine pair of Voluta Incrassata, S. extremely scarce .. . Martyn, vol. IT. 499. 500.” Oliva incrassata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 2315. 3711 “A large and complete specimen of Voluta Nobilis, S. from China, extremely scarce ... Martyn, vol. III. fig. 775. Lie.) Aulica nobilis (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 89. 3734 “A large and very perfect specimen of Argonauta nodosa, S. or tuberculated paper Nautilus, from the Cape of Good Hope, very rare, Rum. 18. 1.” Argonauta nodosa (Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 2120. 3741 “Two curious varieties of Ostrea purpurea, S. from New Holland, and an odd valve of the same species, from China, very scarce. . . Born. mus. caes. pl. 6. fig. 11. 12.” Ostrea cucullata Boon, 1778 See lot 3091. 3744 ‘A very fine and large specimen of Placuna Ephippium, S. (Anomia, LZ.) or the Saddle Shell, very rare, from China.” Placuna (Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 3028. 3745 ‘A very fine variety of Helix Ovipara, Lister, tab. 23. having a white margin to the mouth, with three of its eggs, and a young shell as taken out of the Egg from St. Vincents. . extremely curious and very rare.” Strophocheilus oblongus (Miiller, 1774) See lot 1930. A I RL A A LOS -—-—-- NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 29 3748 “A very perfect specimen of Argonauta hians, S. a scarce variety of the brown paper Nautilus, from China, very roroews\)., dumy18, Be?’ | Argonauta hians (Lightfoot, 1786] See lot 1055. 3751 “A fine specimen of Voluta virescens, S. or brindled Music, from Guinea, very rare. . . Martin, vol. III. fig. 932. 933.” Voluta virescens [Lightfoot, 1786] . See lot 610. 3758 “A very fine Bulla Zonata, from China, extremely rare, en- closed in a small glass case. . . Born, mus. caes. tab. 9. sfegeilen: Hydatina zonata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 3561. 3761 “A large and fine specimen of Venus nimbosa, S. from Florida, very rare. . . Favanne, pl. 49, fig. I.” Macrocallista nimbosa (Lightfoot, 1786) Venus nimbosa [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 175. Venus gigantea Gmelin, 1791, p. 3282. Macrocallista nimbosa Solander.—Clench, 1942, p. 5. 3794 ‘Nine curious and rare species of Helix, among which are. insignita. Lister, 67,68. . . the last undescribed.” Carocolus marginella (Gmelin) subsp. Helix insignita (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 176 [momen oblitum]. 3798 “A very fine specimen of Ostraea purpurea, S. rich in colour, from New Holland, exceedingly scarce. Born. mus. caes. tab. Ge figalie 122: Ostrea cucullata Born, 1778 See lot 3091. 3802 ©‘‘A very fine specimen of Helix undata, a carinated umbilicated Land Shell, the Country unknown. Lister, 76. Favanne, tab. 63. fig. Gro Solaropsis undata (Lightfoot, 1786) Helix undata [Lightfoot], 1786, p. 177. Helix pellis-serpentis Gmelin, 1791, p. 3620. Helix undata.—Dall, 1921, p. 99 (in part). Not Helix undata Gmelin, 1791 (a nomen dubium, possibly young Cochlitoma sp.). I am restricting Lightfoot’s name to Lister’s figure, since the figures in Favanne look to me more like S. gibboni Pfeiffer. The replacement of Gmelin’s name by wndata is more readily acceptable since Pilsbry 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 in his “Manual of Conchology” (1889, p. 178) gave the name pellis- serpentis erroneously to the species with two deep pits in the last whorl, which must bear the name S. constrictor Hupe, 1853. Dall has identified Lightfoot’s undata with S. brasiliana Deshayes, 1832. 3817.‘ ‘‘A large and fine specimen of Trochus Onustus, or the Carrier, from Guadalupe, very rare. Favanne 12. C.1. 2.” Xenophora conchyliophora (Born, 1780) See lot 31. 3825 “A very fine specimen of Cardium protrusum, S. a curious variety of the Venus’s Heart Cockle, from China, very rare. Lister, 319. 156.” Corculum impressum (Lightfoot, 1786) Cardium protrusum [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 178. See lot 3389. 3828 “A large and very fine Turbo undulatus, or waved Emerald Turbo, extremely scarce, from Van Dieman’s Land, New Holland. Martyn, Vol.1. fig. 29, P.” Subninella undulata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 408. 3830 ‘A very fine specimen of Patella umbraculum or Umbrella Limpet, from China, extremely scarce. Humphrey’s Conch. pl. 5, fig. 5. which was taken from this shell.” Umbraculum umbraculum (Lightfoot, 1786) Patella umbraculum [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 178. Patella sinica Gmelin, 1791, p. 3705. Patella umbellata Gmelin, 1791, p. 3720. Patella wmbracula Réding, 1798, p. 6. Umbraculum umbraculum (Humphrey).—Kira, 1959, p. 103. 3844 “A very perfect specimen of Conus pulcher, an undescribed species from the Coast of Guinea . . . extremely rare, List. rip ae Conus pulcher [Lightfoot, 1786] Conus pulcher [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 179. Conus leoninus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3386 (not Lightfoot, 1786). Conus papilionaceus Hwass, 1792, p. 665. Conus pulcher [?Humphrey].—Tomlin, 1937, p. 298. Not Conus pulcher A. Ad., 1854. 3447 “A large and fine Anomia Ephippiun, L. (placuna, 8.) from [Error China .. . extremely rare.” for Placuna [Lightfoot, 1786] 3847] See lot 1315. NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER ol 3853 ‘A very fine specimen of Patella pulchra, Humphrey’s Conch. pl. 2. fig. 8... the first is a native of the Cape of Good EVO pe. 323) Patella miniata Born, 1778 See lot 2302. 3866 ‘Two fine specimens of a curious and beautiful variety of Conus undulatus, S. extremely scarce, Gualt. 25. I.” Conus textile Linnaeus, 1758 Conus undulatus (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 180. Not Conus undulatus Sby., 1858 (=?C. mucronatus Reeve, 1843). 3874 “A large and beautiful specimen of Voluta Amphora, S. or clouded Aethiopian Crown. Martyn, vol. III. fig. 780.” Cymbium amphora (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 708. 3902 “A very fine specimen of Voluta Cithara, S. having its Epi- dermis on, from Japan, extremely scarce.—Seba ILI. 65. 1, 2.” Cymbium (Melo) amphora (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 2122. 3906 “Nautilus scrobiculatus, S. or great umbilicated Nautilus, from New Guinea, very rare... Lister, 552. 4... Knorr IV. D225 ie’? Nautilus scrobiculatus [Lightfoot, 1786] Nautilus scrobiculatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 182. Nautilus scrobiculatus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 339. Nautilus umbilicatus Lamarck, 1822, p. 633 (not Linnaeus, 1758). Nautilus scrobiculatus Solander.—Shikama, 1964, p. 101. 3911 ‘A cluster of Balanus Tulipa, Ellis. Philosoph. Trans. fig. 10, partly over-run by a Gorgonia pretiosa, very curious and rare, from Sicily.” Balanus tulipiformis Darwin, 1854 Balanus tulipa (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 183. Balanus tulipa Poli, 1791, p. 24. Not Lepas tulipa Miiller, 1776 (=B. tintinnabulum L., 1758). 3913 “A capital specimen of Voluta Imperialis, S. or Great horned Wild Music, from Luconia, extremely scarce . . . Martin, vol. IV. 934. 935.” Aulica imperialis (Lightfoot, 1786) Voluta imperialis [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 183. Voluta imperialis Lamarck, 1811, p. 62. Aulica imperialis Solander.—Abbott, 1962, p. 98. ane PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 3924 ‘A large and finely coloured specimen of Helix Undata, an undescribed species of Land Snail, from whence un- known .. . Favanne., pl. 63, fig. G. 3.” Solaropsis undata (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 3802. 3926 ©6©“‘A large and fine specimen of Voluta Nobilis, S. an extremely rare, and very beautiful shell of the Wild Music kind, from China. . . . Lister, 799.6 . . . Martin III. 774.” Aulica nobilis (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 89. 3939 ‘A fine Serpula Tortuosa, a new and undescribed Species, the country unknown, Humph. Conch. pl. 11, fig. 4. unique.” Vermicularia tortuosa (Lightfoot, 1786) Serpula tortuosa (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 184. Vermetus costalis ‘Rousseau’ Chenu, 1844, Vermetus, pl. 3. Vermetus (Vermicularia) tortuosus Solander.—Tryon, 1885, p. 186. 3947 ‘A fine specimen of Arca Labiata, S. or valved Ark, called by the French, Coquelochon de Moine, D’ Avila, vol. I. pl. 18. its country unknown.”’ Cucullaea labiata (Lightfoot, 1786) Arca labiata [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 185. Arca concamera Bruguiere, 1789, p. 102. Arca cucullus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3311. Cucullaea auriculifera Lamarck, 1801, p. 116. Arca concamerata Dillwyn, 1817, p. 232. Cucullaea labiata (Solander).—Shikama, 1964, pl. 20, fig. 2. Not Arca labiata Sowerby, 1833 (—Scapharca perlabiata Grant and Gale, 1931). 3955 “A very large and fine specimen of Serpula Gigantea, an undescribed Species, from Luconia, 21 inches long, eatremely rare... SebalIlIl. 94. The largest figure.” Kuphus polythalamia Linnaeus, 1766 See lot 97. 3965 ‘‘A fine specimen of Voluta Arausiaca, S. or Prince of Orange’s Flag Musick from Amboyna, very rare. . . Rum 37. 2.” Harpulina arausiaca (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 611. 3370 “A fine pair of Helix Alba a terrestrial Shell from the £. [Error Jndies, one of them an exceeding great variety, being left for handed, or turning the contrary way.—lJuster tab. 33. 32. 3970] and 46.—Favanne, 63. E.” Nomen dubium Not Helix alba Bouillet, 1835. NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 33 Each of the three figures cited represents a different species, and the crudeness of their delineation forbids any exact identification. 3973 ‘A very fine Helix erubescens, a curious non-descript Land Shell, the country unknown. . . Lister 24. 22.” Strophocheilus pudicus (Miiller, 1774) Helix erubescens (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 187. Bequaert, in his study of the family Strophocheilidae (1948, p. 30) is probably correct in assigning this name to the synonymy of Miiller’s species. 3982 ‘A very fine Trochus tectus, the only perfect specimen known, from the Jsland of All Saints, in the West Indies. A. bad specimen is figured in Lister, 628.14 . . . ‘tis undescribed.” Astraea tecta (Lightfoot, 1786) Trochus tectus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 187. Trochus imbricatus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3581. Astraea tecta tecta Solander, 1786.—Abbott, 1958, p. 30. Not Trochus tectum Gmelin, 1791 (=Modulus tectum (Gmelin), 1791). As Abbott has pointed out (1958), Lightfoot’s name does not pre- occupy Gmelin’s Trochus tectum, since the latter trivial name is a noun (Latin tectum=roof) in apposition to the genus, while Lightfoot used the adjective tectus(=covered or tiled). 3983 ‘“‘A very fine specimen of Patella Auricularia, figured Rumph. tab. 40. fig. N. and called by that author an operculum, it comes from China, and is extremely scarce.” Dolabella auricularia (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 3384. 4000 ‘A very large and fine specimen of Madrepora Agnus, or Lamb Madrepora from New Holland . . . extremely scarce. Seba vol. III. tab. CXI. fig. 6.” Polyphyllia talpina (Lamarck, 1801) Madrepora agnus (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 188 [nomen oblitum]. Fungia talpina Lamarck, 1801, p. 370. Fungia talpa Lamarck, 1816b, p. 237. Polyphyllia talpina.—Thiel, 1932, p. 89. 4001 “A large and perfect specimen of Murex Tribulus, L. var. Pecten, or the Venus’s Comb, from China, exceedingly scarce. Rum. 26. 3.” Murex pecten [Lightfoot, 1786] Murez tribulus var. pecten [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 188. Murex histrix Réding, 1798, p. 145 (not Murex hystrix Linnaeus, 1758). 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Aranea gracilis Perry, 1810, pl. 47 (not Murex gracilis Montagn, 1803). Aranea triremis Perry, 1811, pl. 45, no. 3. Murex tenuispina Lamarck, 1822, p. 158. Murex triremis Perry.—Abbott, 1962, p. 71 Not Murex pecten Montfort, 1811 (=M. ternispina Lam., 1822). Any regret over the loss of the long-well-known name Murer | tenuispina Lamarck is tempered by the fact that Perry’s name | triremis had priority and has been used by recent workers for this | species. Murex ternispina Lamarck is once more available since | Montfort’s earlier name for this species is preoccupied by Lightfoot’s name; Kira (1962, p. 63) has so used ternispina. 4002 ‘A very large and fine specimen of Echinus maximus, ez- | tremely scarce, the country unknown. Seba III, pl. 14. fig. 5. 6. and Favanne, pl. 58. fig. A. 2.” Plagiobrissus grandis (Gmelin, 1788) Echinus maximus (Lightfoot, 1786], p. 188 [momen oblitum]. Echinus grandis Gmelin, 1788, p. 3200. Spatangus pectoralis Lamarck, 1816b, p. 29. Plagiobrissus grandis (Gmelin).—Mortensen, 1951, p. 496. H. L. Clark (1917, p. 207) had pointed out that Lamarck’s pectoralis, long in use, must yield to Gmelin’s earlier name. 4017 “A fine specimen of Conus Architalassus, S. a curious granu- lated variety of the High Admiral, extremely scarce, from | Amboyna. Argenv. Suppl. tab. 1. fig. M. N. Martyn II. tab min. 26. fig. 1. 2. page 214.” Conus ammiralis Linnaeus, 1758 Conus architalassus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 189. Conus ammiralis coronatus Gmelin, 1791, p. 3389. Conus archithalassus Hwass, 1792, p. 659. I follow Kohn (1964, p. 161) in placing this name in the synonymy of ammiralis L. 4022 ‘A very perfect specimen of Strombus sinuatus, or scollop- winged Strombus, eatremely rare. Seba. III. pl. 62. fig. 3. Favanne 22. A. 2.” Strombus sinuatus [Lightfoot, 1786] Strombus sinuatus [Lightfoot, 1786], p. 189. Lambis lobata Réding, 1798, p. 65. Strombus laciniatus Dillwyn, 1817, p. 663. Strombus sinuatus Humphrey, 1786.—Abbott, 1960, p. 60. Not Strombus sinuatus Perry, 1811 (=Lambis scorpius Linnaeus, 1758). NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 35 4023 “A very fine reversed Voluta ponderosa, S. or heavy Volute, extremely scarce, from the East Indies. A direct one is Sigured in Favanne, pl. 35. fig. I.” Turbinella ponderosa (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 566. 4030 ‘A very perfect specimen of that beautiful species, the Voluta Cithara S. from Japan. . . extremely scarce Seba Wilsiab. 65.1. 2.” Cymbium (Melo) amphora (Lightfoot, 1786) See lot 2122. Systematic List The following list is arranged systematically by phyla, classes, and families. All validly proposed Lightfoot names are included, followed by the modern name of the taxon as I have determined it. In some instances the latter is accompanied by one or two synonyms in current use. MOLLUSCA-GASTROPODA Fissurellidae macroschisma, Patella=Macroschisma sp. Patellidae fungoides, Patella= Patella barbara Linnaeus gorgonica, P.= Patella barbara Linnaeus mytiliformis, P.=Nacella mytilina (Helbling) oculus hirci, P.= Patella oculus Born pulchra, P.= Patella miniata Born Trochidae annulatus, Trochus—Calliostoma annulatum (Lightfoot) canaliculatus, T.=C. canaliculatum (Lightfoot) punctulatus, T.=C. (Mauriella) punctulatum (Lightfoot) Turbinidae cornutus, Turbo=Turbo (Batillus) cornutus [Lightfoot] granosus, Trochus= Modelia granosa (Lightfoot) solaris, Trochus—Astraea imperialis (Gmelin) sulcatus, Trochus=Cookia sulcata (Lightfoot) tectus, Turbo=Astraea (Astralium) tecta (Lightfoot) Pilidae plicata, Helix=Pila urceus (Miiller) 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 Vermetidae tortuosa, Serpula=Vermicularia tortuosa (Lightfoot) Capulidaee calyptra, Patella=Capulus sp. Xenophoridae onustus, Trochus=Xenophora conchyliophora (Born) Strombidae persicus, Strombus fusus= Tibia insulaechorab (Réding) tricornis, Strombus=Strombus tricornis [Lightfoot] truncatus, Strombus=Lambis truncata (Lightfoot) Cypraeidae nebulosa, Cypraea=Cypraea mauritiana Linnaeus pantherina, Cypraea=Cypraea pantherina [Lightfoot] pustulata, Cypraea=Jenneria pustulata (Lightfoot) seriata, Cypraea=Cypraea tigris Linnaeus Cymatiidae muricatum, Buccinum=Colubraria muricata (Lightfoot) maculosa (Gmelin) pustulosum, Buccinum=Argobuccinum pustulosum (Lightfoot) argus (Gmelin) Muricidae-Muricinae elongatus, Murex=Pterynotus (Marchia) elongatus (Lightfoot) clavus (Kiener) pecten, Murex tribulus= Murex pecten [Lightfoot] triremis Perry tenwspina Lamarck Muricidae-Thaisinae monodon, Buccinum=Acanthina monodon (Pallas) Muricidae-Trophoninae fimbriatus, Murex=Trophon geversianus (Pallas) plicatus, Murex=Trophon plicatus (Lightfoot) laciniatus (Martyn) Melongenidae calcaratum, Buccinum= Melongena (Volema) hippocastanum (Linnaeus) NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 37 Fasciolariidae iris, Buccinum= Latirus iris (Lightfoot) Olividaee incrassata, Voluta= Oliva incrassata (Lightfoot) Mitridae filosa, Voluta= Mitra (Cancilla) filaris (Linnaeus) incompta, Voluta= Mitra terebralis Lamarck Turbinellidae angulata, Voluta=Turbinella angulata (Lightfoot) gravis, Voluta=Turbinella pyrum (Linnaeus) ponderosa, Voluta=Turbinella ponderosa (Lightfoot) rapa Lamarck Vasidae muricata, Voluta=Vasum muricatum (Born) Harpidae testudo, Buccinum=Harpa sp. Volutidae-Volutinae virescens, Voluta= Voluta virescens [Lightfoot] Volutidae-Cymbiinae amphora, Voluta= Melo amphora (Lightfoot) cithara, Voluta= Melo amphora (Lightfoot) haustrum, Voluta= Melo amphora (Lightfoot) imperialis, Voluta=Aulica imperialis (Lightfoot) melo, Voluta=Melo melo (Lightfoot) nobilis, Voluta=Volutocorona nobilis (Lightfoot) scapha (Gmelin) pepo, Voluta=Cymbium pepo (Lightfoot) scafa, Voluta=Cymbium cymbium (Linnaeus) Volutidae-Zidoninae arausiaca, Voluta=Harpulina arausiaca (Lightfoot) ancilla, Voluta—Adelomelon ancilla (Lightfoot) 226—-756—67—_—_4 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Conidae araneosus, Conus=Conus araneosus [Lightfoot] architalassus, Conus=Conus ammiralis Linnaeus augur, Conus=Conus augur [Lightfoot] fuscatus, Conus=Conus imperialis Linnaeus leoninus, Conus=Conus striatus Linnaeus mappa, Conus=Conus ammiralis Linnaeus nocturnus, Conus=Conus nocturnus [Lightfoot] pulcher, Conus=Conus pulcher [Lightfoot] papilionaceus Hwass quercinus, Conus=Conus quercinus [Lightfoot] undulatus, Conus=Conus textile Linnaeus Terebridae taurinum, Buccinum=Terebra taurinum (Lightfoot) Aplysiidae auricularia, Patella=Dolabella auricularia (Lightfoot) callosa Lamarck Umbraculidae umbraculum, Patella=Umbraculum umbraculum (Lightfoot) sinicum (Gmelin) Hydatinidae vesicaria, Bulla=Hydatina vesicaria (Lightfoot) zonata, Bulla=Hydatina zonata (Lightfoot) velum (Gmelin) Bulimulidae elongata, Voluta= Placostylus elongatus (Lightfoot) fibratus (Martyn) Strophocheilidae erubescens, Helix=Strophocheilus pudicus (Miller) ovipara, Helix=Strophocheilus oblongus (Miiller) Sagdidae alveolatus, Trochus=Sagda epistylium (Miiller) Camaenidae insignita, Helix=Caracolus sp. otis, Helix=Lampadion otis (Lightfoot) undata, Helix—Solaropsis undata (Lightfoot) ee i ii eee — NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 39 Helminthoglyptidae-Cepolinae vitellus, Helix=Polymita picta (Born) Helicidae alba, Helix=nomen dubium MOLLUSCA-BIVALVIA Arcidae fusca, Arca=Arca sp. nodulosa, Arca=Anadara granosa (Linnaeus) Cucullaeidae labiata, Arca=Cucullaea labiata (Lightfoot) Mytilidae castaneus, Mytilus= Modiolus vagina Lamarck pictus, Mytilus= Perna picta (Born) Pinnidae rigida, Pinna=Atrina rigida (Lightfoot) Isognomonidae Isognoma=Isognomon [Lightfoot] Tsognomon [Lightfoot] rigida, Isognoma=Isognomon sp. Anomiidae Placuna [Lightfoot] Ostreidae purpurata, Ostrea=Ostrea cucullata (Born) Unionidae complanata, Mya=Elliptio complanatus (Lightfoot) ovalis, Mya= Unio ovalis (Lightfoot) crassa cytherea Kiister Chamidae pannosus, Chama lazarus=Chama lazarus Linnaeus Cardiidae hystrix, Cardium=Trachycardium aculeatum (Linnaeus) impressum, Cardium=Corculum impressum (Lightfoot) humanum Réding protrusum, Cardium—=Corculum impressum (Lightfoot) robustum, Cardium—=Dinocardium robustum (Lightfoot) spinosum, Cardium=Acanthocardia echinatum (Linnaeus) 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 122 Solenidae pallidus, Solen=Solen sp. Tellinidae marginalis, Tellna=Tellina laevigata Linnaeus Garidae cruenta, Tellina=Sanguinolaria cruenta (Lightfoot) operculata (Gmelin) rostratus, Solen=Hiatula diphos (Linnaeus) Soletellina diphos (L.) Solecurtidae antiquatus, Solen=Solecurtus (Azorinus) chamasolen (Da Costa) plebeius, Solen=Tagelus plebeius (Lightfoot) Veneridae nimbosa, Venus= Macrocallista nimbosa (Lightfoot) punctata, Venus= Meretrix meretrix (Linnaeus) Myidae gigas, Mya=Panope glycymeris (Born) Hiatellidae arctica, Venus= Hiatella arctica (Linnaeus) Teredinidae gigantea, Serpula=Kuphus polythalamia (Linnaeus) Clavagellidae attrahens, Serpula=Penicillus (Warnea) attrahens (Lightfoot) vaginiferum Lamarck MOLLUSCA-CEPHALOPODA Argonautidae hians, Argonauta=Argonauta hians [Lightfoot] navicula, Argonauta=Argonauta sp. nodosa, Argonauta= Argonauta nodosa [Lightfoot] Nautilidae scrobiculatus, Nautilus= Nautilus scrobiculatus [Lightfoot] COELENTERATA-ANTHOZOA Fungiidae agnus, Madrepora= Polyphyllia talpina (Lamarck) | NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—REHDER 41 BRACHIOPODA-INARTICULATA Lingulidae lingua, Mytilus=Lingula lingua (Lightfoot) anatina Lamarck ECHINODERMATA-ECHINOIDEA Brissidae maximus, Echinus= Plagiobrissus grandis (Gmelin) Echinometridae anemonoides, Echinus= Podophora atrata (Linnaeus) ARTHROPODA-CRUSTACEA-CIRRIPEDIA Lepadidae cornucopiae, Lepas= Mitella cornucopiae (Lightfoot) pollicupes (Gmelin) vittata, Lepas=Conchoderma virgata (Spengler) Balanidae ponderosus, Balanus=Tetraclita squamosa stalactifera (Lamarck) pyramidalis, Balanus=Balanus tintinnabulum (Linnaeus) tulipa, Balanus=Balanus tulipiformis (Darwin) Literature Cited Assortt, R. TUCKER 1950. The genera XYancus and Vasum in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 2, no. 28, pp. 201—220, pl. 89-95. 1954. American sea shells. New York, xiv+541 pp., 40 pl., 100 figs. 1958. The marine mollusks of Grand Cayman Island, British West Indies. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, monogr. 11, 138 pp., 5 pls. 1960. The genus Strombus in the Indo-Pacific. Indo-Pacific Mollusca, vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 33-146, pls. 11-117. 1961. How to know the American marine shells. Signet Key Books, New York, 222 pp., 12 pls., 402 figs. 1962. Sea shells of the world: A guide to the better-known species. Golden Nature Guide, New York, 160 pp., 790 figs. ApAmMs, Henry, and Apams, ARTHUR 1853-58. The genera of Recent Mollusca. London, 3 vols. (vol. 1: xl+484 pp.; vol. 2: 661 pp.; vol. 3: 138 pls.). ALLAN, JOYCE 1959. Australian shells, rev. ed. Melbourne, xx+487 pp., 44 pls. (part col.), 112 figs. Beck, H. 1837. Index molluscorum praes. aevi Mus. Prine. aug. Christiani Frederici, fase. 1. Copenhagen, 124 pp. BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. pz 1819. Dolabelle, Dolabella. (Malacoz.). Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 13, pp. 394-396. Born, IGNATIUS 1778. Index rerum naturalium musei caesarei vindobonensis, pars. 1: Testacea. Vienna, [38]+ 458+ [82] pp., 1 pl. 1780. Testacea musei caesarei vindobonensis. Vienna, xxxvi+442+[17] pp., 18 pls. Brown, THOMAS 1827. Illustrations of the conchology of Great Britain and Ireland. London, [2]+-v pp., 52 pls. BRuGuIERE, J. G. 1789-92. Encyclopedie methodique: Histoire naturelle des vers. Paris, vol. 1, xviii+757 pp. CuHENv, J. C. 1843-53. Lllustrations conchyliogiques. Paris, 4 vols. Crank Heyes 1917. Hawaiian and other Pacific Echini) Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., vol. 46, no. 2, pp. 85-283, pls. 144-161. CLARKE, ArTHUR H., and Burg, C. O. 1959. The freshwater mussels of central New York, with an illustrated key to the species of northeastern North America. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 367, 79 pp., 7 pls., 1 map. CLENCH, WILLIAM J. 1942. The genera Dosinia, Macrocallista and Amiantis in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 1, no. 3, 8 pp., 6 pls. 42 eee ee NO. 3579 PORTLAND CATALOGUE—-REHDER 43 CuiencuH, WituiaM J., and Turner, Ruta D. 1964. The subfamilies Volutinae, Zidoninae, Odontocymbiolinae and Calliotectinae in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol. 4, no. 43, pp. 129-180, pls. 80-114. CoTrron, BERNARD 1959. South Australian Mollusca: Archaeogastropoda. Handbook of flora and fauna of South Australia. Adelaide, 449 pp., 1 pl., 215 figs. [Da Costa, EMANUEL M.] 1770-72. Conchology: or Natural history of shells .... London, 26 pp., 12 col. pls. Datu, WiLuiaM H. 1920. Annotated list of the recent Brachipoda in the collection of the United States National Museum, with descriptions of thirty-three new forms. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 57, no. 2314, pp. 261-377. 1921. Species named in the Portland Catalogue. Nautilus, vol. 34, pp. 97-100, 124-132. Dance, §.P. 1962. The authorship of the Portland Catalogue (1786). Journ. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist., vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 30-34. DARWIN, CHARLES 1851. A monograph on the sub-class Cirripedia with figures of all the species: The Lepadidae, or pedunculated cirripedes. London, xii+ 400 pp., 10 pls. Dituiwyvn, L. W. 1817. A descriptive catalogue of recent shells. London, 2 vols., xii+ 1092 pp., index. 1823. An index to the Historia Conchyliorum of Lister. Oxford, 48 pp. Dover, Henry 1952. An historical review of the mollusks of Linnaeus, part I: The classes Loricata and Pelecypoda. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 100, art. 1, 263 pp. Donovan, E. 1799-1804. The natural history of British Shells. London, 5 vols., 180 pls. Evuts, JOHN 1758. An account of several rare species of barnacles. Phil. Trans., vol. 50, pt. 2, pp. 845-855, pl. 34. FAVANNE DE MONTCERVELLE, JACQUE DE and GUILLAUME DE 1780. La Conchyliologie, ou histoire naturelle des eoquilles... , ed. 3. Paris, 2 vols.t+atlas (vol. 1: ix+878 pp.; vol. 2: 848 pp.; atlas: 80 pls.). [FAVANNE DE MONTCERVELLE, GUILLAUME DE] 1784. Catalogue systematique et raisonné, ou description du magnifique cabinet . . . . Paris, xii+558 pp., 9 pls. FIscHER VON WALDHEIM, G. 1807. Museum Demidoff, vol. III. Moscow, ix+330 pp., 6 pls. Franc, ANDRE 1957. Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de l’Archipel Neo-Caledonien. Mem. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat. (Paris), ser. A, vol. 13, 200 pp., 24 pls. GMELIN, J. F. 1791. Systema naturae, ed. 13. Leipzig, vol. 1, pt. 6, pp. 3021-3909. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 121 Gray, Joun E. 1825. A list and descriptions of some species of shells not taken notice of by Lamarck. Ann. Phil., vol. 25, pp. 1385-140, 407-415. 1847. A list of the genera of Recent Mollusca, their synonyma and types. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 15, pp. 129-219. GRUVEL, A. 1902. Revision des cirrhipédes appartenant 4 la collection du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris), ser. 4, vol. 4, pp. 215-312, pls. 11-14. Haas, Fritz 1940. => =< re, sd © J JZ Lom A YJ Coe mr * {] Me i maxilla , = K ae aE a cy is y= TILL sy o Vowi»ny Rs gee 5th limb Ficure 2.—Pseudophilomedes ferulanus: lateral view, left maxilla, 5th limb in place; all bristles not illustrated. (Spec. 3, Beaufort Shelf Transect, Sta. 30.) spines and 2 spinous bristles. Coxale with stout plumose bristle, hirsute epipodial fringe and endite with 2 stout pectinate spines and 2 spinous bristles. Distal edge of basale with 1 spinous medial bristle and 2 on inner margin adjacent to low node with 2 bristles at base of coxale endite, shorter of latter bristles bare, other with several marginal spines. Exopodite consisting of 3 lateral spinous bristles distally on basale (figs. 1, 5a). Endopodite: 1st joint hirsute with 2 spinous bristles, 1 near middle and 1 terminally; 2nd joint 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 with 1 short and 2 long terminal spinous bristles and a long stout process with annulations and a rough surface of small pustules distally. Fifth limb (figs. 5e-7): First joint with 2 large teeth: proximal tooth trident with 3 bristles (fig. 5f); distal tooth bifid (fig. 5h). Second joint prolonged distally forming long fanglike tooth followed along the inner margin by a single tooth and 2 trident teeth (fig. 5e); posterior surface with 2 stout spinous bristles and a minute bristle (fig. 52) ; inner edge of joint with spinous bristle (fig. 51). (It was not possible to discern with certainty that this bristle was not in fact on a proximal margin of the distal tooth of the first joint.) Third joint with 2 short hirsute bristles (fig. 57). Fourth joint hirsute with 1 short and 2 long terminal bristles and 1 short subterminal bristle (figs. 5g,i). Epipodial appendage with 42-46 bristles. Single endite with 2 short bristles. Sixth limb (fig. 6a): First endite with 1 to 2 bristles; 2nd endite with 2 bristles; 3d and 4th endites each with 5 to 6 bristles; end joint with 9 to 10 bristles (end joint of late instar with only 7 bristles) ; single bare bristle in place of epipodial appendage. Surface with clusters of hairs; end joint fringed with hair. Seventh limb (figs. 6)-d): Symmetrical terminus with opposing combs of 5 or 6 teeth (all teeth not shown in figs. 6 b,c). Adult with 6 terminal and 6 to 8 lateral bristles (instars with fewer bristles), each bristle with 1 to 5 bells (fig. 6d) and short marginal spines distally. Distribution of bristles on seventh limbs of 4 specimens from station BST 30 are as follows: limb A limb B* specimen no. 1 terminal bristles 6 6 lateral bristles 8 a specimen no. 2 terminal bristles 4 4 lateral bristles 4 6 specimen no. 3 terminal bristles 6 lost lateral bristles 6 lost specimen no. 4 terminal bristles 6 6 lateral-bristles 8 7 * Limbs A and B are opposing 7th limbs; they have not been classified as either left or right. Furea (figs. 6e, f-h): Each lamella with 8 to 10 claws;3rd claw thinner than 4th but about the same length; each claw separated from lamella by suture with exception of 9th and 10th claws which, when present, appear as nodes. Claw 1 with stout spines in row proximally on lateral margin, slender spines distally on lateral and medial margins, 1 large spine near middle of medial margin, and groups of slender No. 3580 OSTRACOD FAMILIES—KORNICKER 13 spines distally on anterior surface; claws 2-8 with spines along medial and lateral margins; lamella, in area of distal and proximal claws, with hairs. Eyes: Median eye (fig. 67) large, pigmented. Lateral eyes (fig. 69) small, black in preserved specimens. Frontal organ (figs. 67, &): Elongate, proximal part divided into about 8 short segments, distal part (fig. 6k) tapered, with short spines near terminus. Eggs (fig. 67): As many as 8 eggs observed in thoracic region; 2 to 6 eggs in brood pouch. Parasites: Two larval copepods of genus Sphaeronella in brood pouch of 1 specimen having eggs inside body (specimen no. 4, Beaufort Shelf Transect 30). Pseudophilomedes foveolatus Figures 7, 8 Pseudophilomedes foveolata Miller, 1894, pp. 211-212, pl. 3, figs. 34, 35, 45-49, 51, 53, 54; pl. 4, figs. 127. [Not Philomedes foveolata Brady and Norman, 1896, pp. 659-661, pl. 56, figs. 4, 5.] SyntypEs.—Zoological Museum of Berlin, Division of Crustacea, catalog no. 9154. Marerrau.—A vial containing 1 whole specimen and a left and right valve in alcohol was received from the Zoological Museum, Berlin. The accompanying label contained the following information: Kat. Nr, 9154; Species Pseudophilomedes foveolata G. W. Miller, 1894; Fudort Neapel. An asterisk appears in the upper left-hand corner of the label. The small size of the specimens leads me to believe that they are late instars of females. I have designated the whole specimen as specimen number 1 in this paper and on the prepared slide. DESCRIPTION OF LATE INSTAR OF FEMALE (male unknown).—Shell (figs. 7a-d): Lateral outline oval, highest anterior to center; posterior process slightly below middle of valve; rostrum subtriangular with nearly horizontal lower margin; antennal sinus shallow; surface punc- tate; ovoid muscle scars in front of and below middle of each valve. Inner lamella broadest behind rostrum and in front of posterior pro- jection; selvage with lamellar prolongation and fringing hairs unbroken around antennal sinus; inner lamella behind rostrum with row of 4 bristles with short marginal hairs (fig. 76); inner lamella in front of posterior process with 1 (or 2 closely spaced?) hirsute seta (fig. 7c); inner lamella below antennal sinus with 1 short bristle; outer surface of each valve with scattered surface hairs. Miiller (1894, pl. 3, fig. 7) illustrates 4 bristles on the inner lamella behind the rostrum but does not show them to be hirsute. He evi- 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 dently also overlooked the faint seta on the inner lamella in front of the posterior process and the small bristle below the antennal sinus. Shell dimensions (in mm) are as follows: specimen no. greatest length greatest height remarks 1 0. 73 0. 46 whole specimen 2 0. 64 0. 43 separated left valve 3 0. 73 0. 48 separated right valve Miiller (1894, p. 212) gives a length of 0.93 mm for this species. The smaller size of specimens available for the present study indicates that they are instars. First antenna (figs. 7e,f): Second joint with 1 spinous dorsal bristle and sparse clusters of spines on medial surface; 3rd and 4th joints each with 1 ventral and 1 dorsal spinous terminal bristle; 5th joint with 1 long ventral, terminal sensory bristle with forked tip; 6th joint minute, welded to 5th joint, and with 1 short medial bristle; 7th joint reduced, welded to 8th joint, and with 1 short spinous a-bristle, 1 short b-bristle with forked tip and 1 distal filament, and 1 long c-bristle with forked tip; 8th joint reduced, with 2 long bare d- and e-bristles, 1 long f-bristle and 1 long g-bristle, both with forked tips. The illustration of the Ist antenna illustrated by Miler (1894, pl. 8, fig. 48) bears 2 ventral bristles terminally on the 4th joint (con- sidered 5th joint by Miiller). The presence of only 1 bristle in that position on the specimen I examined may be due to its not being adult. A few filaments were observed on long bristles of joints 5-8, but it was not possible to determine the exact number and precisely on which bristles they belonged. Second antenna (figs. 7g-i): Endopodite (fig. 7h) single jointed, with 1 long hirsute bristle and 1 short bare bristle. Exopodite with 9 joints: 1st joint slightly longer than total length of following joints; 2nd to 9th joints trapezoidal, each joint smaller than preceding joints, all without basal spines; 2nd to 8th joints with long bristles with stout spines along outer margin, becoming shorter, more slender, and numerous at distal end; 9th joint with 1 short and 1 long spinous bristle; all bristles without natatory hairs; distal margins of 2nd to 8th joints with comb of slender spines; tip of bristle on 2nd joint not reaching 9th joint. The 2nd antenna shown by Miiller (1894, pl. 3, fig. 35) is similar to the specimen described in this paper. Miller apparently over- looked the row of short spines along the distal margin of joints 2-8 of the exopodite. Mandible (figs. 77, k): Coxale endite (fig. 77) bifurcate with distal spines. Basale with 7 bristles, 4 ventral, 3 dorsal. Exopodite with 2 bristles, outer bristle shorter than inner bristle and with wreaths of long hairs. Endopodite: 1st joint with 1 short and 2 long ventral NO. 3580 OSTRACOD FAMILIES—KORNICKER 15 bristles terminal; 2nd joint with 1 short dorsal bristle proximal to middle, 3 dorsal bristles near middle, 1 short ventral bristle distally, and 2 short terminal bristles near ventral margin; end joint (fig. 7/) with 3 bristles and 2 claws, 1 of latter very long, other about 3rd length of long claw. Terminal end of list endopodite joint with spines in row. The mandible of the species illustrated by Miiller (1894, pl. 3, fig. 51) has only 2 ventral bristles distally on the 1st endopodite joint, only 2 dorsal bristles in the distal group on the 2nd endopodite joint, and does not show 2 small bristles terminally on the 2nd endopodite joint or a small centrally located terminal bristle on the end joint. These were probably overlooked by Miiller. Maxilla (fig. 71 m): Precoxale endite with 3 stout pectinate spines and 2 bristles. Coxale endite with 2 pectinate spines and 2 bristles. Distally of coxale endite a short lobe with 3 bristles. Basale with 1 medial bristle and 2 bristles on inner margin. Exopodite consisting of 3 lateral bristles located distally on basale. Endopodite: Ist joint with 1 subterminal and 1 terminal bristle; 2nd joint with 1 short and 2 long bristles and a slender process with annulations distally. Miiller (1894, pl. 3, fig. 49) illustrates the slender process on the end joint of the endopodite as a bristle. Although the process resembles a stout bristle, it is ringed only distally and is less tapered than a bristle would be. Miiller’s illustration does not have the 3 bristles I interpret as the exopodite. The specimen I examined does not have a bristle on the distal margin of the coxale, possibly it broke off during the dissection. Unfortunately the left maxilla was lost so that I had the opportunity to examine only the right maxilla. Fifth limb (figs. 8a-e): First joint with 2 large teeth; proximal tooth trident with 2 or 3 bristles, forward tooth spinous on posterior margin ; distal tooth bifid with small secondary tooth above base of lead tooth, forward tooth with spines on leading and posterior margins, spines larger on leading margin. Second joint prolonged distally forming long fanglike tooth followed along the inner margin by a single tooth and 2 trident teeth; posterior surface with 1 long and 1 short bristle. Third joint with 2 spinous bristles near base of 4th joint. Fourth joint hirsute with 4 or 5 bristles. Inner margin of protopodite with single endite with 1 or 2 minute bristles. “at The taxonomically important inner margin of the 2nd joint with its 3 teeth is not shown in the view of this appendage illustrated by Miiller (1894, pl. 3, figs. 43, 46). The fanglike tooth distally on the 2nd joint is much longer on the specimen I examined than would be suspected from examination of Miiller’s illustrations. Possibly short- ness of that tooth in Miiller’s illustration is the result of foreshortening, which results when an appendage is mounted obliquely on the slide. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 The 2 teeth of the Ist joint of the specimen illustrated by Miiller and the one I examined are quite similar. Miller apparently interprets the 2 bristles, which I consider to be on the posterior surface of the 2nd joint, to be on the inner lobe of the 3rd joint. This is quite possible, but difficult to verify, because the suture between 2nd and 3rd joints is not visible on specimens I examined. The 4th joint illustrated by Miiller (figs. 43, 46) does not have the short terminal bristle present on the specimen I examined. This may have been overlooked by Miiller, or possibly the number of bristles on the 4th joint varies slightly within the species. Sixth limb (fig. 8f): First endite with 2 bristles; 2nd endite with 5 bristles; 3rd endite with 4 bristles; end joint with 5 (?) bristles; single bristle in place of epipodial appendage. The appendage illustrated by Miiller (1894, pl. 3, fig. 54) is quite similar to the one I examined with the exception of bearing 8 bristles on the end joint. Since the end joint I examined belongs to an im- mature specimen, it is possible that it has fewer bristles; because of the position of the 6th limb on the slide, I was not able to see the end joint clearly, so it is likely that more than 5 bristles are present. Furca (figs. 8g-i): Each lamella with 6 claws; claws 1, 2, 4 being stout claws, and claws 3, 5, 6 slender claws; claw 3 shorter than claw 4 : each claw separated from lamella by suture; claw 1 with stout spines in row proximally on lateral margin, slender spines distally on lateral and medial margins, and 1 large spine near middle of medial margin. Remaining claws with spines along medial and lateral margins; lamella, in area of distal and proximal claws, with hairs. Miiller (1894, pl. 3, figs. 34, 53) figures a furca with the 3rd claw almost equal in length to the 4th claw. This suggests that the length of the 3rd claw may be somewhat variable within the species. Miil- ler’s figures do not show peripheral spines on claws 3, 5, 6. It seems probable that these were overlooked by Miiller. In this regard, it is interesting that Brady and Norman (1896, p. 672) state that the larger furcal claws of Pseudophilomedes inflatus are ciliated on the edge and in the figure of this appendage (1896, pl. 59, fig. 10) show claws 3 and 8-10 without marginal spines. In view of Miiller’s omission of mar- ginal spines on slender claws, it seems likely that they also were over- looked by Brady and Norman. It would be most unusual and seems quite unlikely for spines to be absent from the slender claws, especially claw 3. Family Philomedidae Miiller Philomedinae Miller, 1912, p. 24 (part). TypE Genus.—Philomedes Liljeborg, 1853. Gender: Masculine. D1aGnosis.—Shell: Shell variable in outline, but generally elongate NO. 3580 OSTRACOD FAMILIES—KORNICKER hz with convex dorsal and ventral margins; surface smooth or with complex ornamentation; anterior with rostrum and shallow-to-deep antennal sinus; posterior rounded or with process; lamellar prolonga- tion of selvage with fringe of hairs. First antenna: First joint without bristles; 2nd joint with 1 disto- lateral bristle, 1 distodorsal bristle, and usually 1 distoventral bristle; 3rd joint with 1 ventral and 1-4 dorsal bristles; 4th joint with 1-4 distoventral and 1-2 distodorsal bristles; 5th joint of male consider- ably reduced but always represented ventrally by a sensory bristle broadening proximally and with numerous long filaments; 5th joint of female not reduced, and with a stout distoventral bristle with short filaments; 6th joint of male not reduced, and with a slender disto- medial bristle; 6th joint of female considerably reduced but always with a slender distomedial bristle; 7th joint reduced, and with 1 short distodorsal bristle, 1 long distomedial bristle with short filaments, and 1 long distoventral bristle with filaments (a-, b-, and c-bristles respectively); Sth joint reduced and with 2 long bare distolateral bristles (d- and e-bristles), and 2 long distomedial bristles with filaments (f- and g-bristles); c- and f-bristles on male extremely long, about length of shell. Second antenna: Endopodite of male with 3 joints, each joint with 2 or more bristles; endopodite of female with 1-3 joints having total of 6 or more bristles. Exopodite: 3rd joint of male at least twice length of 2nd joint; in female joints decreasing in length distally; joints usually with basal spines; 2nd to Sth joints each with 1 bristle; 9th joint usually with 6-7 bristles. Mandible: Coxale in female large, bifurcate at tip, in male reduced or absent. Basale with 5-9 ventral bristles, 1-4 dorsal bristles, and 5-6 medial bristles. Exopodite elongate with 2 terminal bristles. Endopodite: 1st joint with 4~7 ventral bristles; 2nd joint with 5 or more dorsal bristles and ventrally at least 1, but usually about 6 bristles. End joint with 2-3 claws and 3-4 bristles. Maxilla: Endites 3 in number; exopodite elongate with 3 bristles; maxilla on female usually larger than on male. Fifth limb: Exopodite: 1st joint of female with 2 or more strong teeth; 2nd joint of female forming large squarish sclerotized process having large inward projecting tooth distally and an inner margin either smooth or with small nodes or 2 large teeth; Ist and 2nd joints of male without stout teeth; 3rd joint with 3 bristles on inner lobe and 2 on outer lobe; 4th joint elongate with 5-6 bristles. Endites 3 in number with a varying number of bristles. Epipodial appendage with numerous bristles (more than 30). Sixth limb: Endites 4 in number; end joint with 9-45 bristles; 2-4 bristles in place of epipodial appendage. 226-965—67——3 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Seventh limb: Terminus with comb opposed by 2 pegs; cleaning bristles 6-35 in number. Frontal organ: Elongate with or without rings. Eyes: Large medial eye. Lateral eyes in female large with numer- ous ommatidia, in male absent or small without numerous ommatidia. Furca: Considerable variation in distribution of primary and sec- ondary claws. Total number of claws 6-17; all or some claws sepa- rated from lamella by sutures. The following genera are referred to the Philomedidae: Philomedes Lilljeborg, 1853: ?Pleoschisma Brady, 1880: ? Tetragonodon Brady and Norman, 1896: Scleroconcha Skogsberg, 1920; Ewphilomedes Poulsen, 1962; Paraphilomedes Poulsen, 1962. Euphilomedes Poulsen TYPE spEcIES.—Euphilomedes nodosus Poulsen, 1962, by subsequent designation, Kornicker (in press). Gender: masculine. Euphilomedes asper, new combination Fiaures 9, 10, lla-d, 12 Philomedes aspera Miller, 1894, pp. 210-211, pl. 3, figs. 3, 17, 21; pl. 8, fig. 1. Philomedes foveolata.—Brady and Norman, 1896, pp. 659-661, pl. 56, figs. 4, 5. [Not Pseudophilomedes foveolata Miiller, 1894.] SyntypPes.—Zoological Museum of Berlin, Division of Crustacea, catalog no. 9152. Mareriau.—1. A glass slide in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History) labeled ‘“Philomedes foveolata Bra & Noro” at one end of the slide and at the other end ‘‘Naples 1887”; a 3rd label bears the number 1900-3-6-452. The slide contains a dissected ostracod with parts under 6 cover slips. This slide probably contains the specimen upon which Brady and Norman (1896) based their description. Because of the poor condition of the slide, another specimen (see paragraph 2, below) was used for the description and most illustrations used in this paper. However, the appendages and carapace on Brady and Norman’s slide were carefully compared wherever possible with those from the specimen I dissected. Both specimens are almost identical, but where minor differences were observed they are discussed when the appendage is described. 2. A vial in the collection of the British Museum (Natural History) containing a smaller vial with 2 whole undissected specimens in alcohol. The larger vial contains the label ‘Pseudophilomedes foveolata, Naples 1887, Norman Coll., B. M. regd. no 1911, 11.8. 36962964.” The specimens in this vial are designated in this paper NO. 3580 OSTRACOD FAMILIES—KORNICKER 19 as specimens A and B. Specimen A wis dissected and used in de- scriptions and illustrations. 3. A jar in the collection of the Zoological Museum of Berlin containing a small vial with 1 whole ostracod and 1 left and 1 right valve. The jar contains the label “Type, Philomedes aspera G. W. Miller, Kat. Nr 9152, Fundort Napoli.” The small vial contains the label, “9152.” These specimens are syntypes; Miiller (1894) did not designate a holotype for the species. The whole specimen is a mature male. ‘The left and right valves are from different specimens; their sex is unknown. I have designated the whole specimen as number 1, the right valve as number 2, the left valve as number 3, and have illustrated each valve. All specimens were returned to the Zoological Museum of Berlin in the same vial in which they were received. ‘The whole specimen was not dissected, but as the furca was projecting from between the valves, it was possible for it to be described and illustrated in this paper. SUPPLEMENTARY DESCRIPTION.—Shell (figs. 9a; 12a—f): Lateral outline oval, elongate with greatest height near middle, prominent rostrum and broad rostral incisure (figs. 9a, 12a-d); surface of valves with numerous large oval pits (fig. 9b). Posterodorsal margin with straight hinge; posterior hinge element of each valve consisting of angular sclerotized process; medial hinge element straight; anterior hinge element not prominent. Adductor muscle scars consisting of about 16 or 17 individual scars below middle of valve (figs. 9e, 7; 12e). Inner lamella broadening at posteroventral process and behind rostrum (figs. 96, c; 12e). Selvage with wide, corrugated, lamellar prolongation having fringe of slender spines along outer margin. Twelve to 14 bristles forming row on inner lamella behind rostrum (figs. 9b, f; 12d); inner lamella below rostrum with small hair followed by a wide space and then 10 hairs on left valve and 14 on right valve (figs. 9d, h). Posteroventral process with small hairs on inner lamella (figs. 9c, g; 12e); small hairs, singly or in pairs, forming row on list on posteroventral and posterior part of inner lamella (figs. 9e, 9). Radial pore canals numerous but faint. Hairs with taper distributed on lateral surface of rostrum, some forming row near ventral and posterior margins of valves; additional hairs sparsely distributed on valve surface. Muscle scars were somewhat obscured on all specimens. Four muscle scars located in the anterior part of the central muscle field of Miiller’s syntypes were not observed on the specimens of Brady and Norman. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Shell dimensions (in mm) are as follows: collector Specimen greatest length greatest height remarks Brady and Norman A 1. 34 0. 85 mature male B 1. 35 0. 81 Ch ance Miller 1 1. 30 0. 80 . i: 2 1. 28 0. 78 zs . 3 0. 94 0. 60 instar Brady and Norman (1896, p. 659) give measurements of length as 1.6 mm and height as 1 mm for specimen BM 1900-3-6-452; because of the poor condition of the mounted specimen, I was unable to measure it. Miiller (1894, p. 211) gives the length of the male as 1.3 mm. First antenna (fig. 97): First joint with clusters of spines on medial surface; 2nd joint with clusters of hairs on medial surface, short spines projecting from ventral and dorsal margins, and distally with a dorsal, ventral, and lateral bristle; 3rd joint with clusters of hairs on medial surface and 1 ventral and 2 dorsal bristles; 4th joint with clusters of hairs on medial surface and 2 dorsal and 4 ventral bristles distally; 5th joint inferred to be inserted between 4th and 6th joints bearing sen- sory bristle with broad base and numerous filaments; 6th joint with medial bristle distally; end joints with 2 long stout c- and f-bristles, 1 short spinous dorsal a-bristle, and 2 long b- and g-bristles with filaments and 2 bare d- and e-bristles. The above description of the 1st antenna differs from Brady and Norman’s (1896, p. 660) in having 2 rather than 1 bristle on the dorsal margin of the 3rd joint and in having a total of 7 rather than 6 bristles on the end joint. The 1st antenna on slide no. 1900-3-6-452 con- taining a specimen dissected by Brady and Norman confirms the presence of 2 dorsal bristles on the 3rd joint and a total of 7 bristles on the end joint. Second antenna (figs. 9k, 1; 10a): Endopodite (fig. 9k) with 3 joints: Ist joint with 5 proximal bristles and 1 distal bristle; 2nd joint elongate with 2 bristles near middle; 3rd joint prehensile with a long slender bristle about one-third distance from proximal end of joint and 2 short bristles and about 5 crescentic ridges at distal end. Exopodite with 9 joints; 1st joint elongate with small medial spine distally; 2nd joint about one-third length of 1st with spined bristle reaching 6th joint; 3rd joint about twice length of 2nd; joints 4—9 trapezoidal, each joint smaller than preceding joint; joints 3-8 with slender basal spines and row of short hairs distally on lateral margin; bristles on joints 3-8 with natatory hairs; end joint (fig. 10a) with 4 long distal bristles with natatory hairs and 2 smaller mediodorsal bristles with sparse marginal hairs. Brady and Norman (1896, p. 660) report only 3 bristles on the 1st joint of the endopodite of the 2nd antenna ; however, 6 bristles are No. 3580 OSTRACOD FAMILIES—KORNICKER ot present on this joint on slide no. 1900-3-6-452 containing a specimen dissected by Brady and N orman. The 1st endopodite joint of Philomedidae usually contains more than 3 bristles, so it is probable that Brady and Norman were unable to make an accurate count of bristles on that joint. Mandible (figs. 106, c): No coxale endite. Basale ventral margin with 7 subequal bristles with wreaths of long hairs, some also with short marginal spines distally ; dorsal margin with 1 bristle near middle and 2 distally; subventral medial surface with 4 small proximal bristles and 1 bristle proximal to middle. Exopodite reaching about middle of 1st endopodite joint, with 2 subequal terminal bristles. Endopodite 1st joint with 2 short and 3 long distoventral bristles; 2nd joint with 3 dorsal bristles proximally, 6 dorsal bristles near middle, 2 ventral bristles subdistally and 2 long and 2 short ventral bristles distally. End joint (fig. 106) with 2 large subequal claws, 1 short dorsal claw, and 4 bristles. Medial surface of basale and 1st and 2nd endopodite joints with clusters of hairs. Maxilla (fig. 10d): Three endites: 1st endite with about 8 bristles; 2nd endite with about 7 bristles; 3rd endite with 1 proximal bristle and numerous distal bristles. Coxale with long plumose bristle. Exopodite with 1 short and 2 long bristles. Fifth limb (figs. 10e, g): Epipodial appendage with about 33 bristles. Three endites with numerous bristles. Exopodite 1st and 2nd joints each with a flat, transparent, bladelike tooth and several bristles; 3rd joint with 2 stout plumose bristles on outer lobe and about 3 bare bristles on inner lobe; 4th and 5th joints with 6 bristles. Sixth limb (fig. 10f): First endite with 3 bristles; 2nd endite with 1 proximal and 3 distal bristles; 3rd and 4th endites each with 1 proxi- mal and 7 distal bristles; end joint with 14 bristles; 3 plumose bristles in place of epipodial appendage. Lateral and medial surface of end joint with clusters of hairs. Some bristles of end joint broken on specimen examined. The description of the 6th limb given by Brady and Norman (1896, p. 660) differs from the above. The 1st endite seems to have been pulled off on Brady and Norman’s dissected specimen (slide no. 1900- 3-6-452), but part of 1 bristle remains to show that the endite was present. The missing Ist endite on the specimen evidently led Brady and Norman to mistakenly consider the 2nd endite to be the Ist endite, the 3rd endite to be the 4th, and the 4th to be part of the end joint. Brady and Norman described the 1st lobe [their terminology] to have 2 setae, and the 2nd lobe to have 1 lateral and 6 distal setae. The dissected specimen (slide 1900-3-6-452) actually has 1 lateral and 3 distal setae on the 1st lobe [their terminology] and 1 lateral and 7 distal setae on the 2nd lobe. The remainder of the description of 29 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 121 Brady and Norman conforms to the above description and describes accurately the appendage on slide 1900-3-6-452. However, Brady and Norman do not mention 2 slender bristles on the end joint; this brings the total number of bristles on this jomt to 14, nor do they mention 3 bristles in place of the epipodial appendage; those bristles are present on the specimen on slide 1900-3-6-452. Some variability was observed in the location of 2 relatively short and slender medial bristles on the margin of the end joint. These bristles occupy positions nos. 5 and 8 (counting from the posterior end of the joint) on the appendage on slide 1900-3-6—452; whereas, on specimen A dissected by the writer, these bristles occupy positions 6 and 9 on the left appendage, and 7 and 9 on the right appendage. Seventh limb (figs. 107, &): Four bristles of subequal length in distal group, each with 5 bells; 4 shorter bristles in proximal group, each with 3 bells (fig. 107); marginal hairs not observed on bristles. Terminal comb with 9 or 10 teeth, some with basal spines and flanges; 2 subequal pegs opposing comb (fig. 10%). Furea (figs. 107, 1, m): Each lamella with 10 or 11 claws: primary claws 1, 2, and 4, remaining claws secondary (fig. 10/). Secondary claw no. 3 slightly larger than claws 5 to 10 (figs. 107, m), claws 6 to 10 about equal in length. All claws separated from lamellae. Pri- mary claws with lateral and medial row of pointed teeth; tooth length varying only slightly in length on each claw. Secondary claws with row of spines along each margin. Clusters of long hairs medially on lamella between claws 1 to 8. Specimen number 1 of Miiller’s syntypes contains 11 claws on the left lamella and 10 on the right, all other specimens examined contain 10 on each lamella. Both Miiller (1894) and Brady and Norman (1896) describe their specimens as having 10 claws on each lamella. Copulatory limbs (fig. 11a): Elongate terminating in 3 lobes, each lobe with 2 or more short bristles, 1 lobe with sclerotized tip. Frontal organ (figs. 116, c): Elongate, 2-jointed with 2nd joint tapering distally and having 2 small spines at tip. Eyes: Medial eye large (fig. 116). Lateral eyes large with about 13 ommatophores, each weakly divided by a suture into 2 parts (fig. 11d). Discussion.—Differences between Brady and Norman’s Philo- medes foveolatus (Miiller) and Pseudophilomedes foveolatus Miiller are too large to be the result of sexual dimorphism. For example, each caudal lamella of Brady and Norman’s specimens has 10 or 11 claws, whereas P. foveolatus of Miiller has only 6; also, upper claws of Brady and Norman’s specimens are subequal in length, whereas those on Miiller’s P. foveolatus decrease uniformly in size proximally; in addi- tion, the 3rd claw of the furca on Brady and Norman’s specimen is